IBM System x

Configuration and Options Guide

Overview
( July 29, 2008)
Version 65.0
The IBM System x Configuration and Options Guide (COG) is now available in Hypertext Markup
Language (HTML). The Configuration and Options Guide contains general configuration information
about IBM products and supported options, such as, IBM System x; BladeCenter; IntelliStation;
Datacenter and other servers.

New information
Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006, will contain references to feature
codes.

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators,
the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and
Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using
these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in
this document.

For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative.


References
What's new
Withdrawn products
Submit errors or
feedback
Content
Overview
Information sources
System x
System x3100 (4348)
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)
System x3350 (4192, 4193)
System x3400 (7973, 7974)
System x3400 (7975, 7976)
System x3450 (7948)
System x3455 (7940)
System x3500 (7977)
System x3550 (7978)
System x3610 (7942)
System x3650 (7979)
System x3650 T (7980)
System x3655 (7943)
System x3755 (7163)
System x3755 (8877)
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)
BladeCenter
BladeCenter S (8886)
BladeCenter T (8720)
BladeCenter T (8730)
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
BladeCenter E (8677)
BladeCenter H (8852)
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
BladeCenter HC10 (7996)
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Blade server storage and
I/O expansion blade
Datacenter
Datacenter solution program
System x NOS
System x Operating System
offerings
Software Applications
IBM and third party software
applications
VMware
VMware offerings
Storage
Storage Systems
External expansion units
Additional Fibre Channel
components
External storage configuration
examples
Racks
Rack cabinets and options
Rack console options
Rack power configurator
Appendix
Appendix A. External tape and
tape library attributes
Appendix B. Uninterruptible
power supplies
Appendix C. Power data overview
Appendix D. System
Management overview
Appendix E. System x I/O option
attributes
Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines
Notices
Important notices

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 1

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Information sources

http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=1201&uid=psg1SCOD-3ZVQ5W
Table 1. Information Sources
Audience Link Additional information

IBM eServer Configuration and Options Guide (COG)
Customers www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=1201&uid=psg1SCOD-3ZVQ5W PDF & HTML versions
http://www.ibm.com/systems/xbc/cog/index.html HTML version
Business Partners http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/
index.html
User ID and password
required.
IBM Employees www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=1201&uid=psg1SCOD-3ZVQ5W -
Feedback [email protected]
IBM Server Proven
Customers http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/
compat/us/
-
Partnerworld program
Business Partners http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/
index.html
User ID and password
required.
Feedback [email protected] -
Latest product & technical information
Customers www.ibm.com/systems/x/ -
Business Partners http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/
index.html
Select Products & Services
(user ID and password
required).
Standalone Solutions Configuration Tool (SSCT)
Customers http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/
docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-62168&brandind=5000008
-
Additional URLs
Technical spec sheets
(PSREF)
www.ibm.com/systems/x/ Select Technical spec
sheets (PSREF).
IBM Datacenter Solutions http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/solutions/os/windows/
datacenter.html
-
Clustering (US, LA, CAN) http://www.ibm.com/systems/clusters/hardware/1350/index.html Select appropriate
category or server.
Benchmark Results http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/resources/benchmarks/ Select appropriate
category or server.
Options/NOS/ Server
Compatibility
www.ibm.com/systems/x/ Select appropriate Product
Type.
Active PCI www.ibm.com/systems/x/ Select <xSeries
Compatibility>, <Active
PCI Info>.
IBM Storage Products http://www.ibm.com/systems/storage/index.html Select appropriate
category.
Adv Sys Mgmt Adapter
Firmware
http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/index.html Select Servers, select Intel-
based Servers, select
Fixes, select Get Fixes,
select appropriate
category.
Flash BIOS Updates http://www.ibm.com/support/us/en/?cm_re=masthead-_-supdl-_-supdl Select Servers, select Intel-
based Servers, select
Fixes, select Get Fixes,
select device drivers by
server, select appropriate
category.
ServeRAID Updates http://www.ibm.com/support/us/en/?cm_re=masthead-_-supdl-_-supdl Select Servers, select Intel-
based Servers, select
Fixes, select Get Fixes,
select appropriate
category.
VMware http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/solutions/infrastructure/virtualization/
index.html
-
Options Continuation
Program
www.ibm.com/systems/x/ -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 2

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3100 (4348) at-a-glance
Part number
1,
2
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
3
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
4
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
4348-22C Intel Pentium Dual
Core E2140
(1.6GHz/800MHz-
1MB DC)
1/1 512MB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
4348-42C Dual Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3065
(2.33GHz/1333MHz-
4MB DC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -

Table 1. System x3100 (4348) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1, 2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/max)
Optical
drive
Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
5
4348-22C 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1.5TB SATA DVD-ROM 5/4 4/4
4348-42C 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1.5TB SATA DVD-ROM 5/4 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are available in China only.
2. Comes standard with a keyboard and mouse.
3. Models 22x comes installed with 1x512MB memory.
Model 42x comes installed with 1x1GB memory.
4. Standard power supply is 310w.
5. Slots available are one PCI-E x8 full length, one PCI-E x8
(x4 elect) half length, and two PCI 32/33.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 3

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options
1
Model
support

Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 4

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Memory description
1

Memory DIMMs
- 41Y2726 - 512MB (1x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 5

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description
1
Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Simply-Swap HDDs
- 39M4504 - 160GB SATA SS 3.0Gbps Option - - -
- 39M4508 - 250GB 7200-rpm Simple-swap SATA II HDD - - -
- 39M4514 - 500GB 7200 RPM 3.0 GB/sec SATA II HDD Simple-Swap - - -
- 43W7572 - 750GB SS SATA HDD Option - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -



Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 6

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage controllers
- - - - - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
- 73P5101 - PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
- - - - -
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
- - - - - - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 7

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
1
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2
- 2130R4X - IBM UPS 1000T HV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
- 2130R2X - IBM UPS 750T HV

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 8

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3100 (4348)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosure

Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 9

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
4367-22Y Core 2 Duo Intel
E4600
(2.4GHz/800MHz
FSB, 2MB DC)
1/1 512MB/
8GB
Tower 1/1 - -
4367-32Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
4367-34Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4367-42Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.5GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4367-52Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4367-54Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 2/2 PH -
4367-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4367-74Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 2/2 PH -
4367-E1Y
2
Core 2 Duo Intel
E4600
(2.4GHz/800MHz
FSB, 2MB DC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - N
4368-22Y Core 2 Duo Intel
E4600
(2.4GHz/800MHz
FSB, 2MB DC)
1/1 512MB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
4368-32Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 - -
4368-34Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4368-42Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.5GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 10
4368-52Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4368-54Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 1GB/8GB Tower 2/2 PH -
4368-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H -
4368-74Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 2/2 PH -
4368-E1Y
2
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB DC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 1/1 H N
4368-E2Y
2
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB QC)
1/1 2GB/8GB Tower 2/2 PH N

Table 1. System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/max)
Optical
drive
Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
4367-22Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 5/5
4367-32Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 5/5
4367-34Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4367-42Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4367-52Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4367-54Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4367-72Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4367-74Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/44/4
4367-E1Y
2
1GB SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 5/5
4368-22Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 5/5
4368-32Y 1GB SATA Simple-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 5/5
4368-34Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-42Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-52Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-54Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-72Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-74Y 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/584GB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-E1Y
2
1GB SAS Hot-swap 0GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/6 4/4
4368-E2Y
2
1GB SAS Hot-swap 160GB/3TB Half-High SATA
DVD-ROM
7/5 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 11
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-
specific designator.
2. Express model.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 12

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
1
Feature
codes
Processor options Models
supported

Standard processor
44E7584 - 3091 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB DC) 32Y, 34Y,
4368-E1Y
44E7585 - 3092 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB QC) 42Y
44E7586 - 3093 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 52Y, 54Y,
4368-E2Y
44E7587 - 3094 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB QC) 72Y,74Y
44E7640 - 3667 Core 2 Duo Intel E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB DC) 22Y, 4367-
E1Y
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Figure 1. System x3200 M2 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 13

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM

Figure 1. System x3200 M2 DIMM slots

Click image to enlarge

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
72Y, 74Y, E1Y, 4368-E2Y (2S) 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
32Y,34Y,42Y,52Y,54Y (2S) 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
22Y 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 14

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Max qty

Diskette
25R8812 - 5305 Floppy Disk Drive Kit - 3 1
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
1

39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
1

39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4,5,6,7 4
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 4 - 11 8
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 4 - 11 8
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 4 - 11 8
Optical drives
43W8264 - 4154 Half-High SATA DVD-ROM SL 1, 2 2
43W8265 - 4155 Half-High SATA Multi-Burner SL 1, 2 2
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single
Controller
- - -
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual
Controller
- - -
- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single
Controller
- - -
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual
Controller
- - -
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single
Controller
- - -
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller - - -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - -

Figure 1. System x3200 M2 DIMM slots
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 15

Click image to enlarge

Bay Form Factor Height Front access Usage
1 133 mm (5.25in) HH Y Std. Optical
2 133 mm (5.25in) HH Y Optical / Tape/ Special HD
3 89mm (3.5in) SL Y Floppy
4 89mm (3.5in) SL Y 3.5"HDD/2.5"HDD( 2.5 in.
SSF)
5 89mm (3.5in) SL Y 3.5"HDD/2.5"HDD( 2.5 in.
SSF)
6 89mm (3.5in) SL Y 3.5"HDD/2.5"HDD( 2.5 in.
SSF)
7 89mm (3.5in) SL Y 3.5"HDD/2.5"HDD( 2.5 in.
SSF)
8 2.5 in. SFF Y 2.5" HDD
9 2.5 in. SFF Y 2.5" HDD
10 2.5 in. SFF Y 2.5" HDD
11 2.5 in. SFF Y 2.5" HDD
Note:
1. A 3.5" HDD may be installed in bay #2, using a converter (feature
code number 0895).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 16

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
1

Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E x8 1 N
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half PCI-X 3,4,5 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
43W4298 43W4296 3571 IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA
Controller
1
Half PCI-E x8 1 N
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E x1 1,2 N
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 1 N
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-X 3 N
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-X 3 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller
Kit
- - - -
Networking
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 3 N
30R5505 30R5501 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 3 N
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
3,4,5 N
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIe
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported on Hot Swap models only

Figure 1. System x3200 M2 PCI slots
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 17

Click image to enlarge

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 2 PCI Express PCI-E 1.0a - - - N Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-X PCI-X 1.0a 3.3 66/133 MHz 64 bit N Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI PCI 2.2 5 33MHz 32bit N Full

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 18

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Description

Power
- - -
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8935 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8948 DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 40K9614 IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models)
- 40K9615 IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 2130R1X IBM UPS750TLV
- 2130R2X IBM UPS750THV
- 2130R3X IBM UPS1000TLV
- 2130R5X IBM UPS1500TLV
- 2130R6X IBM UPS1500THV
- 39Y8857 IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Associated Options
- - -

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
code
Description

Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
- 42C8923 - 5U X 20 Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
Racks
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17351LX - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17352LX - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
- 17354GX - Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
Monitors
- 4942 - IBM T115 15 TFT LCD
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT LCD
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT LCD
- 4945 - IBM T120 20 TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 19
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 20

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
tape options Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures

Tape drives
39M5624 25R0045 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up 2 SCSI 89mm
(5.25in)HH
-
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm
(5.25in)HH
-
71P9176 39M5656 5355 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape Drive 2 SCSI 89mm
(5.25in)HH
-
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 2 SCSI 89mm
(5.25in)HH
-
39M5664 39M5659 5385 DLT V4 Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 2 USB 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
Tape enclosures
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 87664UX - 4U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8768FHX - Full High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HNX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - - -
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - - -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -
Tape autoloaders
- 87691VX - VXA 320 1U Autoloader (1 Drive / 10
cartridges)
- - - -
External tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
43W8474 42D8771 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2 SATA 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 21
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 22
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 23

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB speed
(GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
4190-15Y Single-Core Intel
Celeron 440
(2.0GHz/800MHz
FSB, 512K L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4190-22Y Dual-Core Intel Core
2 Duo E4600
(2.4GHz/800MHz
FSB, 2MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4190-52Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.00GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4190-62Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4190-64Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4190-66Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4190-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4190-74Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4194-15Y Single-Core Intel
Celeron 440
(2.0GHz/800MHz
FSB, 512K L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4194-22Y Dual-Core Intel Core
2 Duo E4600
(2.4GHz/800MHz
FSB, 2MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4194-52Y Dual-Core Intel
Xeon E3110
(3.00GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4194-62Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 - N
4194-64Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 24
4194-66Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3320
(2.50GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 6MB L2)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4194-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N
4194-74Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz
FSB, 12MB L2)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/1 H N

Table 1. System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
4190-15Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-22Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-52Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-62Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-64Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-66Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
4/5 2/2
4190-72Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4190-74Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
4/5 2/2
4194-15Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-22Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-52Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-62Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-64Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-66Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
4/5 2/2
4194-72Y Dual 1Gb 3.5" SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
2/3 2/2
4194-74Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
4/5 2/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-
specific designator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 25

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
1
Feature
codes
Processor options Models
supported

Standard processor
43W5066 - 2844 Single-Core Intel Celeron 440 (2.0GHz/800MHz FSB, 512K L2) 15Y
44R5766 - 3650 Dual-Core Intel Xeon E3110 (3.00GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) 52Y
44R5767 - 3651 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3320 (2.50GHz/1333MHz FSB, 6MB L2) 62Y, 64Y, 66Y
44R5768 - 3652 Quad-Core Intel Xeon X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz FSB, 12MB L2) 72Y, 74Y
44R5769 - 3653 Dual-Core Intel Core 2 Duo E4600 (2.4GHz/800MHz FSB, 2MB L2) 22Y
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Figure 1. System x3250 M2 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 26

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory cards

Memory DIMMs
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
15Y 1 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
22Y, 52Y, 62Y, 64Y, 66Y 2 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
72Y, 74Y 2 * 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory

Figure 1. System x3250 M2 DIMM slots

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 27

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Max qty

Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
1

39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
1

39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0...3 4
Optical Devices
43W8262 - 4156 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo US 4 or 2 1
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner US 4 or 2 1
External Storage Expansion Unit Form
Factor

- 17011RL - IBM TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller LC -
- 17011RS - IBM Total Storage DS300 - Single Controller -
- 172621X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single
Controller
-
- 172622X - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual
Controller
-
- 172641X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single
Controller
-
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -

Bay Form Factor Height Front access Usage

3.5" Drive Bay Configuration
0
1
89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD
1 89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD
2 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical
2.5" Drive Bay Configuration
0
1
63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
1 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
2 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
3 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
4 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical
Note:
1. The standard hard disk drive, on a non-open bay model,
is installed in bay 0
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 28

Figure 1. System x3250 M2 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS-SATA drive bays

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. System x3250 M2 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA drive bays

Click image to enlarge

Figure 3. System x3250 M2 2.5" Hot-Swap drive bays

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 29

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable

Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E 1, 2 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1, 2 N
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1, 2 N
43W4298 43W4296 3571 IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA
Controller
1, 2
Half PCI-E 1 N
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller
3
Half x8 PCIe 1 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1, 2 N
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1, 2 N
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller
Kit
- - - -
Networking
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter - PCIe
Half PCI-e 4x 1,2 Y
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y
- 39Y6136 - PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 1,2 N
Systems Management
42C4178 39Y9566 1607 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Half - RSA slot N
Notes:
1. The ServeRAID MR10i is only supported on models with 2.5 drive bays.
2. Supported on Hot Swap models in slot 1 only.
3. Supported in slot 1 only.

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency
MHz
Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E 0 3.3 x8 - N 3/4
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E Port 1 3.3 x8 - N Half
RSA BTB - - - - - -

Figure 1. x3250 M2 riser-card and RSA connectors
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 30

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 31

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Description

Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8935 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8948 DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ NEMA L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 39Y8999 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
- 39Y9000 60A/208V 3P w/IEC309 3P+Gnd Conn
- 40K9614 IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models)
- 40K9615 IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX IBM UPS 3000 LV
- 21302RX IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 40K9620 IBM UPS 3000 EBM

SBB number Option
number
Feature
code
Description

Racks
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Console Connectivity
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17354GX - Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
Monitors
- 4942 - IBM T115 15 TFT Monitor
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT Monitor
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT Monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
42C1473 40K5372 8693 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 32

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
tape options Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures

Tape drives
- 25R0045 - IBM VXA320 160/320GB Tape Drive - - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 39M5617 - GoVault 80GB Cartridge - - - -
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - 87664UX
8767HHX
- 42D8771 - IBM GoVault Internal Dock - - - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
External Tape Libraries
- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 87664UX - 4U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8768FHX - Full High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
Associated tape options
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 33
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 34
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 35
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 36
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 37
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 38
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 39

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3350 (4192, 4193) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB speed
(GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
4192-32Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3065
(2.33GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
4192-42Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3075
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
4192-44Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3075
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-52Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz-
6MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-62Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3320
(2.5GHz/1333MHz-
6MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
12MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-82Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz-
12MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-E1Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3065
(2.33GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4192-E2Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3320
(2.5GHz/1333MHz-
6MB)
1/1 4GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4193-32Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3065
(2.33GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
4193-42Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3075
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 - N
4193-44Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor 3075
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
4MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 40
4193-52Y Dual-Core Intel Xeon
Processor E3110
(3.0GHz/1333MHz-
6MB)
1/1 1GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4193-62Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3320
(2.5GHz/1333MHz-
6MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4193-72Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3350
(2.66GHz/1333MHz-
12MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4193-82Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz-
12MB)
1/1 2GB/8GB Rack (1U) 1/2 H N
4193-E1Y Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X3360
(2.83GHz/1333MHz-
12MB)
1/1 4GB/8GB Rack (1U) 2/2 H N

Table 1. System x3350 (4192, 4193) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
4192-32Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4192-42Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4192-44Y Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4192-52Y Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4192-62Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4192-72Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4192-82Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4192-E1Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4192-E2Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4193-32Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4193-42Y Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4193-44Y Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4193-52Y Dual 1Gb 3.5 SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/1500GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
3/3 2/2
4193-62Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4193-72Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4193-82Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
4193-E1Y Dual 1Gb SAS 2.5in Hot-Swap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo
5/5 2/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 4367-12Y is 4367-12U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-
specific designator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 41

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
1
Feature
codes
Processor options Models
supported

Standard processor
43W4923 - 2839 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3065 (2.33GHz/1333MHz-4MB) 32Y,
4192-E1Y
43W4924 - 2840 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 3075 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-4MB) 42Y, 44Y
44X0200 - 3087 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E3110 (3.0GHz/1333MHz-6MB) 52Y
44X0201 - 3088 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3320 (2.5GHz/1333MHz-6MB) 62Y, E2Y
44X0202 - 3089 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3350 (2.66GHz/1333MHz-12MB) 72Y
44X0203 - 3090 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X3360 (2.83GHz/1333MHz-12MB) 82Y,
4193-E1Y
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Figure 1. x3350 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 42

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory cards
41Y2724 41Y2726 1902 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2727 - 1903 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
41Y2730 - 1904 2GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
- 41Y2729 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM
- 41Y2732 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMM

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
32Y,42Y,44Y,52Y 2 * 512MB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory
62Y,72Y,82Y 2 * 1GB DDR2 667 SDRAM DIMM Memory

Figure 1. System x3350 DIMM slots

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 43

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Max qty

SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 0...1 2
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0...3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0...3 4
Optical Drives
32R2784 39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced SFF 4 or 2 1
32R2901 - 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive SFF 4 or 2 1
External Storage Expansion Unit Form
Factor

- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - -
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion
Unit (all models)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)

- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) -
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo -

Bay Form Factor Height Front access Usage

3.5" Drive Bay Configuration
0 89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD
1 89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD
2 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical
2.5" Drive Bay Configuration
0 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
1 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
2 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
3 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD
4 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical

Figure 1. System x3350 HDD configurations
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 44

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 45

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
1

Storage controllers
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N
43W4298 43W4296 3571 IBM ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA
Controller
1
Half PCI-E 2 N
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller
2
Half x8 PCI-E 2 N
- 42C2069 - Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
- - - -
- 42C2071 - Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
- - - -
- 25R8060 - IBM SAS HBA Controller - - - -
- 43W4324 - IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller - - - -
- 44X0411 - ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller
Kit
- - - -
Networking
- 42C1750 - PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter by Intel - - - -
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter - PCIe
Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCI-e x4 1,2 Y
- 39Y6136 - PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCIe x4 1, 2 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-e x4 1, 2 N
- 42C1760 - IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
3
- - - -
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-e x4 1, 2 N
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-e x4 1,2 N
Systems Management
42C4178 39Y9566 1607 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Half - RSA Slot N
Notes:
1. Supported on Hot Swap models in slot 2 only.
2. Supported in slot 2 only.
3. Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed
memory.

Slot
1
Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency
MHz
Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1
2
PCI-E - - x8 - - HL / FH
PCI Slot 2
3
PCI-E - - x8 - - HL / FH
Notes:
1. An additional dedicated RSA slot is available for the Remote
Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Refresh 1 option.

Figure 1. x3350 x8 PCI-E connections
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 46

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 47

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description

Power
43V7410 - 1989 Power supply 450W
43V7427 43V7477 1990 x3350 Redundant Power Supply 450W (Worldwide)
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+
2
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+
2
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+
3
- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
3
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P
- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
2
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P
4
- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)(all models)
- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)(all models)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS 3000 LV 21302RX
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
- 40K9620 - IBM UPS 3000 EBM

Notes:
1. The power supply ships with a Y-cable which replaces the
system's standard power cable. When used in conjunction with
multiple 4192s or 4193s, the Y-cable is designed to be split
between two 4192s or 4193s. Therefore, the number of PDU
outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy
is provided.
2. Ships without a line cord.
3. Line cord is attached.
4. Ships with a US line cord.
Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 48

Click image to enlarge

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
code
Description

Racks
- 14104RX - IBM Linux Cluster Rack
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354GX - Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
- 17354LX - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
Monitors
- 4942 - IBM T115 15 TFT LCD
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT LCD
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
42C1473 40K5372 8693 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 49

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3350 (4192, 4193)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
tape options Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures

Tape drives
- 25R0045 - IBM VXA320 160/320GB Tape Drive - - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 39M5617 - GoVault 80GB Cartridge - - - -
- 39M5658 - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - 87664UX
8767HHX
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
External tape enclosures
4,5

- 87651UX - 1U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 87664UX - 4U Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
- 8768FHX - Full High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -
External tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape
Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated tape options
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
- 42D8771 - IBM GoVault Internal Dock - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 50

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3400, (7973, 7974) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed (GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/
max)
Form factor Power
supply
quantity
(std/
max)
Simple
Swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt
Processor
7973-12Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-42Y - 1.60GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache Dual
Core
Xeon Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7973-52Y Apr 4
2007
1.86GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Xeon
Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7973-62Y Aug 31 2007 2.0GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache Dual
Core
Xeon Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7973-A2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7973-B2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-C2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-D2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 51
7973-E1Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-E3Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-E4Y Apr 4
2007
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-F2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-J2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7973-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-12Y Jun 29
2007
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-42Y - 1.60GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache Dual
Core
Xeon Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7974-52Y Apr 4
2007
1.87GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache Dual
Core
Xeon Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7974-62Y Sept 28 2007 2.0GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache Dual
Core
Xeon Processor
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7974-A2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
3
F Y
7974-B2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 52
7974-C2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-D2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-F2Y Apr 4
2007
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-J2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y
7974-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1 F Y

Table 1. System x3400, (7973, 7974) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7973-12Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-42Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-52Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-62Y Aug 31 2007 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-A2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-B2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-C2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-D2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-E1Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-E3Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-E4Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-F2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-J2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7973-L2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-12Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-42Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-52Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-62Y Sept 28 2007 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 53
7974-A2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-B2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-C2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-D2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-F2Y Apr 4
2007
1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-J2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
7974-L2Y - 1GB SATA Simple
Swap
0GB/
2000GB
48X-20X
CD-ROM
7/7 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7973-42Y is 7973-42U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geogra-ies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. This model ships wth a single, 670w universal, autoswitching
power supply.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 54

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options
1
Models
supported

Standard processor
41Y4257 40K1231 1296 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 42Y, E4Y,
41Y4258 40K1232 1297 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 52Y
41Y4259 40K1233 1298 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 62Y, E3Y,
41Y4404 - 2874 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) B2Y
41Y4405 - 2875 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C2Y
43W5177 - 2894 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) F2Y
44R5612 - 3078 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y
44R5613 - 3079 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) D2Y, E1Y
44R5614 - 3080 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) J2Y
44R5615 - 3081 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) L2Y
Additional processors
1
41Y4263 40K1231 1380 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4264 - 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4265 40K1233 1382 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
43W5783 - 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5785 - 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5818 - 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 55

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5785 - 2GB Kit (2 x1GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
Notes:
1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
1
42Y, 52Y, 62Y, 12Y, B2Y, C2Y, F2Y,
7973-E3Y, A2Y, D2Y, J2Y, L2Y
512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
7973-E4Y, 7973-E1Y 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
Notes:
1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 56

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

SAS Simple-Swap HDDs
- 40K1049 - 73GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) - - -
- 40K1050 - 146GB 15K U320 SAS (simple swap) - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 8...11 4
- 43X0814 - 300GB SAS 15K Simple Swap - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- 40K1043 - 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 40K1044 - 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
Optical devices
22P1999 - 4149 IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE Drive HH 1...2 2
39M6342 - 4137 IBM 48X-20X CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive HH 1...2 2
39M6344 - 4139 IBM 48X/32X/48X/16X Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combination Drive
HH 1...2 2
39M6345 - 4140 IBM DVD Multi-Burner Plus Drive HH 1...2 2

Figure 1. System x3400 (7973, 7974) Front View

Click image to enlarge

Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage
1 133 mm (5.25in) - - CD-R
2 133 mm (5.25in) - - -
3 133 mm (5.25in) - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 57
4 89mm (3.5in) - - -
5 89mm (3.5in) - - -
6 89mm (3.5in) - - -
7 89mm (3.5in) - - -
8
1
89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
9 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
10 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
11
1
89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
Note:
1. Bays 8 and 11 are available on SATA models only.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 58

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Max
quantity
Hot-Plug
capable

Storage controllers
1

39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI
Controller 2
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4....5 1 Y
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 Y
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS
Controller
1
- - key Largo 1 N
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID 8s SAS
PCIe Controller
2,3
Full PCI-E (x8) 2 1 -
39R8871 39R8812 1693 IBM ServeRAID-8s Battery
4
- - - - -
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe
Controller
Half PCI-E 1...3 3 N
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2 N
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3 N
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3 N
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 1,2 2 N
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 1,2 2 N
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
External Disk Systems
and Options

- 172621X - IBM System Storage
DS3200
- - - - -
- 172622X - IBM System Storage
DS3200
- - - - -
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller
DS3400
- - - - -
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller
DS3400
- - - - -
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800
1750 model 511
- - - - -
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage
DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- - - - -
- 18128Vx - IBM System Storage
EXP420 Storage Expansion
Unit (all models)
- - - - -

Networking
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 59
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X
Accelerator Board
Half 32/64 bit 4...6 1 N
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz
Dual Fiber PCI-X Adapter
w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4...6 2 N
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz
Single Fiber PCI-X Adapter
w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4...6 1 N
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host
Channel PCI Express
Adapter
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI
Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x
InfiniBand PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x
InfiniBand PCI-E HCA
Full PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2 N
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000
Express Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 3 Y
39Y6101 - 1486 NetXtreme 1000 Express G
Ethernet Adapter- PCIe
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 3 Y
- 39Y6126 - PRO/1000 PT IOAT Dual
Port Server Adapter by
Intel PCIe
- - - - -
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX
Adapter
Half 32/64-bit 4....6 3 Y
- 73P5201 - PRO/1000 GT Quad Port
Server Adapter by Intel
- - - - -
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel
Half 32/64-bit 4....6 3 Y
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
- - - - -
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
- - - - -
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E(x4) 1...3 3 N
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S +
Ethernet Adapter
Half 32/64 bit 4....5 2 Y
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual
Port Ethernet Adapter
Half 32/64 bit 4....6 3 Y
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000
Express Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 N 3
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port
Server Adapter
5
Half PCI-E (x4) 1 1 Y
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server
Adapter
5
Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 3 N
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR
Server Adapter
6
Half PCI-E (x8) 2, 3 2 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3 N
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor
Adapter II Slimline
- - RSA Socket 1 -
Note:
1. All x3400 (7975, 7976) models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l
which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5, or 6, replace
ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, P/N 25R8064.
2. x3400 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000
support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first
read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
4. ServeRAID-8s Battery 39R8812 enables Battery Backed Cache on
ServeRAID-8s.
5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 60
6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Slot Type Frequency MHz Slot Length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x 4 - Half
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x 8 - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x 8 - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133 Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133 Full
PCI Slot 6 PCI-32-bit/33Mhz 33 Half

Figure 1. System x3400 (7973, 7974) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 61

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

Option
number
Description

Power
- -
Power Distribution Units
39Y8905 DPI NEMA Rack PDU
39Y8923 DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
39Y8938 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
39Y8939 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
39Y8940 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
39Y8941 IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord
1
39Y8948 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
71763MU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
71763NU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2130R5X IBM UPS 1500T LV
2130R6X IBM UPS 1500T HV
2130R9X IBM UPS 1500T JV
Note:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.

Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
14104RX IBM Linux Cluster Rack
39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option
39M2896 IBM Short KVM Conversion Option
39M2897 IBM Long KVM Conversion Option
17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
93061RX NetBAY11 Standard Rack
93072RX IBM 25U S2 standard rack
93074RX NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
93074XX IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
93084RX NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Rack/tower conversion kits
39Y8382 5Ux26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
Console Connectivity
17351GX IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
17353LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch
17354LX IBM 2x16 Console Switch
17354GX IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
31R3130 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2)
31R3132 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 62
Monitors
17233RX 1U 15" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)
4938-7xx IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT
4942 15 TFT 4942-15U
4943 17 TFT 4943-17U
4944 19 TFT 4944-19U
Keyboard and Mouse
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K5372 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 63

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7973, 7974)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Tape
drive
1
Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form
factor
Ext tape
enclosures
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation
6 USB Tape Drive
2...3 USB 89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
71P9176 39M5656 5355 36/72GB DDS
Generation 5 Tape
Drive
2...3 Ultra 320 (16-
bit)
89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
42C3932 39M5657 5365 LTO 400/800GB Full
High Gen 3 Internal
Back-Up
2 and 3 Ultra 320 (16-
bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO
Gen 2 Tape Drive
3 Ultra 320 (16-
bit)
89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
39M5624 25R0045 5362 VXA 3 Half High
Internal Back-up
2 or 3 Ultra160
(16-bit)
89mm (5.25in)
HH
45594UX
- 3580-xxx - IBM TotalStorage
Ultrium3 3580 Tape
Drive (all models)
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Standalone or
Rack Mount
2
-
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO
Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
3 SAS 89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA
Tape Drive
2 or 3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
3 SAS 89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
External tape
enclosures
1,3

- 8767HHX - IBM Half High
Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - HH Table Top -
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High
Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - FH Table Top -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount
Tape Enclosure
- - 1U Rack Mount -
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount
Tape Enclosure
- - 4U Rack Mount -
Tape autoloaders
1

- 87691VX - VXA3 Autoloader - - 1U Rack Mount -
Tape libraries
- 33614LX - IBM LTO3 4U Tape
Library
1,4
- - 4U Rack Mount -
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage
TS3100/TS3200 Tape
Library (all models)
1
- - - -
Associated Options
43W8474 42D8771 4860 GoVault Carrier
Option
2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm (5.25in)
HH
-
- 40K2579 - 3361 Library iSCSI
Adapter
- - - -
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure
Adapter Kit Option
- - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 64
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure
Adapter Kit
- - - -
Notes:
1. Internal SCSI tape drives, external SCSI enclosures, and SCSI
based automation products require a 39R8743 PCI-X U320 SCSI
storage controller.
2. A 19-inch rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for
placing in a rack.
3. A quantity of one 42C3910, SCSI Interface and Cabling Kit is
required for each SCSI tape drive installed (see External tape
and tape library attributes appendix).
4. The base 33614LX library requires the addition of one LTO
magazine and a minimum of one (maximum of two) LTO sled
drive(s).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 65
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 66
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 67

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3400, (7975, 7976) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed (GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
Form factor Power
supply
quantity
(std/max)
Hot Swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt
Processor
7975-14Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-16Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-42Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-4AY - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-52Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-5AY Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-62Y Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-6AY Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 68
7975-A2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-ABY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-B2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-B4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-C2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-C4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-D2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-DBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-E2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7975-E6Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7975-ECY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 69
7975-F2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-F4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-J2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-JBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7975-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7975-LBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y

7976-14Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-16Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-42Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-4AY - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-52Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 70
7976-5AY Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-62Y Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-6AY Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
PHF Y
7976-A2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-ABY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
54xx (2.0GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-B2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-B4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-C2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-C4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-D2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-DBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
HF Y
7976-E5Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 71
7976-E4Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7976-E6Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7976-EBY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7976-F2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-F4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-J2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-JBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y
7976-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/1
4
HF Y
7976-LBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB 5U Tower 1/2
5
PHF Y

Table 1. System x3400, (7975, 7976) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Withdrawal
dates
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
3
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
3
7975-14Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-16Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-42Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-4AY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-52Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 72
7975-5AY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-62Y Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-6AY Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-A2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-ABY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-B2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-B4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-C2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-C4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-D2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-DBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-E2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 73GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-E6Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-ECY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-F2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-F4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-J2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-JBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-L2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7975-LBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6

7976-14Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-16Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-42Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-4AY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-52Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-5AY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-62Y Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-6AY Aug 31 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-A2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-ABY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-B2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-B4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-C2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-C4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-D2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-DBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-E5Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 73GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-E4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 73
7976-E6Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-EBY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-F2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-F4Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-J2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-JBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-L2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
7976-LBY - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/4000GB 48X-20X
CD-ROM
11/10 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7975-42Y is 7975-42U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the
country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. To achieve maximum capacity, the Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac
HDD option upgrade kit (option 39Y8406) must be installed
4. This model includes one fixed 670W power supply.
5. This model includes 1 hot swap 835W power supply, a second
power supply ( Option 39Y8487, IBM xSeries Redundant Power and
Cooling Option) can be added for redundancy.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 74

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Standard processor
1
Model support
41Y4257 40K1231 1296 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 42Y, 4AY, E1Y,
7976-E4Y
41Y4259 40K1233 1298 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 62Y, 6AY,
7976-E3Y,
7975-E6,
41Y4404 - 2874 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz
80w)
B2Y, B4Y, 7976-EBY
41Y4405 - 2875 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz
80w)
C2Y, C4Y, 7975-ECY
43W5177 - 2894 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
F2Y, F4Y
44R5612 - 3078 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
A2Y, ABY
44R5613 - 3079 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
D2Y, DBY
44R5614 - 3080 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
J2Y, JBY,
7975-E2Y,
7976-E5Y
44R5615 - 3081 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
L2Y, LBY,
7976-E6Y
41Y4258 40K1232 1297 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 52Y,5AY,
7976-E2Y
Additional processors
41Y4263 40K1231 1380 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 2x2MB L2
Cache Dual-Core Xeon Processor)
42Y,4AY,
E1Y,E4Y
41Y4265 40K1233 1382 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 2x2MB L2
Cache Dual-Core Xeon Processor)
62Y,6AY,
E3Y, E6Y
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) A2Y, ABY
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) D2Y, DBY
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) 7975-E2Y,
E5Y, J2Y, JBY
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) E6Y, L2Y, LBY
41Y4264 40K1232 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
43W5783 43W5821 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5785 43W5822 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5818 43W5823 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 75

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory cards
- - - -
Memory DIMMs
1
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5785 - 2GB Kit (2x1GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
Notes:
1. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM
types and sizes on both memory buses. Memory-mirroring
effectively reduces available memory by half.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Standard DIMM configuration
42Y, 52Y,62Y,4AY, 5AY,6AY, 14Y, 16Y, E1Y, 7976-E2Y,
7976-E3Y, B2Y, C2Y, B4Y, C4Y, F2Y, F4Y, A2Y, ABY,
D2Y, DBY, J2Y, JBY, L2Y, LBY
2*512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
7975-E6Y, 7975-ECY, 7976-E4Y, 7976-EBY, 7975-E2Y,
7976-E5Y, 7976-E6Y
2*1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz

Table 2. 8-DIMM Configuration in non-mirrored model
Number of DIMMS DIMM slots
1 1
2 1,4
4 1,4,7,10
6 1,4,7,10,2,5
8 1,4,7,10,2,5,8,11

Table 3. 8-DIMM Configuration in mirrored mode
Number of DIMMS DIMM slots
4 1,4,7,10
8 1,4,7,10,2,5,8,11

Figure 1. System x3400, (7975, 7976) system board
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 76

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 77

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4523 - 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4...11 8
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4...11 8
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4...11 8
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 4...11 8
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
Optical devices
22P1999 - 4149 IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE Drive HH 1...2 2
39M6342 - 4137 IBM 48X-20X CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive HH 1...2 2
39M6344 - 4139 IBM 48X/32X/48X/16X Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combination Drive
HH 1...2 2
39M6345 - 4140 IBM DVD Multi-Burner Plus Drive HH 1...2 2
Associated options
39Y8338 39Y8406 4307 Hot-swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac HDD Option Upgrade
Kit
2
- - -
External Storage Expansion Units Form
factor

- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 -
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) -
Notes:
1. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay
11 as standard then Bay 10, 9, 8.
2. Up to 8 Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs can be installed when the
Hot-swap SAS/SATA 4-Pac HDD Option Upgrade Kit (option
39Y8406) is selected.

Figure 1. System x3400 (7975, 7976) Front View
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 78

Click image to enlarge

Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage
1 133 mm (5.25in) - - -
2 133 mm (5.25in) - - -
3 133 mm (5.25in) - - -
4 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
5 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
6 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
7 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
8 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
9 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
10 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD
11 89mm (3.5in) - - HDD

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 79

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Maximum
quantity

Storage controllers
1

25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller
1
- - key Largo 1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller - - key Largo 1
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 1
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1...3 3
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID 8s SAS PCIe
Controller
2,3
Full PCI-E (x8) 2 1
39R8871 39R8812 1693 IBM ServeRAID-8s Battery
4
- - - -
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X
HBA for IBM System x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port
HBA
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 3
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1....3 3
Networking
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X
Accelerator Board
Half 32/64 bit 4....6 2
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4...6 2
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4...6 2
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI
Express Adapter
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 1
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 1
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 1
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand
PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-
E HCA
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
Half 32/64 bit 4 ... 6 3
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 80
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet
Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 3
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet
Adapter- PCI-X
Half 32/64 bit 4 ... 5 2
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X
Half 32/64 bit 4 ... 6 3
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 3
- 39Y6126 - PRO/1000 PT IOAT Dual Port Server
Adapter by Intel PCIe
- - - -
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
5
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
6
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 2
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 4...6 3
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server
Adapter
5
Half PCI-E (x4) 1...3 3
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - RSA SL Socket 1
Note:
1. All x3400 (7975, 7976) models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l
which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID IE, 5 or 6, replace
ServeRAID-8k-l with option ServeRAID-8k, p/n 25R8064.
2. x3400 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000
support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server,
first read the installation instructions provided in the option
package.
4. ServeRAID-8s Battery 39R8812 enables Battery Backed Cache on
ServeRAID-8s.
5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.

Slot Type Frequency MHz
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x 8 -
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x 8 -
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x 8 -
PCI Slot 4 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X 64-bit/133Mhz 133
PCI Slot 6 PCI-32-bit/33Mhz 33

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 81

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

Option
number
Description

Power
- -
Power Distribution Units
39Y8905 DPI NEMA Rack PDU
39Y8923 DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
39Y8938 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
39Y8939 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
39Y8940 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
39Y8941 IBM DPI C13 Enterprise PDU without line cord
1
39Y8948 DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
71763MU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
71763NU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2130R5X IBM UPS 1500T LV
2130R6X IBM UPS 1500T HV
2130R9X IBM UPS 1500T JV

Note:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.
Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
14104RX IBM Linux Cluster Rack
39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option
39M2896 IBM Short KVM Conversion Option
39M2897 IBM Long KVM Conversion Option
17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
93061RX NetBAY11 Standard Rack
93072RX IBM 25U S2 standard rack
93074RX NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
93074XX IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
93084RX NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
39Y8382 5Ux26D Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
Console Connectivity
17351GX IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
17353LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch
17354LX IBM 2x16 Console Switch
17354GX IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
31R3130 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2)
31R3132 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
Monitors
17233RX 1U 15" Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 82
4938-7xx IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT
4942 15 TFT 4942-15U
4943 17 TFT 4943-17U
4944 19 TFT 4944-19U
Keyboard and Mouse
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K5372 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 83

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 (7975, 7976)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Tape drive
1
Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures
39M5624 25R0045 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up 2 or 3 Ultra160(16-
bit)
Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
2 or 3 USB Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
-
71P9176 39M5656 5355 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape
Drive
2 or 3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
Internal 3.5"
with 5.25"
mounting kit
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
42C3932 39M5657 5365 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3
Internal Back -Up
2 and 3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
8768HHX
87664UX
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive 3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
- 3580-L33/L3H - IBM TotalStorage Ultrium3 3580
model L33/L3H Tape Drive
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Standalone or
Rack Mount
2
-
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape
Drive
3 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8474 42D8771 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
3 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
External tape enclosures
2

- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - - -
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - - -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -
Tape autoloaders
1

- 87691VX - VXA3 Autoloader - Ultra 160
SCSI LVD
- -
Tape libraries
- 33614LX - IBM LTO3 4U Tape Library
1,3
- Ultra 160
SCSI LVD or
4 Gbps Fibre
- -
Associated Options
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
Notes:
1. Internal SCSI tape drives and external SCSI tape drives require
a 39R8743 PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller.
2. A quantity of one 42C3910, SCSI Interface and Cabling kit is
required for each SCSI Tape Drive installed (see External tape and
tape library attributes appendix).
3. Base 33614LX library requires the addition of one LTO magazine
and a minimum of one (maximum of two) LTO sled drive(s).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 84
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 85
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 86

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3450 (7948) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
7948-22X Dual Core Intel
Xeon Proc
X5272 (3.4GHz
1600MHz 6MB
L2 80w)
2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-2BX Dual Core Intel
Xeon Proc
X5272 (3.4GHz
1600MHz 6MB
L2 80w)
2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-32X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5462 (2.8GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-3BX Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5462 (2.8GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-42X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
X5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 120w)
2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-4BX Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
X5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 120w)
2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-52X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 4GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-54X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 32GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-56X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 64GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
7948-58X Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 64GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 87
7948-5BX Quad Core Intel
Xeon Proc
E5472 (3.0GHz
1600MHz 12MB
L2 80w)
2/2 8GB/64GB Rack(1U) 1/1 - -

Table 1. System x3450 (7948) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/max)
Optical
drive
Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7948-22X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-2BX Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-32X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-3BX Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-42X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-4BX Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-52X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
0GB/1.5TB - 2/2 1/1
7948-54X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
500GB/1.5TB - 2/1 1/1
7948-56X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
500GB/1.5TB - 2/1 1/1
7948-58X Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
1TB/1.5TB - 2/0 1/1
7948-5BX Dual GB SATA 3.5" Non-
Hotswap
1TB/1.5TB - 2/0 1/1
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are available worldwide.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 88

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options
1
Model
support

Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 89

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory cards
- - - -
Memory DIMMs
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL5

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
22Y,32Y,42Y, 52Y 2x2GB DDR2 667 FBDIMM
54Y 8x4GB DDR2 667 FBDIMM
56Y 16x2GB DDR2 667 FBDIMM
58Y 16x4GB DDR2 667 FBDIMM


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 90

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description
1
Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette Drive
- - - - - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- - - - - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -

Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Figure 1. System x3450 drive bays

Click image to enlarge


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 91

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage controllers
- - - - - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
- 39Y6126 - PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by
- - - - -
- 39Y6136 - PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
by Intel
- - - - -
- 42C1750 - PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter by Intel - - - - -
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
- - - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot Height
PCI Slot 1 PCIe x16 Gen2 slot (Full height) - - - - No Full Height
Disc Controller ESB2-E (3Gb/s SATA) - - - - - -
Ethernet
Controller
ESB2-E (Dual GbE) - - - - - -
Video Controller ATI* ES1000 video controller with
32MB DDR SDRAM
- - - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 92

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
1

Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 93

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3450 (7948)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form
factor
Ext tape
enclosure

Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 94
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 95

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3455 (7940) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
Form
factor
Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
7940-32Y Quad Core AMD Opteron
Processor Model 2352
(2.1GHz 115W)
1/2 2 GB/
48 GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1 - Y
7940-52Y Quad Core AMD Opteron
Processor Model 2356
(2.3GHz 115W)
1/2 2 GB/
48 GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1 - Y
7940-62Y Quad Core AMD Opteron
Processor Model 2360 SE
(2.5GHz 137W)
2/2 8 GB/
48 GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1 - Y

Table 1. System x3455 (7940) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7940-32Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2
7940-52Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2
7940-62Y Dual 1Gb SATA Fixed 160GB/1500GB - 2/1 2/2


Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 7940-32Y is 7940-32U. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the
same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 96

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options
1
Model support
43W7430 - 3065 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2352 (2.1GHz 115W) 32Y
43W7432 43W7463 3067 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 115W) 52Y
43W7433 - 3068 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2360 SE (2.5GHz 137W) 62Y
Additional processors
1
44R5903 43W7461 3479 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2352 (2.1GHz 115W) 32Y
44R5905 43W7463 3481 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2356 (2.3GHz 115W) 52Y
44R5906 - 3482 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2360 SE (2.5GHz
137W)
62Y


Figure 1. x3455 (7940) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 97

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP
RDIMM
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7179 - 0599 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2765 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7181 - 1901 4.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
Notes:
1. DIMMs are installed in pairs. See the 'DIMM Population Sequence'
table below for the correct placement of DIMMs when two processors
are utilized.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
32Y, 52Y 2 x 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
62Y 4 x 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory

Table 2. DIMM installation sequence
Number of DIMMs
installed
DIMM connector population with one
microprocessor installed
DIMM connector population with two
microprocessors installed
2 1, 2 1, 2
4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 7, 8
6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
8 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10
10 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
12 Not supported 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 98

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option number Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SAS HDDs
40K1196 40K1049 5504 73GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1197 40K1050 5505 146GB 15K 3.5" Simple-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
SATA HDDs
39M4535 39M4504 5294 160GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4537 39M4508 5295 250GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4599 39M4514 5180 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
43W7588 43W7572 5541 750GB 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
Optical drives
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Ultra-Slim 3 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 3 1
External Storage Expansion Units Form
Factor

- 17401xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion
Unit (all models)
-
- 17407xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage
Expansion Unit (all models)
-
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion
Unit (all models)
-
- 2107-92E/9AE - IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107
model 92E/9AE
-

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Bay Form Factor Height Front Access Usage
1 3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models SSL Y HDD
2 3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models SSL Y HDD
3 DVD-ROM or CD-ROM SL Y CD


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 99

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature codes Description Adapter length Adapter
height
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-
Plug
capable

Storage Controllers and Options
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller half Half
Height
x8
PCI-E
1, 2 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-
Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
half Low
Profile
x8
PCI-E
1, 2 N
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-
Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
half Low
Profile
x8
PCI-E
1, 2 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-
Port PCI-E HBA for IBM
System x
half Low
Profile
x8
PCI-E
1, 2 N
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-
Port PCI-E HBA for IBM
System x
half Low
Profile
x8
PCI-E
1, 2 N
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI
PCIe Controller
half Full
Height
x1
PCI-E
1, 2 N
External Disk Systems and Options
- 17421xx - IBM TotalStorage
DS4400 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- - - - -
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage
DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- - - - -
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage
DS8100 2107 (all
models)
- - - - -
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage
DS4300 Model 60U with
Turbo
- - - - -
Networking
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000
Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIe
1
half Full
Height
PCI-E x4 1, 2 Y
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port
Server Adapter
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port
PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
half Full
Height
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port
PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
half Full
Height
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000
Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X
SDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 100
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X
DDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x4 1, 2 N
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host
Channel PCI Express
Adapter
half Full
Height
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-CX4 Port
half Full
Height
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
XAUI-MTP Port
half Full
Height
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI
Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-SR Port
half Full
Height
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port
4x InfiniBand PCI-E HCA
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x8 1 N
42C1753 - 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server
Adapter
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x
InifiniBand PCI-E HCA
half Low
Profile
PCI-E x8 1, 2 N
Other I/O
43V5766 - 1822 NVIDIA Quadro FX 1700
3D Graphics Card
Half Full
Height
PCI-E
x16
2 N
Notes:
1. Even though the NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe
(option 39Y6066) can be installed as a full-height or low profile, only
the full height installation is supported.


Slot/
Device
Type Bus Voltage
(V)
Frequency
MHz
Data
Path
Active PCI?
(Hotswap)
Slot
length
Scan
sequence
Device #
PCI
Slot 1
PCI-E x8 or HTX depending on
which riser card is installed
Full - - - - Full - -
PCI
Slot 2
PCI-E x16 Half - - - - Half - -



Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 101

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description

Power
- - - -
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21303RX - BM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack


SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack and NetBAY
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Rack Console Connectivity
- 31R3132 - IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option Pack
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
- 17354GX - IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB)
Racks
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
Monitors
- 4942 - IBM T115 15" TFT LCD
- 4943 - IBM T117 17" TFT LCD
- 4944 - IBM T119 19" TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
42C1473 40K5372 8693 IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 102

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3455 (7940)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form
factor
Ext tape
encl

Tape drives
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
External tape enclosures
- 87664NX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -
- 8767HNX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - - -
- 8768FNX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - - -
Tape library
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310
Modular Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra Scalable Tape
Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 103
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 104

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3500 (7977) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed (GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
Form factor Power
supply
quantity
(std/
max)
Hot Swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt
Processor
7977-12Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
667MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-22Y Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5060 (3.2GHz
1067MHz
2x2MB L2
Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-42Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5110
(1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-52Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5120
(1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-62Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-72Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5140
(2.33GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-82Y Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5150
(2.66GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-92Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5160 (3.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 105
7977-A2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5405
(2.0GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-B2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-C2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-D2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5410
(2.33GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-E3Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5440
(2.83GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7977-E6Y Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130 (2.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
1/2 2GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7977-E7Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-E8Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7977-E9Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
120W
2/2 8GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7977-EFY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
7977-EGY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB 5U Tower 2/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 106
7977-F2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.00GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-G2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-H2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5355
(2.66GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-J2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-M2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5440
(2.83GHz
12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y
7977-R2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB
L2 1333MHz
120W)
1/2 1GB/48GB 5U Tower 1/2 PHF Y

Table 1. System x3500 (7977) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7977-12Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-22Y Jun 29 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-42Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-52Y Oct 27 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-62Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-72Y Oct 27 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-82Y Oct 27 2007 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-92Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-A2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-B2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-C2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 107
7977-D2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-E3Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-E6Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-E7Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-E8Y - 1GB SAS SFF Hot Swap 0GB/1752GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
15/14 6/6
7977-E9Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-EFY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-EGY Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-F2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-G2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-H2Y Apr 4
2008
1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-J2Y - 1GB SAS Hot Swap 0GB/1752GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
15/14 6/6
7977-L2Y - 1GB SAS Hot Swap 0GB/1752GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
15/14 6/6
7977-M2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
7977-R2Y - 1GB SAS/SATA Hot Swap 0GB/6000GB DVD-ROM
(16X)
11/10 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part
number for 7977-12Y is 7977-12U. See the product specific Official
IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern.
Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 108

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options Model
support

Standard processor
1
41Y4257 40K1231 1296 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 42Y, E1Y
41Y4258 - 1297 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 52Y
41Y4259 40K1233 1298 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 62Y
41Y4260 40K1234 1299 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 72Y, E4Y
41Y4261 - 1300 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 82Y, E5Y
41Y4262 40K1236 1301 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 92Y
41Y4404 - 2874 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) B2Y, E6Y
41Y4405 - 2875 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C2Y
43W5173 - 2893 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) F2Y, EFY
43W5177 - 2894 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.00GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) G2Y
43W5178 - 2895 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) H2Y, EGY
44R5612 - 3078 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y
44R5613 - 3079 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) D2Y
44R5614 - 3080 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E7Y, J2Y
44R5615 - 3081 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E8Y, L2Y
44R5616 - 3082 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) E3Y, M2Y
46C1148 - 3604 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W E9Y, R2Y
Additional processors
1
41Y4263 40K1231 1380 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4265 40K1233 1382 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4266 40K1234 1383 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4268 40K1236 1385 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5624 44R5634 3496 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5440 (2.83GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
- 44R5635 - Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc 5450 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
41Y4264 40K1232 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
41Y4267 40K1235 1384 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) -
44E5120 44E5122 3382 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450(3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) -
43W5783 43W5821 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5785 43W5822 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) -
43W5818 43W5823 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
43W5819 43W5824 3457 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
43W5820 43W5825 3458 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) -
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 109

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1,2
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5785 - 2GB Kit (2x1GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
Notes:
1. Pairs are not required to match.
2. Memory mirroring requires an exact match between the DIMM types
and sizes on both memory buses. Memory mirroring effectively
reduces available memory by half.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
12Y, 22Y, 42Y, 52Y, 62Y, 72Y, 82Y, 92Y, E5Y, E4Y,
E1Y, C2Y, B2Y, H2Y, G2Y, F2Y, A2Y, D2Y, J2Y, L2Y,
M2Y, R2Y
2 x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
E6Y, EFY, E2Y, E7Y 2 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
EGY, E8Y, E3Y 2 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
E9Y 4 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz

Table 2. 12-DIMM Configuration in non-mirrored mode
Number of DIMMs DIMM Slots
1 1
2 1, 4
4 1, 4, 7, 10
6 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5
8 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11
10 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11, 3, 6
12 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11, 3, 6, 9, 12

Table 3. 12-DIMM Configuration in mirrored mode
Number of DIMMs DIMM Slots
4 1, 4, 7, 10
8 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11
12 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11, 3, 6, 9, 12
Figure 1. System x3500 system board
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 110

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 111

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity

SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
1

39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA
II
SL 4...11 8
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA
II
SL 4...11 8
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA
II
SL 4...11 8
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA
II
SL 4...11 8
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 4...11 8
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SL 4...15 12
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SL 4...15 12
43X0841 - 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SL 4...15 12
Optical devices
22P1999 - 4149 IBM 16X RAM-Read DVD-ROM IDE
Drive
HH 1...2 2
39M6342 - 4137 IBM 48X-20X CD-ROM Black Internal
IDE Drive
HH 1...2 2
39M6344 - 4139 IBM 48X-32X-48X-16X Max CD-RW/
DVD-ROM Combination Drive
HH 1...2 2
39M6345 - 4140 IBM DVD Multi-Burner Plus Drive HH 1...2 2
External Storage Expansion Units Form
Factor

- 18128Vx - EXP420 Expansion Unit (all models) -
Notes:
1. Hot-Swap SAS/SATA HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4
as standard then Bay 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.
Figure 1. x3500 front view
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 112

Click image to enlarge
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage
1 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -
2 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -
3 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -
4 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
5 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
6 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
7 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
8 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
9 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
10 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD
11 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 113

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Max
quantity

Storage controllers
1

25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E x8 2...3 2
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 4...6 3
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 32/64 bit 4...6 3
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID 8s SAS PCIe
Controller
2, 3
Full PCI-E x8 2 1
39R8871 39R8812 1693 ServeRAID-8s Battery
4
- - - -
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller - - key Largo -
39R8851 39R8850 1690 MegaRAID 8480 Half PCI-E x8 2, 3 2
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 1
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1...3 3
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port
HBA
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X
HBA for IBM System x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E
HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 2
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 2
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2..3 2
External Disk Systems and
Options

- 172621X 2620 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - -
- 172622X 2621 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - -
- 172641X 2622 IBM System Storage DS3400 - - - -
- 172642X 2623 IBM System Storage DS3400 - - - -
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all
models)
- - - -
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107 (all
models)
- - - -
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700
Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - -
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750
model 511
- - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 114
- 1750-EX1 - IBM TotalStorage DS6000 Expansion
Unit 1750 model EX1
- - - -
- 2005-B32 - IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Fabric
Switch
- - - -
- 2026-224 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 24M-1 Fabric
Switch (24-port)
- - - -
- 2026-E12 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Fabric
Switch (12 port)
- - - -
- 2027-140 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 140M-1
Enterprise Director (140-port)
- - - -
- 2027-232 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 32M-1 Fabric
Switch (32-port)
- - - -
- 2027-256 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 256M Director
Switch (256-port)
- - - -
Networking
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
Half 32/64-bit 4...6 3
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
4...5 2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G
Ethernet Adapter- PCIe
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet
Adapter- PCI-X
Half 32/64-bit 4...5 2
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X
Half 32/64-bit 4...6 3
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E (x4) 13 3
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server
Adapter by Intel
Half PCI-E x4 1 ... 3 3
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server
Adapter
5
Half PCI-E x4 1 1
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
5
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
6
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 2
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1...3 3
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X
Accelerator Board
Half 32/64 bit 4....6 1
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4....6 2
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 32/64 bit 4....6 1
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI
Express Adapter
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 2
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InifiniBand PCI-
E HCA
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 2
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 1
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 1
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 1
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand
PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E x8 2...3 2
Systems Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - RSA SL Socket 1
Note:
1. All x3500 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k
which offers RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, 6, and 10.
2. x3500 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function
RAID attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit.
EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to
SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server,
first read the installation instructions provided in the
option package.
4. ServeRAID-8s Battery, p/n 39R8812, enables Battery
Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s.
5. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x
IOAT capable servers.
6. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Figure 1. System x3500 system board
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 115

Click image to enlarge

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x 4 - - - - - Half
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x 8 - - - - - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x 8 - - - - - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-X 64-bit - 3 133 - N Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X 64-bit - 3 133 - N Full
PCI Slot 6 PCI-32-bit - 5 33 - N Half
RSA SL Socket - - - - - - -
ServeRAID - - - - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 116

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
39Y8326 39Y8487 0942 x3400/x3500 Redundant Power and Cooling Option
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
-
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 2P+G (208V) line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 2130R5X - IBM UPS 1500T LV


SBB number Option
number
Feature
code
Description

Rack and NetBAY
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93061RX - NetBAY11 Standard Rack
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Rack/tower conversion kits
- 39Y8382 - 5U x 26 Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
- 17235RX - IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
- 39M2896 - IBM Short KVM Conversion Option (Short KCO)
- 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option (Long KCO)
Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17353LX - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
- 17354GX - Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
- 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option (Long KCO)
- 31R3130 - IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2)
- 31R3132 - IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
Monitors
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 117
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 4938 - IBM C117 17 CRT Monitor
- 4942 - IBM T115 15 TFT LCD Monitor
- 4943 - IBM T117 17 TFT LCD Monitor
- 4944 - IBM T119 19 TFT LCD Monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - USB - US English
40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 118

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 (7977)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Tape drives Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
2, 3 USB 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9176 39M5656 5355 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape
Drive
1
2, 3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
89mm
(5.25in) HH
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
39M5624 25R0045 5362 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up
1
2, 3 Ultra160
(16-bit)
89mm
(5.25in) HH
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
39M5621 39M5658 5364 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape
Drive
1
3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
89mm
(5.25in) HH
8767HHX
87651UX
87664UX
42C3932 39M5657 5365 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3
Internal Back-Up
1
2, 3 Ultra 320
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
8768FHX
87664UX
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape
Drive
3 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
42C3912 - 4352 GoVault Tape Drive 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
43W8474 42D8771 4860 GoVault Carrier Option 2...3 SATA I and
SATA II
89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
3 SAS 89mm
(5.25in) HH
-
External tape enclosures
2

- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - HH Table Top -
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - FH Table Top -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack
Mount
-
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 4U Rack
Mount
-
Tape autoloaders
1

- 87691VX - VXA3 Autoloader - - 1U Rack
Mount
-
External tape libraries
- 33614LX - IBM LTO3 4U Tape Library
1,3
- - 4U Rack
Mount
-
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3580-xxx - IBM TotalStorage Ultrium3 3580
Tape Drive (all models)
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Standalone or
Rack Mount
4
-
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit Option - - - -
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
Notes:
1. Internal SCSI tape drives, external SCSI enclosures, and
SCSI based automation products require a PCI-X U320 SCSI storage
controller.
2. A quantity of one SCSI interface and cabling kit (42C3910)
is required for each SCSI tape drive.
3. Base 33614LX Library requires the addition of one LTO magazine
and a minimum of one LTO sled drive (maximum of two).
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 119
4. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for
placing in a rack.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 120
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 121
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 122

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3550 (7978) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/
max)
Form factor Power
supply qty
(std/
max)
Hot-
swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt Proc.
7978-21Y May 30
2008
1.60GHz
1066MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-22Y May 30
2008
1.60GHz
1066MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-31Y Aug 31
2007
1.86GHz
1066MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-32Y Aug 31
2007
1.86GHz
1066MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-3AY Aug 31
2007
1.86GHz
1066MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-41Y Aug 31
2007
2.00GHz
1333MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-42Y Aug 31
2007
2.00GHz
1333MHz
FSB 2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-45Y Jan 19
2007
3.73GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB
L2 Cache
Dual Core
Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 123
7978-4AY Aug 31
2007
2.00GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-4SY Jan 19
2007
3.73GHz
1066MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-51Y May 30
2008
2.33GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-5AY May 30
2008
2.33GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-61Y Aug 31
2007
2.66GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-6AY Aug 31
2007
2.66GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-71Y - 3.00GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-7AY - 3.00GHz
1333MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-A1Y Mar 11 2008 Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-A2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-ALY - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5160 (3.0GHz
4MB L2 Cache)
2/2 8GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-AMY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
2/2 8GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-ANY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
2/2 8GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-B1Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5405
(2.0GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 124
7978-B3Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-B4Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-B5Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5440
(2.83GHz
12MB L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-B7Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5460
(3.16GHz
12MB L2
120W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-B9Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB
L2 120W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BAY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5405
(2.0GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BCY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BDY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BEY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5440
(2.83GHz
12MB L2 80W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BJY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB
L2 120W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-BGY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5460
(3.16GHz
12MB L2
120W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-C1Y Mar 11 2008 Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB
L2 1066MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 125
7978-C2Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-C3Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5355
(2.66GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-C4Y Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5365
(3.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-CBY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-CCY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5355
(2.66GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-CDY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5365
(3.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-E4Y Jan 4
2008
Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
5130
(2.00GHz 4MB
L2 1333MHz
65w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-E5Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5405
(2.0GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-EAY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5335
(2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-ECY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-EDY Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5355
(2.66GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 126
7978-EHY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5420
(2.5GHz 12MB
L2 80W)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-EJY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5430
(2.66GHz
12MB L2 80W)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-E9Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
X5450
(3.0GHz
12MB L2
120W)
1/2 4GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-EMY - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/
1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 2/2 PHF -
7978-G5Y Mar 30
2007
3.00GHz
667MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-G6Y Mar 30
2007
3.00GHz
667MHz FSB
2x2MB L2
Cache Dual
Core Processor
1/2 1GB/
32GB
Rack(1U) 1/2 PF -
7978-JAY May 30
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon LV
Processor
L5310
(1.60GHz
8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-JBY May 30
2008
Quad-Core
Intel Xeon LV
Processor
L5320
(1.86GHz
8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-L2Y - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
L5420
(2.5GHz/
1333MHz 50W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-LBY - Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
L5420
(2.5GHz/
1333MHz 50W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-M1Y - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/
1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -
7978-MAY - Dual-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/
1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
32GB
Rack (1U) 1/2 PHF -

Table 1. System x3550 (7978) at-a-glance (continued)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 127
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/
max)
Optical
drive
Bays
(total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7978-21Y May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-22Y May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-31Y Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-32Y Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-3AY Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2
GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-41Y Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-42Y Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-45Y Jan 19
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-4AY Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2
GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-4SY Jan 19
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2
GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-51Y May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-5AY May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-61Y Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-6AY Aug 31
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-71Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-7AY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-A1Y Mar 11 2008 Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-A2Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 128
7978-ALY - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
600GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-AMY - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
146GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/0 2/2
7978-ANY - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
146GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/0 2/2
7978-B1Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-B3Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-B4Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-B5Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-B7Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-B9Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-BAY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-BCY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-BDY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-BEY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-BJY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-BGY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-C1Y Mar 11 2008 Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-C2Y Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-C3Y Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-C4Y Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 129
7978-CBY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
584GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-CCY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-CDY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB/
587.2
GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-E4Y Jan 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-E5Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/ SATA Hot-
swap
292GB / 1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/0 2/2
7978-EAY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-ECY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-EDY Apr 4
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-EHY - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-EJY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-E9Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-EMY - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-G5Y Mar 30
2007
Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
3
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-G6Y Mar 30
2007
Dual
1GB
SATA Simple-
swap
0GB/
1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-JAY May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-JBY May 30
2008
Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-L2Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
7978-LBY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
7978-M1Y - Dual
1GB
SAS/
SATA
Hot-
swap
0GB / 1500GB
5
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
3/3 2/2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 130
7978-MAY - Dual
1GB
SAS Hot-
swap
0GB / 587.2GB
4
CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/5 2/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as
listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV
model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU.
For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7978-71Y
is 7978-71U. See the product specific Official IBM
announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies
follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with
the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. 3.5" SAS form factor
4. 2.5" SAS form factor
5. 3.5" SATA form factor

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 131

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options Model support

Standard processor
1
42C4223 - 1310 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 22Y
42C4221 - 1309 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 32Y,
3AY
42C4219 - 1308 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) E4Y, 41Y,
42Y, 4AY
42C4217 - 1307 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY
42D3769 - 2851 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
42C4215 - 1306 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
42C4213 - 1305 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) ALY, 71Y, 7AY
42D3870 - 2889 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) A1Y, AMY
42D3789 - 2888 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w) C1Y
42D3793 - 2887 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) EAY, A2Y, ANY
42D3791 - 2886 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) ECY, C2Y,
CBY
42D3797 - 2884 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz
50w)
JAY
43W5906 - 2831 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz
50w)
JBY
42D3795 - 2885 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) C3Y, CCY, EDY
44E5037 - 3069 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) C4Y, CDY
44E5058 - 3680 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) B1Y, BAY, E5Y
44E5059 - 3681 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5060 - 3682 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) B3Y, BCY, EHY
44E5061 - 3683 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) B4Y, BDY, EJY
44E5062 - 3684 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) B5Y, BEY
44E5063 - 3685 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5064 - 3686 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) B7Y, BGY
44E5116 - 3695 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W) B9Y, BJY, E9Y
44E5146 - 3608 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) L2Y, LBY
44E5147 - 3607 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY, M1Y, MAY

Additional processors
1
42C4224 40K1237 1391 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 22Y
42C4222 40K1238 1390 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 32Y,
3AY
42C4220 40K1239 1389 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) E4Y, 41Y,
42Y, 4AY
42C4218 40K1240 1388 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY
42D3770 - 1415 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) LV) -
42C4214 40K1242 1386 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) ALY, 71Y, 7AY
42D3871 - 1442 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) A1Y
42D3790 - 1441 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) C1Y
42D3794 - 1440 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) EAY, A2Y
42D3792 - 1439 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) ECY, C2Y,
CBY
42D3798 43W5909 1437 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w) JAY
43W5907 43W5910 3468 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) JBY
42D3796 - 1438 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) C3Y, CCY, EDY
44E5038 44E5036 3483 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) C4Y, CDY
44E5119 44E5121 3381 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 120W) B9Y, BJY, E9Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 132
44E5073 44E5080 3375 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 120W) B7Y, BGY
44E5071 44E5078 3373 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 80W) B5Y, BEY
44E5072 44E5079 3374 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5070 44E5077 3372 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 80W) B4Y, BDY, EJY
44E5069 44E5076 3371 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 80W) B3Y, BCY, EHY
44E5068 44E5075 3370 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 80W) -
44E5067 44E5074 3369 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 80W) B1Y, BAY
42C4216 40K1241 1387 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
44E5135 44E5137 3392 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 50W) L2Y, LBY
44E5136 44E5138 3391 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY, M1Y, MAY
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum
of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 133

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5785 - 2GB Kit (2x1GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB (2x4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 ECC DDR2 FBDIMM Kit

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
E1Y, E2Y, E3Y, 21Y, 22Y, 31Y, 32Y, 3AY,
41Y, 42Y, 4AY, 51Y, 5AY, 61Y, 6AY,
71Y, 7AY, 45Y, 4SY, G5Y, G6Y, A1Y
2 x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, CBY, CCY, C3Y, C4Y, CDY, E4Y, EAY, ECY, JAY, JBY,
B1Y, B3Y, B4Y, B5Y, B9Y, B7Y, BAY, BCY, BDY, BEY, BJY, BGY, L2Y,
LBY, M1Y, MAY, EMY
2 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
AMY, ANY, ALY 8 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
EDY, EHY , EJY , E9Y 2 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz

Figure 1. System x3550 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 134

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM External USB Floppy Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4523 39M4522 5150 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1,2 2
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1,2 2
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1,2 2
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1,2 2
- 40K6890 - 500GB 7200 RPM HDD Cisco SL 1, 2 2
- 41Y8208 - Express 160 GB Hot-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
- 43W7584 - Cisco 750GB 7200RPM HDD SL 1, 2 2
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1, 2 2
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4505 39M4504 5291 160GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
43W7573 43W7572 5531 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 1, 2 2
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1, 2 2
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 1...4 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 1...2 2
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 1...4 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 1...4 4
Optical devices
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 5 1
32R2784 39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced Ultra-Slim 5 1
32R2901 43W8304 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ultra-Slim 5 1

External storage expansion units Form
factor

- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 3U
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) 3U
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107(all models) 3U
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -

Figure 1. System x3550 drive bay designations with 3.5 inch hard disk drives
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 135

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. System x3550 drive bay designations with 2.5 inch hard disk drives

Click image to enlarge
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage
1 [3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models] or [2.5in SAS HDD Models] SSL/SFF Y HDD
2 [3.5in SAS or SATA HDD Models] or [2.5in SAS HDD Models] SSL/SFF Y HDD
3 2.5in SAS HDD Models SFF Y HDD
4 2.5in SAS HDD Models SFF Y HDD
5 DVD-ROM or CD-ROM SL Y CD


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 136

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable

Storage controllers
1

25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller
1
- - Dedicated
connector
Y
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller
1
- - Dedicated
connector
-
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half 64
bit/133MHz
2 N
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half x1 PCI-E 1, 2 N
39R8851 39R8850 1690 MegaRAID 8480
2
Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 Y
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gbps PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half 64
bit/266MHz
2 N
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half 64
bit/266MHz
2 N
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
3
Half PCI-X 2 N
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for
IBM System x
3
Half PCI-X 2 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
4
Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
4
Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 1,2 N
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 1,2 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1,2 N
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1,2 N
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E (x8) 2...3 N
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X 2620 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - -
- 172622X 2621 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - -
- 172641X 2622 IBM System Storage DS3400 - - - -
- 172642X 2623 IBM System Storage DS3400 - - - -
Networking
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter - PCIe
5
Half PCI-E 1X 1,2 Y
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter -
PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter - PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 137
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCI-E 4X 1,2 N
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
6
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 -
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
6
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
7
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 -
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber PCI-
X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 N
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 N
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI
Express Adapter
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InifiniBand PCI-E
HCA
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
44R8727 - 5471 Mellanox ConnectX Dual-Port 4X DDR IB
PCI-E 2.0 x8 5.0GT/s HCA
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
44R9975 - 5468 Mellanox Single-Port 4X DDR IB PCI-E
x8 HCA
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express Adapter
w/ 10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand
PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X SDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X DDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter
by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
2 Y
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2 N
Systems Management
42C4178 39Y9566 1607 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - Dedicated
connector
-
Other I/O
39Y6744 - 4317 PCI-E Riser Card - - - -
32R2798 32R2816 4288 PCI-X Riser Card
5
- - - -
Notes:
1. All x3550 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l
which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5
or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k,
pn 25R8064.
2. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the
MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping
the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately as
originally packaged from IBM.
3. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 32R2816).
4. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (SBB 39Y6744). This riser
card ships on all standard x3550 models.
5. A PCI-X Riser Card must be selected when a PCI-X adapter
is selected
6. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x
IOAT capable servers.
7. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
Slot Type Bus Voltage(V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E - - x8 - - HL / FH
PCI Slot 2 PCI-X or PCI-E A - 133 64 - HL / FH

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 138

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
1
32R2810 32R2815 1964 x3550 Redundant Power Supply 670W
2
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8999 - 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R6X - IBM UPS 1500T HV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Notes:
1. System x3550 ships with a single 670w hot-swap capable
power supply, and two power cords standard, including one
rack power cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and
one AC line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
2. The power supply ships with a single 2.8m rack power Y-cable
(39M5440) which replaces the system's standard power cable.
When used in conjunction with multiple 7978s, the Y-cable is
designed to be split between 7978s. Therefore, the number of PDU
outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is
provided.
Figure 1. Y power cable supplied with the redundant power supply.

Click image to enlarge
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 139

Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
141042X IBM Linux Cluster Rack
17231RX IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
93061RX NetBAY11 Standard Rack
93072RX IBM 25U S2 standard rack
93074RX NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
93074XX IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
93084RX NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Rack Console Connectivity
17351GX IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
17353LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch
17354LX IBM 2x16 Console Switch
17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
17354GX IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
1735L04 NetBAY Local Console Manager
1735R16 NetBAY Remote Console Manager
31R3132 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option
39M2894 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
Monitors
4938 C117 17" TFT CRT
4942 IBM T115 15" TFT LCD
4943 IBM T117 17" TFT LCD
4944 IBM T119 19 TFT LCD
Keyboard and mouse
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 140

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 (7978)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature code Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosures

Tape drives
- 25R0045 - IBM 160/320GB VXA3 Tape Drive - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
87651UX
87664UX
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 39M5656 - IBM DDS/5 Tape Option
1
- Ultra80
SCSI LVD
Internal 3.5"
HH with 5.25"
HH mounting
kit
87651UX
87664UX
- 39M5658 - IBM HH LTO2 Tape Option
1
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
87651UX
87664UX
- 39M5657 - IBM 400/800GB LTO3 Tape Option
1
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal FH
133mm
(5.25in)
87664UX
- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 43W8480 - IBM 36/72GB DDS Gen5 SATA Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
External tape enclosures
2,3

- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack
Mount
-
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 4U Rack
Mount
-
Tape autoloaders
3

- 87691VX - 1U VXA-320 Tape Autoloader - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
1U Rack
Mount
-
- 33622LX - IBM LTO3 2U Autoloader
4
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
2U Rack
Mount
-
External tape libraries
- 33614LX - IBM LTO3 4U Tape Library
3,5
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
4U Rack
Mount
-
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated tape options
- 40K2579 - 3361 Library iSCSI Adapter - - - -
- 40K2596 - 3362 Autoloader LTO Generation 3
SCSI Drive
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
- -
- 40K2597 - 3362 Autoloader LTO Magazine - - - -
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit Option - - - -
Notes:
1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this
system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
2. Quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit required
per SCSI tape drive required.
3. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 141
39R8743 PCI-X U320 SCSI storage controller . 39R8743 PCI-X U320
storage controller requires 32R2816 PCI-X riser card on this system.
4. Base 33622LX autoloader requires one LTO sled and one LTO magazine
to be added.
5. Base 33614LX library requires one LTO magazine to be added and a
minimum of 1 LTO sled drive (two maximum).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 142
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 143
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 144
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 145
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 146

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3610 (7942) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
2
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
3
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
7942-22C Intel Xeon
Processor 5110
1.60GHz/1066MHz-
4MB (65w)
1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
7942-24C Dual Core
Intel Xeon
Processor X5205
1.86GHz/1066MHz-
6MB (65w)
1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
7942-42C Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor E5405
2.0GHz/1333MHz-
12MB (80w)
1/2 1GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y
7942-62C Quad-Core
Intel Xeon
Processor E5405
2.0GHz/1333MHz-
12MB (80w)
1/2 2GB/12GB 2U Rack 1/2 H Y

Table 1. System x3610 (7942) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
4
Internal HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/max)
Optical
drive
Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7942-22C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-24C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-42C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
7942-62C Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-swap 0GB/4500GB SATA DVD-ROM 7/6 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are available in China only.
2. Models 22x, 24x, and 42x comes installed with 1x1GB
memory. Model 62x comes installed with 2x1GB memory.
3. Standard power supply is 600w. An optional redundant
power supply can by installed.
4. Comes standard with H/W RAID 0,1,1E storage controller.
An optional H/W RAID 5 SAS/SATA storage controller is
available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 147

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options
1
Model
support

Standard processor
- 44X1872 - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 -
- 44X1873 - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 -
- 44X1874 - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 -
Additional processors
- - - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 148

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Memory description
1

Memory DIMMs
- 41Y2759 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 LP RDIMM
- 41Y2762 - Express 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 RDIMM
- 41Y2771 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 149

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description
1
Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
- 39M4526 - 250GB 7200 RPM Hot Swap SATA II HDD - - -
- 39M4530 - 500GB 7200 RPM 3.0 GB/sec Hot-Swap SATA - - -
- 43W7576 - 750GB HS SATA HDD Option - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
- 40K1043 - 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 40K1044 - 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
- 43X0802 - 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - - -
Optical Devices
- - - - - - -



Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 150

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage controllers
- - - - - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - - -
Networking
- - - - - - - - -
Systems Management
- - - - - - - - -
Other I/O
- - - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 151

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
1
- 44X1875 - Redundant Power Supply 600W for x3610
Power Distribution Units
- - - -
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV


Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
17237RX IBM Rack Fixed Shelf
17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
93072RX IBM 25U Standard Rack
93074RX IBM 42U Standard Rack
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
- -
Rack Console Connectivity
39Y8959 DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with China Power Cord
40K9774 4.3m, 16A/220V, C19 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
Monitors
- -
Keyboard and Mouse
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 152

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3610 (7942)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosure

Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 153

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3650 (7979) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/
max)
Form
factor
Power
supply
qty
(std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power,
slots,
HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt
Proc
7979-A1Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5310
(1.60GHz/1066MHz
FSB)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-A2Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-ABY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-AMY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 8GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B1Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5405 (2.0GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B3Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5420 (2.5GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B4Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5430 (2.66GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B5Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5440 (2.83GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B7Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5460 (3.16GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-B9Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Proc X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-BAY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5405 (2.0GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 154
7979-BCY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5420 (2.5GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-BDY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5430 (2.66GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-BEY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5440 (2.83GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-BGY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5460 (3.16GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-BJY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Proc X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-C1Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz/1066MHz
FSB)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-C3Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5355
(2.66GHz /8MB L2
1333MHz 120w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-C4Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-CAY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5320
(1.86GHz/1066MHz
FSB)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-CBY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5345 (2.33GHz
8MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-CCY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5355 (2.66GHz
8MB L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-CDY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-CMY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5320 (1.86GHz/
1066MHz FSB)
2/2 8GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-E5Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5140 (2.33GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-E7Y - Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5405 (2.0GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-EAY
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB
L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-ECY
4
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5345 (2.33GHz
8MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 155
7979-EDY
3
Apr 4
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X5355 (2.66GHz
8MB L2 1333MHz
120w)
1/2 4GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-EVY
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Proc X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 120W)
2/2 8GB/48GB Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-G5Y
3
Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
2x2MB L2 Cache
Dual-Core Xeon
Processor)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-GSY
4
Jun 29 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5050 (3.0GHz
2x2MB L2 Cache
Dual-Core Xeon
Processor)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-H5Y
3
Jan 19 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5063 (3.2GHz
2x2MB L2 Cache
Dual-Core Xeon
Processor)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-HSY
4
Jan 19 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5063 (3.2GHz
2x2MB L2 Cache
Dual-Core Xeon
Processor)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-JAY
4
May 30
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon LV Processor
L5310 (1.60GHz
8MB L2 1066MHz
50w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-JBY
4
May 30
2008
Quad-Core Intel
Xeon LV Processor
L5320 (1.86GHz
8MB L2 1066MHz
50w)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-LBY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
L5420 (2.5GHz/
1333MHz 50W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-L2Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
L5420 (2.5GHz/
1333MHz 50W)
1/2 2GB/48GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-21Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5110 (1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-2AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5110 (1.60GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-31Y
3
Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5120 (1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-3AY
4
Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5120 (1.86GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-41Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-4AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-51Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5140 (2.33GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 156
7979-5AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5140 (2.33GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-61Y
3
Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5150 (2.66GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-6AY
4
Aug 31 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5150 (2.66GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-71Y
3
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5160 (3.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-7AY
4
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5160 (3.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-7MY
4
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5160 (3.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
2/2 8GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-E9Y
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Proc X5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 120W)
1/2 4GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-EHY
3
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5420 (2.5GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-EJY
4
- Quad-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5430 (2.66GHz
12MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1/2 4GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-EMY
3
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-MAY
4
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-M1Y
4
- Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E5205
(1.86GHz/1066MHz
6MB L2 65W)
1/2 2GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
Storage Servers
7979-NAY
3
Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-ENY
3
Oct 27 2007 Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7979-EPY
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y
7979-EQY
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual-Core Intel
Xeon Processor
5130 (2.0GHz 4MB
L2 Cache)
1/2 1GB/
48GB
Rack(2U) 2/2 PHF Y

Table 1. System x3650 (7979) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(std/
max)
Optical
drive
Bays
(total/
avail)
Slots
(total/
avail)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 157
7979-A1Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-A2Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-ABY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-AMY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 1022/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/0 4/4
7979-B1Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-B3Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-B4Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-B5Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-B7Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-B9Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-BAY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-BCY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-BDY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-BEY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-BGY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-BJY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-C1Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-C3Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-C4Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-CAY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-CBY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-CCY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-CDY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-CMY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 1022/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/ DVD
Combo
8/0 4/4
7979-E5Y
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-E7Y - Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1160GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-EAY
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 158
7979-ECY
4
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-EDY
3
Apr 4
2008-
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-EVY
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-G5Y
3
Jun 29 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-GSY
4
Jun 29 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-H5Y
3
Jan 19 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-HSY
4
Jan 19 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-JAY
4
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-JBY
4
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-LBY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-L2Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-21Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-2AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-31Y
3
Aug 31 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-3AY
4
Aug 31 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-41Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-4AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-51Y
3
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-5AY
4
May 30
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-61Y
3
Aug 31 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-6AY
4
Aug 31 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-71Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-7AY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-7MY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 1022/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/0 4/4
7979-E9Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-EHY
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 159
7979-EJY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-EMY
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-MAY
4
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
8/8 4/4
7979-M1Y
3
- Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
Storage Servers
7979-NAY
3
Oct 27 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 1272/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/0 4/4
7979-ENY
3
Oct 27 2007 Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 72/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/4 4/4
7979-EPY
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 72GB/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
7979-EQY
3
Apr 4
2008
Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 1272GB/
1800GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
6/6 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be
modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following
nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for
7979-12Y is 7979-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement
letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping
for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. 3.5" SAS Form Factor
4. 2.5" SAS Form Factor

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 160

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options Model
support

Standard processor
1,2
41Y8978 - 1322 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 21Y, 2AY
41Y8979 - 1323 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y, 3AY,
E1Y
41Y8980 - 1324 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 41Y, 4AY,
NAY, ENY,
EPY, EQY
41Y8981 - 1325 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 51Y, 5AY,
E2Y, E3Y,
E5Y
41Y8982 - 1326 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y, 6AY
41Y8983 - 1327 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 71Y, 7AY,
7MY
42D3785 - 2853 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
43W5782 - 2897 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.60GHz/1066MHz FSB) A1Y
43W5784 - 2898 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz/1066MHz FSB) CAY,C1Y,
CMY
43W5826 - 2815 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) A2Y, ABY,
EAY, AMY
43W5827 - 2816 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w) CBY, ECY
43W5828 - 2817 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w) C3Y, CCY,
EDY
43W5911 - 2829 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) JAY
43W5913 - 2830 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w) JBY
44E5034 - 3099 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W) C4Y,CDY
44E5046 - 3660 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B1Y,BAY, E7Y
44E5048 - 3662 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.5GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B3Y,BCY,
EHY
44E5049 - 3663 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B4Y,BDY,
EJY
44E5050 - 3664 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) B5Y, BEY
44E5123 - 3696 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) B9Y, BJY,
E9Y, EVY
44E5052 - 3666 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120w) B7Y, BGY
44E5047 - 3661 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5410 (2.33GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80W) -
44E5051 - 3665 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5141 - 3610 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.5GHz/1333MHz 50W) L2Y,LBY
44E5142 - 3609 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY,MAY,
M1Y
Additional processors
2
41Y4263 40K1231 1380 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.60GHz 1066MHz FSB 4MB L2
Cache)
21Y,2AY
41Y4265 40K1233 1382 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 1333MHz FSB 4MB L2
Cache)
41Y,4AY,
NAY, ENY,
EPY,EQY
41Y4266 40K1234 1383 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache Dual-
Core Xeon Processor)
51Y, 5AY,
E2Y, E3Y,
E5Y
41Y4268 40K1236 1385 Additional Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 2x2MB L2 Cache Dual-
Core Xeon Processor)
71Y,7AY
43W5912 43W5918 3466 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 50w JAY
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 161
43W5914 43W5919 3467 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 50w) JBY
44R5620 44R5630 3492 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5405 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) B1Y,BAY
44R5621 44R5631 3493 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5410 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44R5622 44R5632 3494 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5420 (2.5GHz 1333MHz 80w) B3Y,BCY
44R5623 44R5633 3495 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5430 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 80w) B4Y,BDY
44R5624 44R5634 3496 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5440 (2.83GHz 1333MHz 80w) B5Y,BEY
44R5625 44R5635 3497 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5450 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) -
44E5056 44E5057 3356 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 1333MHz 120w) B7Y,BGY
44E5120 44E5122 3382 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc X5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 120W) B9Y,BJY,
E9Y,EVY
41Y4264 40K1232 1381 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 31Y,3AY,
E1Y
41Y4267 40K1235 1384 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 Cache) 61Y,6AY
44E5131 44E5133 3394 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz/1333MHz 50W) L2Y,LBY
44E5132 44E5134 3393 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5205 (1.86GHz/1066MHz 6MB L2 65W) EMY
42D3786 - 1416 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 Cache LV) -
43W5783 - 1447 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60GHz 1066MHz 80w) A1Y
43W5785 - 1448 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Proc E5320 (1.86GHz 1066MHz 80w) CAY,C1Y,CMY
43W5818 - 3456 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz 80w) A2Y,ABY,
EAY,AMY
43W5819 - 3457 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 1333MHz 80w) CBY, ECY
43W5820 - 3458 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 1333MHz 120w) C3Y,CCY,EDY
44E5035 - 3499 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz 120W) C4Y,CDY
Notes:
1. One dummy CPU heatsink (p/n: 39M6802) is required in
Microprocessor 2 socket (U4) if only one CPU is installed.
2. One additional processor may be installed, providing a
maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type,
speed and cache size.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 162

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1,2
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5785 - 2GB Kit (2x1GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5791 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
- 39M5797 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
Notes:
1. Memory must be installed in matching pairs.
2. Memory mirroring requires a minimum upgrade increment of four
DIMMs shared across both branches. These four DIMMS must all match,
but do not need to match adjacent slot positions. Only half of the
installed memory is available to the operating system when memory
mirroring is used.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
A1Y, E1Y, E2Y, E3Y, ENY, NAY, 21Y,
2AY, 31Y, 3AY, 41Y, 4AY, 51Y, 5AY, 61Y,
6AY, 71Y, 7AY, G5Y, GSY, H5Y, HSY,EPY,
EQY
2 x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
A2Y,ABY,C3Y,CAY, CBY,CCY,C1Y,E5Y,
JAY,JBY, EWY
2 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
7MY, AMY, CMY 8 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
EAY,ECY, EDY, EHY, EJY, E6Y,E7Y,E9Y 2 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
EVY 4 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
B1Y, B3Y, B4Y, B5Y, B7Y, B9Y, BAY,
BCY, BDY, BEY, BGY, BJY, C4Y, CDY,
EMY, L2Y, LBY, M1Y, MAY,E4Y
2 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHZ

Figure 1. x3650 system board
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 163

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 164

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB number Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette Drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
1

39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
43W7577 43W7576 5530 750GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5'' HS HDD 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
Optical Devices
32R2784 39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - CD Bay 1
32R2901 43W8304 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - CD Bay 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - CD Bay 1

External storage expansion units Form
factor

- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -

Note:
1. Mixing SAS and SATA hard drives is not allowed or supported.

Figure 1. x3650 Front View (six bay configuration)

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 165

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage controllers
24P0963 24P0960 1650 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter Half PCI-X 1, 2 Y 2
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller
1
- - Dedicated
connector
- 1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller
1
- - Dedicated
connector
- 1
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller
2
Half PCI-E 1...4 Y 2
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID-8s SAS PCIe
Controller
3,4
3/4
5
PCI-E 1 N 1
39R8819 39R8815 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI
Controller (128MB)
Full PCI-X 1 N 1
39R8820 39R8816 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI
Controller (256MB)
Full PCI-X 1 N 1
39R8871 39R8812 1693 IBM ServeRAID-8s Battery
6
- - - - -
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA
for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 - 4
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 - 4
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
39R8851 39R8850 1690 MegaRAID 8480
7
Half PCI-E 1, 2 - 2
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
7
Half PCI-X 1, 2 - 2
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA
for IBM System x
8
Half PCI-X 1, 2 - 2
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
9
Half PCI-E 1...4 - 4
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
9
Half PCI-E 1...4 - 4
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 1..4 N 4
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E 1..4 N 4
- 43W4296 - ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller
10
- - - - -
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA
Controller
11
Half PCI-E 1...4 - 4
External Disk Systems and Options
- 172621X 2620 SAS - SAS Single Controller DS3200 - - - - -
- 172622X 2621 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - - -
- 172641X 2622 FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - - -
- 172642X 2623 FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 - - - - -
- 17421xx - TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- - - - -
- 17429xx - TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk
system (all models)
- - - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 166
- 5198-001 - IBM TotalStorage Enterprise NAS
Gateway 500
- - - - -
- 2107-921 - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 model
921
- - - - -
- 2107-922/
9A2
- IBM TotalStorage DS8300 2107 model
922/9A2
- - - - -
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model
511
- - - - -
Networking
30R5005 30R5001 1566 IBM 10 GB Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 Y 2
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet
Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 - 4
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet
Adapter
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR
Adapter
Half PCI-E 8x 14 N 4
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 Y 4
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server
Adapter
12
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 - 4
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
12
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 - 4
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
13
Half PCI-E 8x 1...4 - 4
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 - 4
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 14 - 4
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 - 4
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X Accelerator
Board
3/4 64-bit/
133MHz
1 - 1
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber
PCI-X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI
Express Adapter
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 - 2
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 - 1
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 - 1
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express Adapter
w/ 10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 - 1
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand
PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E 8x 3,4 - 2
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-E
HCA
Half PCI-E 8x 1 - 1
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X SDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 14 - 4
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X DDR IB PCI-E
HCA (memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 14 - 4
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server
Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-bit/
133MHz
1,2 - 2
44R8727 - 5471 Mellanox ConnectX Dual-Port 4X DDR
IB PCI-E 2.0 x8 5.0GT/s HCA
Half PCI-E 4x 14 N 4
44R9975 - 5468 Mellanox Single-Port 4X DDR IB PCI-E
x8 HCA
Half PCI-E 2.0
8x
14 N 4
Systems Management
39R9504 39Y9566 1606 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Half - RSA Socket - 1
Other I/O
40K0028 40K1907 4334 PCI Express Riser Card x3650
10,12
- - - - -
40K0032 40K1908 4316 PCI-X Riser Card x3650
14,15
- - - - -
Notes:
1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers
RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace
ServeRAID-8k-l with optional ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064.
2. A maximum of one SAS HBA Adapter (25R8060) may be
configured in x3650 prior to shipping. However, customers
may install up to a total of four adapters, provided they
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 167
disable the boot ROM on the adapters.
3. x3650 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit.
EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to
SAS HDDs only.
4. Before you install or ship this option in your server,
first read the installation instructions provided in the
option package.
5. Full-length with stiffener.
6. ServeRAID-8s Battery, option 39R8812, enables Battery
Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s.
7. One PCI-E riser is required to install a maximum of two
MegaRAID 8480 controllers. To avoid damage to the server,
always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or
shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately
as originally packaged from IBM.
8. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 40K1908).
9. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (Option 40K0028). This riser
card ships on all standard x3650 models.
10. Supported on 3.5" HDD configuration in slot 1 only.
11. Supported in slot 1 only.
12. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x
IOAT capable servers.
13. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
14. The PCI Express Riser Card for x3650 comes standard with
System x3650
15. A PCI-X riser is required when installing a PCI-X adapter
in either slot 1 or slot 2.
Slot Type Bus Voltage
(V)
Frequency
MHZ
Data
path
Active
PCI
Slot
length
Scan
sequence
PCI Slot 1
1,2
PCI / PCI-X /
PCI-E Full-
size, Full-
length
1A 3V 133MHz 64-bit No Full 1
PCI Slot 2
1,2
PCI / PCI-X /
PCI-E Full-
size, Half-
length
24 3V 133MHz 64-bit No Half 2
PCI Slot 3
3,4
PCI-Express
(low profile)
6 - - - No Half 3
PCI Slot 4
3,4
PCI-Express
(low profile)
16 - - - No Half 4
Notes:
1. Slots 1 and 2 require a riser compatible to the adapter being
installed.
2. Depending on which riser card is installed, supports either
PCI Express x8 connector x8 lanes or PCI -X 133 Mhz, PCI-X 100Mhz,
PCI-X 66Mhz, PCI 66Mhz, PCI 33Mhz. PCI 2.3 and PCIX 1.0a compliant.
3. Non-hot plug low profile PCI Express slots accept x8 connector
with x4 lanes.
4. Slots 3 and 4 are low-profile (2U) PCI-E slots that do not
require a riser.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 168

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
1
40K0029 40K1905 1968 xSeries 835W Redundant Power Option (110-127v)
43W5901 43W5902 1988 700W - 48V DC Power Supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8999 - 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
2
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 2130R3X - IBM UPS 1000T LV
- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
Notes:
1. System x3650 ships with a single power supply. and
two power cords standard, including one rack power
cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one AC
line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P). A second hot-swap power
supply is optional for redundancy
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack
power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
14104RX IBM Linux Cluster Rack
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
17233RX IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
17231RX IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option
39M2894 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
17235RX Rack Keyboard Tray
Rack Console Connectivity
1735L04 NetBAY Local Console Manager
1735R16 NetBAY Remote Console Manager
17351GX IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
17353LX IBM 1x8 Console Switch
17354LX IBM 2x16 Console Switch
31R3132 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option
17354GX IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
Monitors
4938 IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT
4942 IBM T115 15" TFT LCD
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 169
4943 IBM T117 17" TFT LCD
4944 IBM T119 19" TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
40K5372 IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 170

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part number Feature
codes
Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
enclosure

Tape drives
- 25R0045 - IBM 160/320GB VXA3 Tape Drive - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal HH
89mm
(5.25in)
87651UX
87664UX
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
1
3.5"systems,
bay ID
2 & 4;
2.5" systems,
Tape drive bay
USB - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
8768FHX
71P9176 39M5656 5355 IBM DDS/5 Tape Option
2
3.5"systems,
bay ID
2 & 4;
2.5" systems,
Tape drive bay
Ultra80
SCSI LVD
Internal 3.5"
HH with
5.25" HH
mounting kit
87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
40K6522 41Y8976 4335 IBM GoVault Rack Optimization
Bundle
4, 5
3.5"systems,
bay ID
2 & 4;
2.5" systems,
Tape drive bay
SATA II Internal 3.5"
HH
-
- 59P6745 - IBM 80/160 GB Half High VS160 Tape
Drive
3
External only Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX
- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape
Drive
External only - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 3.5" systems,
bay ID
2 & 4;
2.5" systems,
Tape drive bay
SATA II - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
44E8870 - 5398 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape
Drive
6

"3.5""systems,
bay ID 2 & 4;
2.5"" systems,
Tape drive bay"
USB - -
External tape enclosures
6, 7

- 4559FHX - IBM 2U Full High Stand Alone SCSI
Tape Drive Enclosure
8
- - FH Table Top -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 1U Rack
Mount
-
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 4U Rack
Mount
-
- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - HH Table Top -
Tape libraries
7

- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200
Tape Library (all models)
- - - -

Associated tape options
- 39M5617 - 80GB GoVault Cartridge - SATA II - -
- 40K2537 - 3361 Library LTO Generation 3 SCSI
Drive
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
- -
- 40K2577 - 3361 Library LTO Magazine - - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 171
- 40K2579 - 3361 Library iSCSI Adapter - - - -
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit Option - - - -
- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure Adapter Kit - - - -
43V5958 43V5959 5387 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit
10
- - - -
43W7319 43V5959 4873 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit for 2.5"
HDD
- Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX
Notes:
1. This internal tape drive attaches via a USB cable (SBB 44E8880/
FC 3833) to the internal USB connector.
2. This internal tape drive requires an external tape enclosure for
installation in systems with a 2.5" SAS form factor.
3. This internal tape drive is not supported internally on this system and
requires an external tape enclosure for installation.
4. 41Y8976 includes one base internal dock, enablement kit, and a
80GB GoVault cartridge. 3.5-inch models have six 3.5-inch hot-swap
hard disk drive bays. If installing an IBM GoVault rack optimization
bundle, this drive will occupy two of the six 3.5-inch drive bays.
2.5-inch models have eight 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays
and one dedicated 3.5-inch bay for the BM GoVault rack optimization
bundle.
5. The IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle is an internal SATA
drive that attaches to the SATA connector, J102, on the system planar.
6. A quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit is
required per SCSI tape drive required.
7. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via
39R8743 PCI-X U320 SCSI controller. The 39R8743 PCI-X U320
storage controller requires a 40K1908 PCI-X riser card on this system.
8. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm
(5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed
in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power
cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
9. Base 33614LX library requires one LTO magazine to be added and a
minimum of one LTO sled drive (two maximum).
10. For use with 3.5" configurations.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 172
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 173
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 174

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 T (7980)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3650 T (7980) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power
supply
quantity
(std/max)
Hot-swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Management
Processor
7980-51X Dual 3.2Ghz/
800Mhz processors,
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, O/B Hot-swap
Ultra 320 SCSI,
Dual DC power
2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20"
deep
2/2
2
P,H,S Y
7980-52Y Dual 3.2Ghz/
800Mhz processors,
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
512MB, O/B Hot-
swap Ultra 320
SCSI, Dual DC
power
2/2 1GB/12GB 2U x 20"
deep
2/2
2
P,H,S Y
7980-53Y Dual 3.2Ghz/
800Mhz processors,
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, O/B Hot-swap
Ultra 320 SCSI,
Dual AC power
2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20"
deep
2/2
3
P,H,S Y
7980-54Y Dual 3.2Ghz/
800Mhz processors,
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, 2 x 146GB
HDD, Dual DC
power
2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20"
deep
2/2
2
P,H,S Y
7980-55Y Dual 3.2Ghz/
800Mhz processors,
2MB L2 cache, 2 x
1GB, 2 x 146GB
HDD, Dual AC
power
2/2 2GB/12GB 2U x 20"
deep
2/2
3
P,H,S Y

Table 1. System x3650 (7980) T at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/max)
Optical drive Bays
(total/
avail)
Slots
(total/
avail)
7980-51X Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD RW/
DVD 24x
2/2 6/6
7980-52Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD ROM 2/0 6/6
7980-53Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB CD RW/
DVD 24x
2/2 6/6
7980-54Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 2X146GB /292 GB CD RW/
DVD 24x
2/0 6/6
7980-55Y Dual Gbit U320 Hot-Swap 2X146GB /292 GB CD RW/
DVD 24x
2/2 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally
available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not
orderable as listed and need to be modified by
country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following
nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 7980-52Y is 7980-52U. See the product
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 175
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other
country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping
for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern.
Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. This model includes dual DC power supplies.
3. This model includes dual AC power supplies.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 176

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 T (7980)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc

SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1
0001938 39M5809 1938 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)
Notes:
1. A minimum of one DIMM is required. However, for
performance, a minimum of two identical DIMMs should
be populated. Pairs must always match.













Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 177

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 T (7980)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
1

- - - - - - -
External Storage Expansion Units Form
Factor

- 18147Vx - System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available














Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 178

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 T (7980)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage controllers
41Y3368 - 1692 Intel SRCZCRX Ultra320
SCSI RAID 0/1/5/10/50
Storage Controller ATX/LP
PCI-X
Half PCI-X All (3 full-
height, 3 low-
profile)
N 6
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller
DS3400
- - - - -
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller
DS3400
- - - - -
Networking
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel-
PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
1...3 N 3
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port
Server Adapter by Intel-
PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
1...3 N 3

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 179

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 T (7980)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc

Part number Description

Power
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
71763MU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
71763NU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Monitors
4944 IBM T119 19" TFT LCD




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 180

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3655 (7943) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/
MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
7943-22Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2344
HE (1.7GHz,
55W ACP)
1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7943-32Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 75W
ACP)
1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7943-34Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 75W
ACP)
1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7943-52Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2356
(2.3GHz, 75W
ACP)
1/2 2GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7943-E1Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2344
HE (1.7GHz,
55W ACP)
1/2 4GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y
7943-E2Y Quad Core AMD
Opteron
Processor 2352
(2.1GHz, 75W
ACP)
1/2 4GB/64GB Rack(2U) 1/2 PHF Y

Table 1. System x3655 (7943) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage ctrl Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive PCI-X
slots
(total/
avail)
Bays
(total/
avail)
Slots
(total/
avail)
7943-22Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
6/6 4/4
7943-32Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
8/8 4/4
7943-34Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
6/6 4/4
7943-52Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
8/8 4/4
7943-E1Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/4500GB
(3.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
6/6 4/4
7943-E2Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-swap 0/1168GB
(2.5")
CD-RW/
DVD Combo
1/1
2
8/8 4/4
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 181
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7943-32Y is 7943-32U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific
designator.
2. Slot 1 is available as a HTX, PCI-X or PCI-E slot, depending
on the riser chosen. A riser is required in order to use this slot.
Each riser supports one adapter, plus one Remote Supervisor adapter.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 182

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB number Option
number
1
Feature
codes
Standard processor Model support
44R6069 - 3687 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 75W ACP) 32Y, 34Y, E2Y
44R6071 - 3688 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2356 (2.3GHz, 75W ACP) 52Y
46M2280 - 6975 Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP) 22Y, E1Y
Additional processors
44R6070 44R5930 3376 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2352 (2.1GHz, 75W ACP) 32Y,34Y
44R6072 44R5932 3377 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2356 (2.3GHz, 75W ACP) 52Y
46M2281 46M2282 4434 Addl Quad Core AMD Opteron Processor 2344 HE (1.7GHz, 55W ACP) 22Y, E1Y

Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.

Figure 1. System x3655 (7943) processor

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 183

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB number Option
number
Feature
code
Memory description

Memory DIMMs
1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7179 - 0599 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2765 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
40K7181 - 1901 4.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
46C7534 - 3977 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory
46C7535 - 3978 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHZ DIMM memory

Notes:
1. Matching memory DIMMs should be installed in pairs, in
adjacent sockets. Memory is populated starting farthest away
from the associated processor, starting with socket 1 and 2.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
32Y, 34Y, 52Y 2 x 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory

Figure 1. System x3655 (7943) memory

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 184

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity

Diskette
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4531 - 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA HDD - 1..6 6
43W7577 - 5530 750GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II - 1..6 6
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1075 - 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
40K1076 - 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
40K1084 - 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..8 6
43X0808 - 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..6 6
43X0826 - 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1..8 8
43X0841 - 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS - 1..8 8
Optical Devices
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - Optical Drive Bay 1
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - Optical Drive Bay 1
32R2901 - 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - Optical Drive Bay 1
External Storage Expansion Units Form
factor

- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage
Expansion Unit (all models)
-
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
-
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo -

Table 1. Bay Configuration for 3.5" Models
Bays Form Factor Height Front Access Usage
1 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
2 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
3 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
4 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
5 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
6 89mm (3.50 in.) 3.50 in Y HDD
Middle Left=3, Bottom
Left=5
133mm (5.25 in.) 5.25 in. Y TAPE
Optical Drive Bay 5.25 in. - Y CD/DVD/MultiBurner
Note:
1. In 3.5" models, the internal tape drive occupies hard drive bays 3
and 5, reducing the number of possible installed hard drives to four.

Table 2. Bay Configuration for 2.5" Models
Bays Form Factor Height Front Access Usage
1 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
2 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
3 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
4 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
5 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
6 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 185
7 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
8 2.50 in. 2.50 in. Y HDD
Tape Bay 3.25 in. 3.25 in Y TAPE
Optical Drive Bay 5.25 in. - Y CD/DVD/MultiBurner

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 186

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
1

25R8072 - 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 3
25R8077 - 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS
Controller
1
- - Dedicated N 1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS
Controller
1
- - Dedicated N 1
39M6013 - 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X
Dual Port HBA
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
39M6015 - 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X
Single Port HBA
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
39R8752 - 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI
Controller 2
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
39R8767 - 1684 IBM ServeRAID 8s SAS
PCIe Controller
3,4
3/4 (full-
length with
stiffener)
PCI-E 8x 1 N 1
39R8871 - 1693 IBM ServeRAID-8s Battery
5
- - - - -
39R8851 - 1690 MegaRAID 8480
7
Half PCI-E 1
6
N 1
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe
Controller
Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
43W7489 - 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
43W7490 - 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port
PCI-X HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
43W7491 - 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
43W7492 - 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port
PCI-E HBA for IBM System
x
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
External Disk Systems
and Options

- - - - - - - - -
Networking
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X
Accelerator Board
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
30R5005 30R5001 1566 IBM 10 GB Ethernet
Adapter
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
30R5205 - 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX
Adapter
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX
Adapter
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000
Express G Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 1...4 N 4
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S +
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 187
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual
Port Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
39Y6129 - 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port
Server Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
39Y6149 - 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz
Dual Fiber PCI-X Adapter
w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz
Single Fiber PCI-X Adapter
w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host
Channel PCI Express
Adapter
Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 3
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 2
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB
PCI Express Adapter w/
XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 2
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI
Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 2
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x
InfiniBand PCI-E HCA
Half PCI-E 1,3,4 N 3
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server
Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR
Server Adapter
Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
42C1773 - 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
42C1783 - 2995 NetXtreme II 1000
Express Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 N 4
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x
InifiniBand PCI-E HCA
Full PCI-E 1,3,4 N 3
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X SDR
IB PCI-E HCA (memory
free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X DDR
IB PCI-E HCA (memory
free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,3,4 N 3
73P3605 - 1507 IBM iSCSI Server Adapter Half PCI-X 1 N 1
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port
Server Adapter by Intel
Half PCI-X 1 N 1
Systems Management
39R9504 39Y9566 1606 Remote Supervisor
Adapter II Slimline
Half N Dedicated N 1
Other I/O
40K7304 - 2082 PCI-X 133MHz (FH/FL)
Riser for x System 3655
- - - - -
40K7305 40K7428 2083 PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser
for IBM x System 3655
- - - - -
Notes:
1. All x3655 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers
RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l
with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064.
2. ServeRAID-8s Battery, option 39R8812, enables Battery Backed
Cache on ServeRAID-8s.
3. x3655 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID
attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000
support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
4. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first
read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
5. ServeRAID-8s Battery 39R8812 enables Battery Backed Cache
on ServeRAID-8s.
6. Requires optional PCI-E x16 (FH/FL) Riser for IBM System x3655,
40K7428.
7. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480
adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480
must be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 188

Slot Type
1
Slot height/
length
Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI? (Hot
Swap)
1 HTX
2
Full Height/
Full Length
3.3 133 64 N
2
3
PCI-E x4 Half Height/
Half Length
3.3 133 64 N
3
3
PCI-E x8 Half Height/
Half Length
3.3 133 64 N
4
3
PCI-E x8 Half Height/
Half Length
3.3 133 64 N
Notes:
1. x3655 offers 4 PCI express slots, two x8 lanes low profile,
one x4 low profile, and one full length/full height option card slot.
2. One full length/full height riser option is supported at a time.
The standard HTX slot on riser may be replaced with PCI-E x16 or
PCI-X risers.
3. Supports PCI-E low profile adapters.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 189

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
40K0029 40K1905 1968 835W Redundant Power Supply
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+C19 without line cord
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+C19 with attached line cord
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P connector
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21301RX - IBM UPS 3000 LV
- 21302RX - IBM UPS 3000 HV
- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV

Option
number
Description

Rack and NetBAY
17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
93061RX NetBAY11 Standard Rack Cabinet
93072RX IBM 25U Standard Rack
93074RX IBM 42U Standard Rack
93074XX IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
93084RX NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
- -
Rack Console Connectivity
17351GX IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
17353LX IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
17354GX IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
17354LX IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
17231RX IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
17233RX IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
Monitors
40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Keyboard and Mouse
40K5372 IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 190

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3655 (7943)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape

SBB
number
Part number Feature
codes
Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape encl

Tape drives
1

71P9176 - 5355 IBM DDS/5 Tape Option for 3.5 HDD =
left, middle
and bottom,
for 2.5 =
tapedrive bay
Ultra80
SCSI LVD
Internal 3.5"
HH with
5.25" HH
mounting kit
87651UX
87664UX
43W7319 - 4873 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit
2
for 3.5 HDD =
left, middle
and bottom,
for 2.5 =
tapedrive bay
- 2.5" -
40K6522 - 4335 IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle for 3.5 HDD =
left middle
and bottom,
for 2.5 =
tapedrive bay
Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal 3.5"
HH with
5.25" HH
mounting kit
-
43W8487 - 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD =
left, middle
and bottom,
for 2.5 =
tapedrive bay
SATA II Internal 3.5"
HH with
5.25" HH
mounting kit
87651UX
87664UX
44E8870 - 5398 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive for 3.5 HDD =
left middle
and bottom,
for 2.5 =
tapedrive bay
USB Internal 3.5"
HH with
5.25" HH
mounting kit
87651UX
87664UX
43V5958 - 5387 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit - - 3.5" -
External Tape Enclosures
- - - - - - - -
Tape Autoloaders
- - - - - - - -
Tape library
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- - - - - - - -

Notes:
1. These Internal tape drives are not supported internally on this
system and require an external tape enclosure for installation.
2. For use with 3.5" configurations.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 191
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 192
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 193

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3755 (7163) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
2
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans,
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
7163-1RY QCore AMD
Opteron
Processor Model
8350 (2.0GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
7163-3RY QCore AMD
Opteron
Processor Model
8356 (2.3GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
7163-5RY QCore AMD
Opteron
Processor Model
8360 SE
(2.5GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
2/4 4GB/128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
7163-E5Y QCore AMD
Opteron
Processor Model
8360 SE
(2.5GHz
4x512KB L2
2MB L3)
2/4 16GB/128GB 4U 2/2 PHF Y

Table 1. System x3755 (7163) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7163-1RY Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 6/6
7163-3RY Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 6/6
7163-5RY Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 6/6
7163-E5Y Dual 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7163-12Y is 7163-12U. See the product
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 194
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character
with the country-specific designator.
2. The Pass Thru Card (40K7118) is required with 1 or 3
processor configurations

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 195

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
1
Feature
codes
Standard processor Model
support
43W7400 - 3075 QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 3RY
43W7402 - 3077 QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 5RY / E5Y
44R6294 - 6974 QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8350 (2.0GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 1RY
Additional processor
2

44R5954 43W7406 3489 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8356 (2.3GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 3RY
44R5956 43W7408 3491 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8360 SE (2.5GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 5RY / E5Y
44R6295 - 4433 Addl QCore AMD Opteron Processor Model 8350 (2.0GHz 4x512KB L2 2MB L3) 1RY
When 2 processors are populated, it is recommended (but not required) that memory be evenly distributed, in pairs, between the two,
always keeping pairs together. For example, in a two processor system with 6 DIMMs, an even distribution would be 4 DIMMs with
processor 1 and 2 DIMM's with processor 2. Do not install 3 DIMMs for processor 1 and 3 DIMM's for processor 2. That would violate the
pairing rule.
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.
2. Additional processors must match the speed of the initial processor.

Table 1. Associated Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
40K7118 40K7547 2093 CPU Pass Thru Card
1
40K7270 40K7545 2095 Redundant Cooling
2
Notes:
1. The Pass Thru Card (40K7118) is required with 1 or 3 processor
configurations
2. If more than 2 processors are configured, additional fans 40K7270
FC 2095 must be selected.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 196

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB Number Option
Number
Feature
code
Memory Description

Memory DIMMs
1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1.0 GB (2x 512MB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB (2x 1GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
46C7534 3977 2.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory
46C7535 - 3978 4.0GB DDR2 667 MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2768 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 LP RDIMM
- 41Y2765 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 LP RDIMM
Notes:
1. Do not install DIMMs on a processor card without a CPU
installed on it.
2. Install largest DIMM sizes first (in pairs of matching
type and size) then next smaller DIMM size, etc.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
1RY, 3RY, 5RY 4 x 1 GB DDR 2 667Mhz DIMM memory
E5Y 4 x 4.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory

Figure 1. x3755 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 197

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -
Hot-swap SAS HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 0...3 4
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 0...3 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SAS SL 0...3 4
Optical Devices
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - SL 4 1
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - SL 4 1
External storage expansion units Form
factor

- - - - -

Table 1. Bays
Bays Form Factor Height Front Access Usage
zero 2.5" SFF Y HDD
1 2.5" SFF Y HDD
2 2.5" SFF Y HDD
3 2.5" SFF Y HDD
4 12.7mm US Y Optical

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 198

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI support Slots
supported
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
1

25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller
1
- - ROC DIMM 1
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller
1
- - ROC DIMM 1
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
39R8851 39R8850 1690 MegaRAID 8480
3
Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3) 3
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-e x8 PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 4
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
1
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
1
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM
System x
Half - PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 2
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID-8s SAS PCIe Controller
2, 3
3/4
2
PCIe x8 PCI-E x8
(1,2,3)
3
43W4326 - 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCIe x1 PCI-E (1,2,3,4) 4
External Disk Systems and Options
- - - - - - - -
Networking
30R5005 30R5001 1566 IBM 10 GB Ethernet Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
30R5505 30R5501 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half PCI X 5, 6 2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIe
Half PCI E 1X 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter PCI-X Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
73P5105 - 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by
Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
73P5205 - 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by
Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
25R8590 - 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X Accelerator Board Half PCIx 5, 6 1
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber PCI-X
Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCIx 5, 6 2
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber PCI-X
Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCIx 5, 6 2
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI Express
Adapter
Half PCIe 1...4 2
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express Adapter
w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCIe 1...4 1
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 199
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express Adapter
w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCIe 1...4 1
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCIe 1...4 2
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-E
HCA
Half PCIe 1...4 2
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-E HCA Half PCIe 1...4 1
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
2
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 1
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
5
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 2
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
2
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by
Intel
Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6149 - 2976 Qlogic iSCSI Single Port PCle HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 2
42C1773 - 2977 Qlogic iSCSI Dual Port PCle HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-e x4 1,2,3,4 2
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X SDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2,3 3
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X DDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2,3 3
43V5761 - 1821 nVidia Quadro FX5600 Graphics Adapter Full PCI-E 16x 1 1
42C1783 - 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 4
System Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - Dedicated slot

1
Notes:
1. All x3755 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers
RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l
with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064.
2. Full length when installed with stiffener.
3. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480
adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must
be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM.
4. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
5. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x16 - 3.3V x16 64 - Full
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - Full
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - Full
PCI Slot 4 PCI-E x4 - 3.3V x4 64 - Full
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X A 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Full
PCI Slot 6 PCI-X A 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Full
HTX Slot HTX - 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - Half

Figure 1. x3755 (7163) I/O power backplane
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 200

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 201

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
40K7397 40K7543 1974 1500 Watt PWR Supply
1
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- - - -
Associated Options
40K7270 40K7545 2095 Redundant Cooling
Note:
1. If the additional Power Supply (SBB 40K7397 FC 1974) is
selected, PDU Jumper Cable (SBB 39Y5533 FC 6311) must be
ordered also.
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power
configurator' chapter for supported line cords.

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack and NetBAY
- - - -
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
- - - -
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
- 17354GX - IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB)
Racks
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Monitors
- 4943 - IBM T117 17" TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English
- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 202

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (7163)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB numberPart number Feature
codes
Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape
encl

Tape drives
- - - - - - - -
External tape enclosures
- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 4U Rack
Mount
-
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - FH Table Top -
Tape autoloaders
- - - - - - - -
External tape libraries
- - - - - - - -
Associated tape options
- 42C3910 - SCSI Interface & Cabling Kit - - - -
- 87691VX - VXA3 Autoloader - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
2U Rack
Mount
-

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 203
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 204
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 205

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3755 (8877) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)-
cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
3
Memory
(std/max)
Form factor Power
supply
quantity
(std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power,
slots, HDD,
fans,
memory)
System
Mgmt
Processor
8877-1RY
3
Jun 29
2007
Dual Core
AMD Opteron
Processor
Model 8212
(2.0GHz
2x1MB L2
95W)
1/4 1GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-2RY
3,4
- Dual Core
AMD Opteron
Processor
Model 8214
(2.2GHz
2x1MB L2
95W)
1/4 1GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-3RY
4
- Dual Core
Opteron
Processor
Model 8216
(2.4GHz
1MB L2
1MB L3
Cache)
1/4 1GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-4RY
4
- Dual Core
AMD Opteron
Processor
Model 8218
(2.6GHz
2x1MB L2
95W)
2/4 4GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-5MY - Dual Core
Opteron
(2x2.8GHz/
1000MHz)
4/4 8GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-5RY Jun 29
2007
Dual Core
AMD Opteron
Processor
Model 8220 SE
(2.8GHz
2x1MB L2
120W)
2/4 4GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-5SY
4
- Dual Core
Opteron
Processor
Model 8220
(2.8GHz
1MB L2
1MB L3 Cache)
2/4 4GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 206
8877-6RY
4
- Dual Core
Opteron
Processor
Model 8222SE
(3.0GHz 1MB
L2 1MB L3
Cache)
2/4 4GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-7RY
4
- Dual Core
Opteron
Processor
Model 8224
(3.2 GHz
2x1MB L2
120W)
2/4 4GB/ 128GB 4U 1/2 PHF Y
8877-E4Y
5, 6
- Dual Core
AMD Opteron
Processor
Model 8218
(2.6GHz
2x1MB L2
95W)
2/4 8GB/ 128GB 4U 2/2 PHF Y

Table 1. System x3755 (8877) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/max)
Optical
drive
Bays
(total/
avail)
Slots
(total/
avail)
8877-1RY
3
Jun 29
2007
2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB Slim DVD:
IDE
5/4 6/6
8877-2RY
3,4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB Slim DVD:
IDE
5/4 6/6
8877-3RY
4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/4 6/6
8877-4RY
4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB Slim DVD:
IDE
5/4 6/6
8877-5MY - 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/4 6/6
8877-5RY Jun 29
2007
2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB Slim DVD:
IDE
5/4 6/6
8877-5SY
4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/4 6/6
8877-6RY
4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/4 6/6
8877-7RY
4
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/4 6/6
8877-E4Y
5, 6
- 2 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 72GB/1200 GB CD-RW/
DVD
5/2 6/6
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7979-12Y is 7979-12U. See the product
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character
with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Pass Thru Card (40K7547) is required with a configuration of
1 or 3 processors. One Pass Thru Card comes standard on the 1RY
and 2RY models.
4. This model comes standard with an IBM ServeRAID-8k-l SAS
Controller (SBB 25R8077).
5. This model comes standard with an IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller
(SBB 25R8080).
6. This model comes standard with a Remote Supervisor Adapter II
Slimline (SBB 39Y9567).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 207

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Standard processor Model
support
40K7271 40K1200 1291 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 1RY
40K7272 40K1201 1292 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8214 (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 2RY
40K7273 40K1202 1293 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 4RY, E4Y
40K7274 40K1203 1294 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 SE (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 120W) 5RY
43W7224 43W7244 2822 Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8216 (2.4GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3 Cache) 3RY
43W7226 43W7246 2823 Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3 Cache) 5SY
43W7227 43W7247 2824 Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8222SE(3.0GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3 Cache) 6RY
44R6032 - 3084 Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8224 (3.2 GHz 2x1MB L2 120W) 5MY
Additional processors
1
40K7275 - 1376 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 (2.0GHz 95W) 1RY
40K7276 - 1377 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8214 (2.2GHz 95W) 2RY, LRY
40K7278 - 1379 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8220 SE (2.8GHz 120W) 5RY
40K7277 40K1202 1378 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 95W) 4RY, E4Y
43W7229 43W7244 3459 Additional Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8216 (2.4GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3
Cache)
3RY
43W7231 43W7246 3460 Additional Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 0GHz8220 (2.8GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3
Cache)
5SY
43W7232 43W7247 3461 Additional Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8222 SE (3.0GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3
Cache)
6RY
44R6033 - 3498 Additional Dual Core Opteron Processor Model 8222 SE (3.0GHz 1MB L2 1MB L3
Cache)
5MY
When 2 processors are populated, it is recommended (but not required) that memory be evenly distributed, in pairs, between the two,
always keeping pairs together. For example, in a two processor system with 6 DIMMs, an even distribution would be 4 DIMMs with
processor 1 and 2 DIMM's with processor 2. Do not install 3 DIMMs for processor 1 and 3 DIMM's for processor 2. That would violate the
pairing rule.
Notes:
1. Additional processors must match the speed of the initial processor.

Table 1. Associated Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
40K7118 40K7547 2093 CPU Pass Thru Card
1
40K7270 40K7545 2095 Redundant Cooling
2
Notes:
1. Pass Thru Card (40K7547) is required with a configuration of 1 or 3
processors. The Pass Thru Card comes standard on the 1RY and 2RY
models
2. If more than 2 processors are configured, additional fans (40K7545)
must be selected.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 208

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB Number Option
Number
Feature
code
Memory Description

Memory DIMMs
1
40K7177 - 0597 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2759 - 1.0 Gb (2x 512MB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
40K7178 - 0598 1.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2762 - 2GB (2x 1GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
40K7179 - 0599 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2765 - 4GB (2x 2GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
40K7181 - 1901 4.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
- 41Y2768 - 8GB (2x 4GB) DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory Kit
Notes:
1. Do not install DIMMs on a processor card without a CPU
installed on it.
2. Install largest DIMM sizes first (in pairs of matching
type and size) then next smaller DIMM size, etc.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
1RY, 2RY 2 x 512 MB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
4RY, 5RY 4 x 1 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory
3RY 2 x 512 MB DDR 2 667Mhz DIMM memory
5SY, 6RY 4 x 1 GB DDR 2 667Mhz DIMM memory
E4Y 4 x 2.0 GB DDR 2 667MHz DIMM memory

Figure 1. x3755 system board

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 209

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette drive
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
Hot-swap SAS HDDs
40K1075 40K1043 5161 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - 1...4 4
40K1076 40K1044 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - 1...4 4
43X0808 43X0802 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1...4 4
Optical Devices
32R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - SL -
32R2784 39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - SL -
- 43W8304 - Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - - -
External storage expansion units Form
factor

- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
- 17407xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit
(all models)
-
- 18128Vx - IBM System Storage EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit (all
models)
-
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all
models)
-
- 2107-92E/
9AE
- IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model
92E/9AE
-
- 1750-511 - IBM TotalStorage DS6800 1750 model 511 3U
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all
models)
-
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all
models)
-
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) 3U

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 210

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI support Slots
supported
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
1

25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half PCI-e x8 PCI-E (1,2,3) 3
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller
1
- - ROC DIMM 1
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller
1
- - ROC DIMM 1
39M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
39M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
2
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half PCIe x1 PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
4
39R8767 39R8765 1684 IBM ServeRAID-8s SAS PCIe Controller
2, 3
3/4
4
PCIe x8 PCI-E x8
(1,2,3)
3
39R8871 39R8812 1693 IBM ServeRAID-8s Battery
5
- - - -
39R8851 39R8850 1690 MegaRAID 8480
6
- PCI-E PCI-E (1,2,3) 3
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
4
43W7489 42D0405 1696 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
1
43W7490 42D0407 1697 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-X PCI-X
(5 or 6)
1
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
Half - PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM
System x
Half PCI-E PCI-E
(1,2,3,4)
2
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4 2
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4 2
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCIe x8 PCI-E x8
(1,2,3)
3
30R5505 - 1481 IBM iSCSI Server SX Adapter Half PCI X 5, 6 2
External Disk Systems and Options
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange
Disk System (all models)
- - - -
- 2005-B32 - IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Fabric Switch - - - -
- 2026-224 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 24M-1 Fabric Switch
(24-port)
- - - -
- 2027-140 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 140M-1 Enterprise
Director (140-port)
- - - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 211
- 2027-232 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 32M-1 Fabric Switch
(32-port)
- - - -
- 2027-256 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 256M Director
Switch (256-port)
- - - -
- 2026-E12 - IBM TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Fabric Switch
(12 port)
- - - -
- 2109-M12 - IBM SAN Switch Model M12 (2x64 ports) - - - -
- 2109-M14 - IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch M14 (128-
port)
- - - -
Networking
25R8590 25R8589 2961 ClearSpeed Advance PCI-X Accelerator
Board
Half PCIx 5, 6 1
40K8840 - 1677 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Dual Fiber PCI-X
Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCIx 5, 6 2
40K8841 - 2916 Myricom Myrinet 333MHz Single Fiber PCI-
X Adapter w/ 2MB Memory
Half PCIx 5, 6 2
40K8842 - 1476 Voltaire 10Gbps Host Channel PCI Express
Adapter
Half PCIe 1...4 2
40K9098 - 2918 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ 10GBASE-CX4 Port
Half PCIe 1...4 1
40K9099 - 2919 Myricom Myri-10G 2MB PCI Express
Adapter w/ XAUI-MTP Port
Half PCIe 1...4 1
40K9100 - 2920 Myricom Myri-10G PCI Express Adapter w/
10GBASE-SR Port
Half PCIe 1...4 2
41Y4576 - 2960 Cisco 10Gbps Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-
E HCA
Half PCIe 1...4 2
42D3708 - 2963 Voltaire Dual-Port 4x InfiniBand PCI-E HCA Half PCIe 1...4 1
73P5105 73P5101 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by
Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
73P5205 73P5201 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by
Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
30R5005 30R5001 1566 IBM 10 GB Ethernet Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
30R5205 30R5201 1483 IBM iSCSI Server TX Adapter Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIe
Half PCI E 1X 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6091 39Y6088 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter PCI-
X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
39Y6096 39Y6093 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
39Y6082 - 1478 NetXtreme 1000 T + Ethernet Adapter-
PCI-X
Half 64-
bit/133MHz
5, 6 2
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by
Intel
Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4 4
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
7
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 4
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
7
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 1
42C1763 42C1760 2978 IBM 10 GbE PCIe SR Server Adapter
8
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 2
42C1780 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2,3,4 4
43V5761 - 1821 nVidia Quadro FX5600 Graphics Adapter Full PCI-E 16x 1 1
44E9031 - 1589 Cisco Single-port 4X SDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2,3 3
44E9035 - 1588 Cisco Single-port 4X DDR IB PCI-E HCA
(memory free)
Half PCI-E 8x 1,2,3 3
44R8727 - 5471 Mellanox ConnectX Dual-Port 4X DDR IB
PCI-E 2.0 x8 5.0GT/s HCA
- - - -
44R9975 - 5468 Mellanox Single-Port 4X DDR IB PCI-E x8
HCA
- - - -
System Management
39Y9567 39Y9566 1605 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline Half Riser RSA Socket 1
Notes:
1. All x3755 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers
RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade to RAID 1E, 5 or 6, replace ServeRAID-8k-l
with optional ServeRAID-8k, pn 25R8064.
2. x3755 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function RAID attachment
to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by
ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
3. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first
read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
4. Full length when installed with stiffener.
5. ServeRAID-8s Battery, pn 39R8812, enables Battery Backed
Cache on ServeRAID-8s.
6. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480
adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must
be shipped separately as originally packaged from IBM.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 212
7. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT
capable servers.
8. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on
systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1 PCI-E x16 - 3.3V x16 64 - HL / FH
PCI Slot 2 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - HL / FH
PCI Slot 3 PCI-E x8 - 3.3V x8 64 - HL / FH
PCI Slot 4 PCI-E x4 - 3.3V x4 64 - HL / FH
PCI Slot 5 PCI-X - 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - HL / FH
PCI Slot 6 PCI-X A 5/ 3.3V 100/133MHz 64 - HL / FH
HTX Slot HTX A - - 64 - HL

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 213

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
40K7397 40K7543 1974 1500 Watt PWR Supply
1
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+C19 without line cord
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+C19 with attached line cord
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - DPI 32A Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8948 - DPI 60A Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord)
- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- - - -
Associated Options
40K7270 40K7545 2095 Redundant Cooling
Note:
1. If the additional Power Supply (SBB 40K7397 FC 1974) is
selected, PDU Jumper Cable (SBB 39Y5533 FC 6311) must be
ordered also.
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power
configurator' chapter for supported line cords.

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack and NetBAY
- - - -
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
- 39M2894 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
- 39M2896 - IBM Short KVM Conversion Option Pack
- 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option Pack
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
- 17351GX - IBM 1x8 Local Console Manager
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
- 17352LX - IBM 2x16 Local Console Manager
- 17354GX - IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
39Y7952 31R3130 3750 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2)
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
Racks
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
- 17235RX - IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 214
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Monitors
- 4938 - IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942 - IBM T115 15" TFT LCD
- 4943 - IBM T117 17" TFT LCD
- 4944 - IBM T119 19" TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse
- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English
- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English
40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 215

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 (8877)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part number Feature
codes
Description Bays
supported
1
Storage
interface
Form factor Ext tape encl

Tape drives
- 39M5657 - IBM 400/800GB LTO3 Tape Option
1
1, 2 Ultra160
SCSI LVD
Internal FH
133mm
(5.25in)
87664UX
8768FHX
- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - 87651UX
87664UX
8767HHX
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape
Drive
- - - -
External tape enclosures
2,3

- 87664UX - IBM 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - 4U Rack
Mount
-
- 8768FHX - IBM Full High Tabletop Tape
Enclosure
- - FH Table Top -
Tape autoloaders
3

- 87691VX - VXA3 Autoloader - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
2U Rack
Mount
-
External tape libraries
- 33614LX - IBM LTO3 4U Tape Library
3,4
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
4U Rack
Mount
-
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/
TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated tape options
- 42C3910 - SCSI Interface & Cabling Kit - Ultra160
SCSI LVD
- -
- 40K2537 - 3361 Library LTO Generation 3
SCSI Drive
- Ultra160
SCSI LVD
- -
- 40K2577 - 3361 Library LTO Magazine - - - -
- 40K2579 - 3361 Library iSCSI Adapter - - - -
- 40K2599 - SAS Enclosure Adapter Kit Option - - - -
Note: Additional tape drive and tape library attributes, requirements and options can be found in the Tape Drive Attributes and Tape
Library Attributes appendices, respectively.
Notes:
1. This internal tape drive is not supported internally on this system
and requires an external tape enclosure for installation.
2. One SCSI interface and cabling kit (P/N 42C3910) is required per
SCSI tape drive.
3. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via PCI-X
U320 SCSI controller (P/N 39R8743).
4. Tape library (P/N 33614LX) requires one LTO magazine to be
added and a minimum of one LTO sled Drive (two maximum).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 216
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 217

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) at-a-glance
Part number
1
CPU/FSB
speed (GHz/
MHz)- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/
max)
Form factor Power supply
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, slots,
HDD, fans
memory)
System Mgmt
Processor
2
7141-3AY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4AY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-3BY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4BY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-3DY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4DY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-3EY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4EY
3
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-1RY Dual Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7210 (2.40GHz
8MB L2 80w)
2/4 4GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-2RY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7320 (2.13GHz
4MB L2 80w)
2/4 4GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-3RY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4RY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-1SY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7310 (1.60GHz
4MB L2 80w)
2/4 4GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 218
7141-3SY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-4SY Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-E1Y
4
Dual Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7210 (2.40GHz
8MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-E3Y
4
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 16GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y
7141-3HY
5
Quad Core Intel
Xeon Processor
E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2/4 8GB/256GB Rack (4U) 2/2 PHFS Y

Table 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1, 2
Integrated
ethernet
Storage
controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
Optical drive Bays (total/
avail)
Slots (total/
avail)
7141-3AY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4AY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-3BY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4BY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-3DY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4DY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-3EY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4EY
3
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-1RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-2RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-3RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4RY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-1SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 219
7141-3SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-4SY 2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-E1Y
4
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-E3Y
4
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
7141-3HY
5
2Gb SAS Hotswap 0GB/584GB CD-RW/DVD
Combo V
Ultrabay
Enhanced
5/4 7/7
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant
(GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need
to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part
number for 8878-1RY is 8878-1RU. See the product specific Official
IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies
follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-
specific designator.
2. System x3850/x3950 M2 comes standard with a remote supervisor
adapter II.
3. Datacenter model. For a more detailed description of model
configuration see the DataCenter section.
4. E1Y and E3Y are express models.
5. 3HY is a single-node, embedded Hypervisor model.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 220

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Standard processor
1
Model support
43W8600 - 3050 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz 8MB
L2 130w)
4SY, 4RY, 4AY, 4BY, 4DY, 4EY
43W8601 - 3051 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz 6MB
L2 80w)
3SY, 3RY, E3Y, 3AY, 3BY, 3DY, 3EY, 3HY
43W8602 - 3052 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7320 (2.13GHz 4MB
L2 80w)
2RY
43W8761 - 3053 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz 8MB
L2 80w)
1RY, E1Y
43W8603 - 3613 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz 4MB
L2 80w)
1SY
44E4504 - 6969 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7345 (1.86 GHz 8MB
L2 50W)
-
Additional processors
2

43W8765 44E4243 3475 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
4SY, 4RY, 4AY, 4BY, 4DY, 4EY
43W8764 44E4242 3474 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
3SY, 3RY, E3Y, 3AY, 3BY, 3DY, 3EY, 3HY
43W8763 44E4241 3473 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7320 (2.13GHz
4MB L2 80w)
2RY
43W8766 44E4244 3476 Addl. Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E7210 (2.40GHz
8MB L2 80w)
1RY, E1Y
44W2781 44W2784 3397 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7310 (1.60GHz
4MB L2 80w)
1SY
44E4505 4432 Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L7345 (1.86
GHz 8MB L2 50W)
-
Notes:
1. Two processors are standard in preconfigured systems, with a
maximum of four processors. Installation of three processors is
not supported for a preconfigured system.
2. Installing two CPUs in the left (CPUs 1 and 3) or the right
(CPUs 2 and 4) will result in lower performance. Follow the
recommended order: For a 2+2 application, plug CPUs in order,
starting with positions 1 and 2 in each node. All processors
must be identical in type, speed, and cache size

Figure 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) Processors
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 221

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 222

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Memory description
1

Memory cards
2
43W8606 44E4252 4894 Memory Expansion Card
Memory DIMMs
3
41Y2760 - 3935 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2766 - 3937 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
43V7354 - 3938 8GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
41Y2769 - 3939 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
- 41Y2762 - 2GB Kit (2x 1GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2768 - 8GB Kit (2x 4GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 41Y2771 - 4GB Kit (2x 2GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
- 43V7356 - 16GB Kit (2x 8GB DIMM) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM LP RDIMM
4
Note: A maximum of four memory cards may be installed, each card containing four pairs of single-ranked PC2-5300 DDRII DIMMS. For
memory mirroring, Card1 mirrors Card2, and Card3 mirrors Card4.
Notes:
1. The system can be configured with up to 4 memory cards.
Each memory card can be configured with up to 8 memory
DIMMs.
2. Memory Cards support 8 DDR-II DIMMs, each card
requires 2 DIMMs minimum. At least two Memory cards are
required on preconfigured systems (four memory cards
maximum, per node and 32 DIMMS maximum per chassis.
3. The minimum configuration of two memory cards provide a
total of 16 expansion slots. Three memory cards provide a
total of 24 expansion slots. The maximum of four memory
cards provide a total 32 expansion slots.
4. Support for 43V7354 (8GB DIMMs) is limited to 1 or 2
node systems. 43V7354 is not supported on 3 or 4 node
systems.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
1RY , 2RY , 1SY 4 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
3RY , 4RY , E1Y , 3SY , 4SY , 3AY , 4AY, 3BY ,
4BY , 3DY , 4DY , 3EY , 4EY
8 x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
E3Y 8 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
3HY 4 x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM

Figure 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 223

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 224

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

Diskette drives
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs
40K1084 40K1052 5159 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0826 43X0824 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD SFF 0-3 4
43X0841 43X0837 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS SFF 0-3 4
Optical devices
43W8262 - 4156 UltraSlim Enhanced CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo
2
US - 1
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner US - 1

External storage expansion units Form
factor

- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
Notes:
1. Installation may require removing standard devices.
2. All models ship standard with a UltraSlim Enhanced
CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo.
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage
zero 2.5" SFF Yes HDD
1 2.5" SFF Yes HDD
2 2.5" SFF Yes HDD
3 2.5" SFF Yes HDD
4 12.7mm US Yes Optical


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 225

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Part
number
Feature
codes
Description Adapter
length
PCI
support
Slots
supported
Hot-Plug
capable

Storage controllers
25R8072 25R8060 1681 IBM SAS HBA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1...7 N
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1...7 Y
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1,5,2,6 Y
43W4281 43W4280 3557 ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller - - Dedicated
connector
N
43W4326 43W4324 3569 IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller Half x8 PCIe 1...7 N
43W4340 43W4339 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half x8 PCIe 1...7 N
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA
for IBM System x
Half x4 PCIe 1...7 Y
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System x
1
Half x4 PCIe 1,5,2,6 Y
External disk systems and options
- 24P82xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U
with Turbo
- - - -
- 17421xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk
System (all models)
- - - -
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange
Disk System (all models)
- - - -
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange
Disk System (all models)
- - - -
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange
Disk System (all models)
- - - -
Networking
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIe
Half x1 PCIe 1-7 Y
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for
IBM System x
Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x
Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half x4 PCIe 1-7 N
Systems Management
- - - - - - - -
Notes:
1. If this PCI-E adapter is selected, it may be populated in any
or all of the following available slots ; 1-4,5-7,1-4,5-7.
The preferred slot priority, if available is ; 1,5,2,6.
A maximum of four may be added.

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency
MHz
Data path Active PCI Slot length
PCI Slot 1
1
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x15 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 2
1
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1A 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 3
1
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x1F 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 226
PCI Slot 4
1
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x24 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 5
2
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x04 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 N Half
PCI Slot 6
2,3
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x09 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
PCI Slot 7
2,3
x8 PCIe 1.1 0x0E 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y Half
LSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port
Controller
2
- 0x13 Universal 2.5Gb/s x8 N -
Broadcom 5704 Dual Gb Ethernet
Controller
- 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet
Controller
- 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -
ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory - 0x01 Universal 33 32 N -
Notes:
1. Slots 1-4 are on the first PCIe bridge.
2. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on the second PCIe bridge.
3. Slots 6-7 are hot swap capable.

Figure 1. System x3850/3950 M2 (7141) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 227

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB number Option
number
Description

Power
43W8614 - 1440W Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- 21303RX IBM UPS 7500XHV
- 21304RX IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 39Y8857 IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8923 IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8941 IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
- 39Y8948 IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
- 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)
- 71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)
- 71763MU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)
- 71763NU IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)

SBB number Option
number
Description

Rack/Tower Conversion Kit
- 39M2895 IBM USB Conversion Option Pack
39Y7957 39M2894 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
Racks
- 17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 93061RX NetBAY11 Standard Rack
- 93072RX IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084RX NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Console Connectivity
- 17351GX IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)
- 17353LX IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
- 17354GX Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
- 17354LX IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
Associated Rack Options
- 44E4249 IBM XpandOnDemand Scalability Kit (2-3 Node)
1
- 44E4250 4-Chassis Cable Kit
1
Keyboard and Mouse
- 40K5372 IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P
- 40K9584 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
- 40K9200 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
- 40K9201 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Notes:
1. Not supported on the single-node Hypervisor model, 7141-3HY.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 228

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 M2 (7141)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Pwr acc | Tape |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Bays
supported
Storage
interface
Form
factor
Ext tape
enclosures

Tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage
TS3100/TS3200 Tape
Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage
TS3310 Modular Tape
Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM Ultrium3 Ultra
Scalable Tape Library
(all models)
- - - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO
Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
- - - -
Associated tape
options

- 44E8869 - USB Enclosure
Adapter Kit
- - - -

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 229
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 230
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 231
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 232

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter S (8886) at-a-glance
Part number Form Factor (Width/
Depth)
Power Modules Power Module
Quantity (Std/Max)
Hot-Swap (Power,
Bays, Blowers)
Redundancy
(Optional, Standard)
8886-1MY Rack (7U) 19in x 28in 950 - 1450 (110 -
220VAC)
2/4 P,B,B S - Blower O - Power
8886-E1Y
4
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in 950 - 1450(110 -
220VAC)
4/4 P,B,B S - Blower O - Power

Table 1. BladeCenter S (8886) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number Management
Module (Std/Max)
1
I/O Module Bays
(Total/Avail)
2
Optical Drive Diskette Drive Blade Bays (Total/
Avail)
3
8886-1MY 1/1 4/3 UltraSlim Enhanced
CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combo
5
- 6/6
8886-E1Y
4
1/1 4/3 UltraSlim Enhanced
CD-RW/DVD-ROM
Combo
5
- 6/6
Note:
1. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management
processor and a Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switch. No external
KVM switching is required.
2. IBM BladeCenter S supports a maximum of three I/O switches can
be installed in the rear of the system. A combination of up to three
Gb Ethernet switches, or one Gb Ethernet switch and up to two Fiber
Channel switches, or one Gb Ethernet switch and up to two SAS switch
modules can be installed.
3. Supports up to 6 singlewide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 2 blade
servers.
4. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (1) 6-Disk Storage
Module, (1) SAS Connectivity Module, and redundant power supplies
3 & 4 as standard offerings.
5. The write function does not work on BladeCenter S.

Figure 1. BladeCenter S (8886) front view

Click image to enlarge

Figure 1. BladeCenter S (8886) rear view
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 233

Click image to enlarge

Table 2. BladeCenter S Chassis, blade server support
Blade Server 8886
HS12 All
HS20 All
HS21 All
HS21 XM All
HC10 All
LS20 All
LS21 All
LS41 All

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 234

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | HDD | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of Drops Connects
from
Connects to
32R1938 32R1937 4362 IBM CX4 1.5
Meter Cable
CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with
CX4 ports
32R1942 32R1941 4363 IBM CX4 3.0
Meter Cable
CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with
CX4 ports
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM
BladeCenter
Optical Pass-
thru Module SC
Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM
BladeCenter
Optical Pass-
thru Module LC
Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM
BladeCenter
Copper Pass-
thru Module
Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
2,3
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes:
1. This cable is 1.5 m in length and provides four connections between
the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre
environment.
2. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
3. Option 39Y9170 cannot be installed by manufacturing.
It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.

Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable (3.1 m)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 235

Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the
copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable
allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m
(9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)

Click image to enlarge
The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the Optical Pass-thru
Module and an external environment.

Figure 3. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3-meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (connector color is Gray)

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 236

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | HDD | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

HDDs
43W7527 43W7523 3748 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 12
43W7528 43W7524 3749 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 12
43W7581 43W7580 3746 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option - 1-12 12
43X0808 43X0802 3747 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1-12 12
39M4559 39M4558 3743 IBM 500 GB DUAL PORT HS SATA HDD FOR IBM
SYSTEM X
- 1-12 12
43W7631 43W7630 5561 IBM 1TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD - 1-12 12
Associated options
- 43W3581 - IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module
1,2, 3
- - -
Notes:
1. BladeCenter S chassis supports a maximum of two P/N 43W3581.
Each 6-Disk Storage Module supports up to six 3.5in drives.
2. One SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195)
is required in Switch Module 3 in order to use the IBM BladeCenter
S 6-Disk Storage Module. Support exists for two if redundancy is
needed.
3. Four power supplies are required for the BladeCenter S chassis
(8886) to support two Storage Modules. If adding a second Storage
Module (43W3581) to the BladeCenter S chassis, you may need to
add two additional power supplies; depending on your current
configuration.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 237

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | HDD | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Networking
1,2

40Y1245 39Y9195 3267 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity
Module
- 3, 4 Y 2
40Y1122 32R1783 3210 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1116 32R1813 3207 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
3, 4 Y 2
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet
Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1126 32R1860 3212 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1128 32R1861 3213 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
43W4398 43W4395 3174 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,3,4 Y 3
40Y1217 39Y9284 3241 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre
Channel Module
- 3, 4 Y 2
40Y1138 39Y9316 3218 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1140 39Y9320 3219 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1142 39Y9324 3220 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
40Y1225 43W6723 3245 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module
for IBM
- 3, 4 Y 2
40Y1221 43W6724 3243 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
- 3, 4 Y 2
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,3,4 Y 3
44W4484 44W4483 5865 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 3, 4 Y 3
Associated Options
- 43W3581 - IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage
Module
- - - -
- 43W3583 - IBM BladeCenter S Serial Pass-thru
Module
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Notes:
1. If you are using the internal storage in the chassis with
IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module you are required to have
one SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195)
in Switch Module 3. Support for two is available for redundancy
via Switch Module 4. If using the SAS Connectivity Module in
Switch Module 3 you must have the same Switch Module in Switch
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 238
Module 4.
2. The mixing of fabric switches is not allowed in bays 3
and 4.

Figure 1. BladeCenter S (8886) I/O modules

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 239

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | HDD | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV
- 43W3582 - IBM BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4 (Worldwide)
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+C19 without line cord
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+C19 with attached line cord
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord
- 39Y8999 - 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
Racks
- 201886X - BCS Office Enablement Kit
- 14102RX - IBM eServer Cluster 25U Rack
- 14104RX - IBM Linux Cluster Rack
- 93061RX - NetBAY11 Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
Monitors
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit
Keyboard and Mouse
- 17235RX - IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 40K5372 - IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Associated Options
- 43X0340 - IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Filter

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 240
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 241
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 242
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 243
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 244
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 245
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 246

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter T (8720) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Form factor (width/
depth)
Power modules Power module
quantity (std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, bays,
blowers)
Redundancy (optional,
standard)
8720-2RY Rack 8U 13.75in x 17.4in 1300W-DC (-48v) 2/4 P, B, B S-Blower S-Power

Table 1. BladeCenter T (8720) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
Part number Management module
(std/max)
1
I/O module
bays (total/
avail)
2
Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays (total/
avail)
3
8720-2RY 1/2 4/4 24x CD/DVD R/W - 8/8
Notes:
1. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management
processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external
KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management
Module will require additional power supplies.
2. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear
of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum
of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can
be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit
Ethernet switch to be installed.
3. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade
servers.
Table 2. BladeCenter T Chassis, blade server support
Blade server 8720
HS20 All
HS21 Dual Core
1
- L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E1Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY
2

Quad Core
3
- A1Y, A2Y, AMY, C1Y, C2Y, EHY, EQY, ERY, G1Y, G3Y,
G4Y, G5Y, G6Y, J1Y, J2Y
HS21 XM Dual Core
1
- L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY Quad Core
4
-
J1Y, J2Y, J3Y
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
LS21
5
21Y, 31Y, 51Y, 2TY, E1Y, 61Y
LS41
5
31Y, 32Y, 51Y, 52Y, 61Y, 62Y, 4TY, E2Y
Notes:
1. Blade servers up to 65 watts are supported.
2. Due to limited power availability some higher power models
require installation at lower densities.
3. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 80 watts.
4. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 65 watts.
5. Blade servers up to 68 watts are supported.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 247

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB
Number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of drops Connects
from
Connects to
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module LC Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
32R1852 26R0813 4296 InfiniBand 4x Cable 3
meter for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1853 26R0814 4867 InfiniBand 4 meter 12x
Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1854 - 4255 InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x
Cable 3 meter for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter 4x
Cable for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to
(3) 4x Cable for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4383 43W4377 4866 InfiniBand 10 meter 4x
Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4384 43W4378 4868 InfiniBand 10 meter 12x
Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4385 43W4379 4869 InfiniBand 11 meter 12x to
(3) 4x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1938 32R1937 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another
Nortel 10Gb
ESM or
external
10Gb switch
with CX4
ports.
32R1942 32R1941 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another
Nortel 10Gb
ESM or
external
10Gb switch
with CX4
ports.
Notes:
1. This cable is 1.5m in length and provides four connections between
the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre
environment.
2. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 248
3. Option 39Y9170 cannot be installed by manufacturing.
It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.

Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable


Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the
copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable
allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these
cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m
(9.4ft) in length.

Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)

Click image to enlarge
The cable above provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru
Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four
SC connections.

Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 249

Click image to enlarge

Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter


Click image to enlarge

Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)


Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 250

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max
quantity
32R2854 - 4145 Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W - - - -

Figure 1. BladeCenter T (8720) front view


Click image to enlarge






Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 251

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form
factor
Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - -
Networking
1

32R1907 32R1905 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McData 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Module for eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru
Module for IBM
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6836 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for
IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6837 - QLogic Fabric Security for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 32R1912 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for
IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6838 - QLogic Enterprise Fabric Suite 2007 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet
Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw
Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1901 32R1900 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand switch
module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20 - port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 252
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10 -port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity
Module
- 3,4 Y 2
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
2
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4409 44W4408 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver
(SR) for IBM BladeCenter
2
- - - 12
System Management
32R0855 32R0835 4239 IBM BladeCenter T Advanced
Management Module
Adv Mgmt
Module Bay 2
Redundant
KVM/Adv Mgmt
Module Slot
Y 2
Associated options
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (SR)
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
41Y8597 - 4863 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
4-pack SFP Modules for IBM
BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8599 - 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8601 - 4865 Cisco Systems 4Gb Long-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and
Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported.
However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet
or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. Up to three (3) 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceivers are
supported for each installed Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module (SBB 44W4405, Option 44W4404), allowing a maximum
of twelve (12).
Figure 1. BladeCenter T (8720) modules
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 253

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 254

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power modules Power cord
8720-2RY 2 x 1300w, -48v
to -60v DC
DC power cables are customer supplied

SBB Number Option Number Feature codes Description

Power
32R0823 - 1959 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
32R0799 32R0833 1958 BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
Racks
39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit
39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 17233RX - IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942 - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 255
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 256
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 257
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 258
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 259
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 260
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 261
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 262

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter T (8730) Chassis at-a-glance
Part
number
Form factor
(width/depth)
Power
modules
Power
module
quantity
(std/max)
Hot-swap
(power,
bays,
blowers)
Redundancy
(optional,
standard)
8730-2RY Rack 8U 13.75in x 17.4in 1300W-AC (200v-240v) 2/4 P, B, B S-Blower S-Power

Table 1. BladeCenter T (8730) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
Management
module
(std/max)
1
I/O module
bays
(total/avail)
2
Optical
drive
Diskette
drive
Blade bays
(total/avail)
3
8730-2RY 1/2 4/4 24x CD/DVD-RW - 8/8
Notes:
1. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management
processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external
KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management
Module will require additional power supplies.
2. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear
of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum
of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can
be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit
Ethernet switch to be installed.
3. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade
servers.
Table 2. BladeCenter T Chassis, blade server support
Blade server 8730
HS20 All
HS21
1
L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, EXY, H1Y, J1Y, J2Y, C4Y, NTY
2
HS21 XM Dual Core
3
- L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, E5Y, H1Y, NTY Quad Core
1
-
A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, E2Y, J1Y, J2Y, J3Y
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
LS21
3
21Y, 31Y, 51Y, 2TY, E1Y
LS41
4
31Y, 32Y, 51Y, 52Y, 4TY, E2Y
Notes:
1. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers.
2. Due to limited power availability some higher power models
require installation at lower densities.
3. Supports a maximum capacity of 8 blade servers.
4. Supports a maximum capacity of 4 blade servers.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 263

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of
drops
Connects
from
Connects to
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module LC Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
32R1852 26R0813 4296 InfiniBand 4x Cable 3 meter
for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1853 26R0814 4867 InfiniBand 4 m 12x Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter 4x Cable
for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3)
4x Cable for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand Fabric
43W4383 43W4377 4866 InfiniBand 10 meter 4x
Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
43W4385 43W4379 4869 InfiniBand 11 meter 12x to
(3) 4x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1938 32R1937 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with CX4
ports.
32R1942 32R1941 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with CX4
ports.
Notes:
1. This cable is 1.5m in length and provides four connections between
the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre
environment.
2. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
3. Option 39Y9170 cannot be installed by manufacturing.
It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 264

Click image to enlarge

This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the
copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable
allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these
cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m
(9.4ft) in length.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)

Click image to enlarge

This cable provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru
Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four
SC connections.
Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter


Click image to enlarge
Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 265

Click image to enlarge
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)


Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 266

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max quantity
32R2854 - 4145 Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W IDE - Optical 1
Figure 1. BladeCenter T (8730) front view

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 267

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form
factor
Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - -
Networking
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6836 - QLogic SAN Doctor for IBM BladeCenter StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724 2986 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 32R1912 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for
IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6838 - QLogic Enterprise Fabric Suite 2007 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 43W6837 - QLogic Fabric Security for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1907 32R1905 1576 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2 - 7 Gigabit
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gigabit
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gigabit
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gigabit
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 268
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gigabit
Ethernet Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1901 32R1900 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20 port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10 port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 39Y9290 - CS 10 port License Upgrade for IBM
BladeCenter 4Gb Modules
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 - 4
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System Management
32R0855 32R0835 4239 IBM BladeCenter T Advanced
Management Module
Adv Mgmt
Module Bay 2
Redundant
KVM/Adv Mgmt
Module Slot
Y 2
Associated Options
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
41Y8597 41Y8596 4863 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
4-pack SFP Modules for IBM
BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8599 41Y8598 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8601 41Y8600 4865 Cisco Systems 4Gb Long-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
Notes:
1. When installed in switch module bay 3, port 1 is enabled on
blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in
switch bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel
expansion cards.
2. One required per system. Install in Management Module bay 1.
Figure 1. BladeCenter T (8730) modules

Click image to enlarge
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 269

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
32R0826 - 1961 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+C19 without line cord
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+C19 with attached line cord
- 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector
- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P
- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
Racks
39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit
39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942 - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 270
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 271
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 272
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 273
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 274
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 275
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 276
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 277

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HT DC (8740) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Form factor
(width/depth)
Power modules Power module
quantity
(std/max)
Hot-swap (power,
bays, blowers)
Redundancy
(optional,
standard)
8740-1RY Rack 12U 19in x 24in 2535w (-48v to -60v) 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans,
S-Power

Table 1. BladeCenter HT DC (8740) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
Part number Management
module
(std/max)
I/O module bays
(total/avail)
Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays
(total/avail)
8740-1RY 1/2 8/8 - - 12/12

Table 2. BladeCenter HT Chassis, blade server support
Blade Server 8740
HS20 All
HS21 All Dual Core
1

All Quad Core
2
HS21 XM All Dual Core
1

All Quad Core
3
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
LS21 All
LS41 All
QS21 All
Notes:
1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers.
2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers at 120 watts.
3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 278

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of drops Connects
from
Connects to
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC
Cable
1
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module LC Cable
Multiport
Optical
LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
2,3
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
- 73P5992 - IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC Cable
- - - - -
- 73P6033 - IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module LC Cable
- - - - -
- 73P6101 - IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable
- - - - -
42D1472 - 3712 InfiniBand 4x 3 meter DDR
Cable
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand - InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
42D1474 - 3713 InfiniBand 4x 3 meter DDR
Cable
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand - InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter 4x
Cable for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to
(3) 4x Cable for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1938 32R1937 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10 Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another
Nortel 10 Gb
ESM or
external 10
Gb switch
with CX4
ports.
32R1942 32R1941 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10 Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another
Nortel 10 Gb
ESM or
external 10
Gb switch
with CX4
ports.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 279

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max qty
- - - - - - - -

Figure 1. BladeCenter HT DC (8740) front view

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. BladeCenter HT DC (8740) rear view

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 280

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

BladeCenter HT DC (8740)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Networking
1

32R1907 32R1905 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Module for eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9206 39Y9207 2941 QLogic InfiniBand Ethernet Bridge
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF - - -
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module
for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 22R4242 - 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 22R4897 - 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM eServer
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6836 - QLogic SAN Doctor for IBM BladeCenter StFF 3, 4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 32R1912 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6838 - QLogic Enterprise Fabric Suite 2007 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6837 - QLogic Fabric Security for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9266 - 2952 Nortel 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10 Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2 - 7 Gb Ethernet
Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 39Y9284 - CS 4Gb 10 port Fibre Channel Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 281
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw
Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 32R1822 - Brocade 4Gb 10-port Upgrade for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 32R1855 - Brocade 4Gb Fabric Watch for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5605 - Brocade Performance Bundle for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5607 - Brocade ISL Trunking for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5613 - Brocade Extended Fabrics for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5617 - Brocade Advanced Security (Secure OS)
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity
Module
- 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 - 4
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 02R9080 - Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 73P6100 - Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System Management
42C5273 42C5300 4818 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb
Switches and Bridge Bays
- - - -
42C5274 42C5301 2035 BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switch/
Bridge Bays w/ ISL
- - - -
42C5276 42C5302 4820 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS
Switch Bay
- - - -
42C5314 42C5315 2022 IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced
Management Module Interposer
- - - -
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced
Management Module
Adv Mgmt
Module Bay 2
Redundant
KVM/Adv
Mgmt
Module Slot
Y 2
46C3555 44W3981 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - - - -
Associated option
- 25K8373 - IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit
II
- - - -
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver
(SR)
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Note:
1. One interposer is required per switch.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 282

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option number Feature codes Description

Power
43W6751 - 1987 DC Power Supply 1 & 2
42C5264 42C5279 1984 DC Power Supply 3 & 4
Racks
- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack
- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack
- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
- 93084XX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
- 17233RX - IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
- 42C5316 - IBM BladeCenter HT Chassis Bezel/Filter (4 pack)
42C5271 42C5305 4817 BladeCenter HT Redundant Media Tray Option
Rack console connectivity
- 17351GX - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Manager
- 17354GX - IBM Global 4x16 Console Manager
39Y7953 31R3132 3751 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 39M2894 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option
Monitors
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 283
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 284
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 285

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Form factor
(width/depth)
Power modules Power module
quantity
(std/max)
Hot-swap (power,
bays, blowers)
Redundancy
(optional,
standard)
8750-1RY Rack 12U 19in x 24in 3160w (200v-240v) 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans,
S-Power

Table 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
Part number Management
module
(std/max)
I/O module bays
(total/avail)
Optical drive Diskette drive Blade bays
(total/avail)
8750-1RY 1/2 8/8 - - 12/12

Table 2. BladeCenter HT Chassis, blade server support
Blade Server 8750
HS20 All
HS21 All Dual Core
1

All Quad Core
2
HS21 XM All Dual Core
1

All Quad Core
3
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
LS21 All
LS41 All
QS21 All
Notes:
1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers.
2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers.
3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 286

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of drops Connects
from
Connects to
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
2,3
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC
Cable
1
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
- 73P5992 - IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module SC Cable
- - - - -
- 73P6033 - IBM BladeCenter Optical
Pass-thru Module LC Cable
- - - - -
- 73P6101 - IBM BladeCenter Copper
Pass-thru Module Cable
- - - - -
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter 4x
Cable for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to
(3) 4x Cable for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 287

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max qty
- - - - - - - -

Figure 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) front view

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) rear view

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 288

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

BladeCenter HT AC (8750)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Networking
1

32R1907 32R1905 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Module for eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for IBM
1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9206 39Y9207 2941 QLogic Infiniband Ethernet Bridge
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 - 2
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module
for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6836 - QLogic SAN Doctor for IBM BladeCenter StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 22R4242 - 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 22R4897 - 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6837 - QLogic Fabric Security for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 32R1912 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6838 - QLogic Enterprise Fabric Suite 2007 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9266 - 2952 Nortel 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet
Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw
Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 32R1822 - Brocade 4Gb 10-port Upgrade for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 289
- 32R1855 - Brocade 4Gb Fabric Watch for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5607 - Brocade ISL Trunking for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5605 - Brocade Performance Bundle for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5613 - Brocade Extended Fabrics for IBM
eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5617 - Brocade Advanced Security (Secure OS)
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 - 4
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 02R9080 - Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 73P6100 - Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System Management
42C5273 42C5300 4818 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb
Switches and Bridge Bays
- - - -
42C5274 42C5301 2035 BladeCenter HT Interposer for Gb Switch/
Bridge Bays w/ ISL
- - - -
42C5276 42C5302 4820 IBM BladeCenter HT Interposer for HS
Switch Bay
- - - -
42C5314 42C5315 2022 IBM BladeCenter HT Advanced
Management Module Interposer
- - - -
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced
Management Module
Adv Mgmt
Module Bay 2
Redundant
KVM/Adv
Mgmt
Module Slot
Y 2
46C3555 44W3981 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - - - -
Associated option
- 25K8373 - IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O
Expansion Unit II
- - - -
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver
(SR)
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Note:
1. One interposer is required per switch.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 290

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature codes Description

Power
43W6757 - 1986 AC Power Supply 1 & 2
42C5262 42C5280 1983 AC Power Supply 3 & 4
Power Distribution Units
- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)
- 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G
- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+ Gnd connector
- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU
1
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU
1
Racks
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084RX - NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack
- 93084XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 17351GX - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr (GCM2)
- 17354GX - IBM Global 4x16 Console Mngr (GCM4)
- 31R3132 - IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)
- 39M2894 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)
- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 42C5316 - IBM BladeCenter HT Chassis Bezel/Filter (4 pack)
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
42C5271 42C5305 4817 IBM BladeCenter HT Media Tray
Monitors
- 4943 - IBM T117 17in TFT LCD
- 4942 - IBM T115 15in TFT LCD
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Monitor console Kit
Note:
1. Ships without a line cord. See the 'Rack power configurator'
chapter for supported line cords.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 291
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 292
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 293

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter E (8677) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
Form
factor
(width/
depth)
3
Power modules Power module
qty
(std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power, bays,
blowers)
Redun.
(opt.,
std)
8677-3XY Oct 26
2006
Rack (7U) 19in x
28in
2000w AC (200v-
240v)
2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers,
S-Power
8677-3RY
7
- Rack (7U) 19in x
28in
2000w AC (200v-
240v)
2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers,
S-Power
8677-E2Y Dec 1
2006
Rack (7U) 19in x
28in
1800w AC (200v-
240v)
4/4 P, B, B S-Blowers,
S-Power
Note: BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space.
BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.

Table 1. BladeCenter E (8677) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
W'drawal date
2
Mgmt module
(std/
max)
4
I/O module bays
(total/
avail)
Optical
drive
Diskette
drive
Blade
bays
(total/
avail)
8677-3XY Oct 26 2006 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-
SLIM)
5
USB Floppy 14/14
6
8677-3RY
7
- 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-
SLIM)
5
USB Floppy 14/14
6
8677-E2Y Dec 1 2006 1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-
SLIM)
5
USB Floppy 14/14
6
Note: BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space.
BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV)
model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be
modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the product specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable E.
4. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components.
5. Only the read function is supported on DVD-ROM drives.
6. Supports up to 14 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond six
blade servers.
7. Utilizes Advanced Management Module technology.
Table 2. BladeCenter E, blade server support
Blade Server 8677
HC10 All
HS12 All
HS20 All
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 294
HS21 Dual Core - All
Quad Core
1
- C1Y, C2Y, A1Y, A2Y, J1Y, J2Y, EQY, ERY, AMY, EHY, G1Y, G2Y,
G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y
HS21 XM
2
All
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
LS21 All
3
LS41 All
3
Notes:
1. Blade servers up to 80 watts are supported.
2. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum
possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM blade
servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory DIMMs, one
SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and one cKVM card),
there could be periods of time that Power Domain 2 exceeds the
13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not exceed the rating
guidance). While this is not violating any safety rules, we recommend
that your clients review the electrical infrastructure and power
distribution of their installations to account for a peak of 14.4A.
3. Two different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21
and LS41: a 95W version and a High Efficiency 68W version. Versions
of the LS21/41 that use the 95W processors are designed for use in
the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased power and thermal needs,
these 95W versions will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter
and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this represents a speed
reduction of 400 MHz. The versions of the LS21 and LS41 that use the
High Efficiency 68W processors will run at full speed in all chassis.
Figure 1. 8677 front view

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 295

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of drops Connects
from
Connects to
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter
Optical Pass-thru
Module SC Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter
Optical Pass-thru
Module LC Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Optical
LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter
Copper Pass-thru
Module Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
Multiport
Copper
CAT 5E
Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
42D1362 - 3781 Cyclades RJ45-to-
DB9 Serial Cable
Adapter for
BladeCenter
- - - - -
32R1853 26R0814 4867 InfiniBand 4 meter
12x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter
4x Cable for IBM
eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
43W4383 - 4866 InfiniBand 10 meter
4x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
43W4384 43W4378 4868 InfiniBand 10 meter
12x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
4x connector
InfiniBand Fabric
43W4385 - 4869 InfiniBand 11 meter
12x to (3) 4x Cable
for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand
Switch
4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand
12x
connector
InfiniBand Fabric
32R1938 - 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter
Cable
CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with CX4
ports.
32R1942 - 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter
Cable
CX4
Connector
CX4
Connector
1 10Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10Gb ESM or
external 10Gb
switch with CX4
ports.
- 39Y8966 - IBM USB to PS/2
Converter Cable
USB PS/2 - - -
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN and concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes:
1. This cable is 1.5m in length and provides four connections between
the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre
environment.
2. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 296
3. Option 39Y9170 cannot be installed by manufacturing.
It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable

Click image to enlarge

This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the
copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable
allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these
cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m
(9.4ft) in length.

Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)


Click image to enlarge

The cable above provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru
Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four
SC connections.

Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 297

Click image to enlarge

Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter


Click image to enlarge

Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3.0 meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (Connector color is Gray)


Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 298

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max quantity
26K9321 - 4148 8X Slim DVD-ROM Internal IDE Drive IDE - Optical Bay 1
32P0902 - 4109 24X Slim CD-ROM Internal IDE Drive IDE - Optical Bay 1
59P5800 - 4110 8X Slim DVD-ROM Internal IDE Drive IDE - Optical Bay 1
44W3251 - 4161 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM SATA - Optical Bay 1
44W3253 - 4163 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner SATA - Optical Bay 1











































Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 299

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

BladeCenter E (8677)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description PCI support Slots
supported
Hot plug
capable
Max
supported

Storage Controllers
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - -
Networking
1

26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch
Module for eServer
1,2,3
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module
for IBM
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724 2986 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1907 32R1905 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Module for eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1,2,3
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module
for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1,2,3
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 32R1822 - Brocade 4Gb 10-port Upgrade for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet
Switch Mod for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet
Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
6
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw
Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1901 32R1900 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity
Module
- 3,4 Y 2
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
7
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 300
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
8
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System Management
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced
Management Module
9
- Mgmt Module Y 1
46C3555 44W3981 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - - - -
Associated Options
39Y9129 - 1615 Nortel Port Aggregator L1 39Y9128 - - - -
39Y9122 22R4902 4299 IBM Short Wave SFP Module - - - -
- 22R4242 - 4Gb Short Wave SFP Module StFF 3,4 Y 2
- 22R4897 - 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10GbE 850nm Fiber XFP Transceiver
(SR)
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
41Y8597 - 4863 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length 4-
pack SFP Modules for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8599 - 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8601 - 4865 Cisco Systems 4Gb Long-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)
and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not
supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM)
and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. Short- or Long-wave SFP Modules (Option number 22R4902
or feature code 4863, 4864 or 4865) are required for each fibre
channel port connection.
3. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1
is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards.
When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade- installed
Fibre Channel expansion cards.
4. The Brocade switch modules for BladeCenter allows the
interconnection of up to 239 switches.
5. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. If supported in
BCE, then a maximum of two allowed. Can be installed in any
I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated
Ethernet controller 1 is enabled on all blades. When installed
in bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all
blades. Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 (not supported
in BCE) requires an Ethernet expansion card to be installed in
blade servers.
6. SFPs are not included and are available from Cisco
(P/N GLC-SX-MM=).
7. OPM provides 2Gb data rate when used with any Fibre Channel
Expansion Card.
8. Copper Pass-thru Modules come with one cable. Each module
can support up to three cables.
9. One Management Module or Advanced Management Module is
standard in the BladeCenter (8677). A maximum of two matched
modules are supported, (i.e. two Management Modules or two
Advanced Management Modules).

Figure 2. 8677 switch module bays
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 301

Click image to enlarge

Figure 3. 8677 management module bays

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 302

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power modules Power cord
8677-3XY, 8677-
3EY, 8677-3RY
2 x 2000w 2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables

SBB number Option number Feature codes Description

Power
39M4622 39M4675 1966 IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies
26R0239 - 1965 IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies 1 & 2
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+C19 without line cord
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+C19 with attached line cord
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
Monitors
- 4938 - C117 17in (15.9 inch VIS) FST CRT
- 4942 - T115 15in TFT LCD
- 4943 - T117 17in TFT LCD
- 17233RX - IBM 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
- 17231RX - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
Keyboard and mouse
- 17235RX - IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 39M7228 - IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB
- 43X0340 - IBM BladeCenter Airborne Contaminant Filter

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 303
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 304
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 305
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 306
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 307
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 308
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 309
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 310
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 311

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter H (8852) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
Form
Factor
(width/
depth)
2
Power
modules
Power
module
quantity
(std/
max)
Hot-swap
(power,
bays,
blowers)
Redundancy
(optional,
standard)
8852-4XY Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V) 2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers,
S-Power
8852-4YY Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V) 2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers,
S-Power
Note: Two power cords are needed and must be ordered separately.

BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space.
BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.

Table 1. BladeCenter H (8852) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Advanced
Management
module (std/max)
3
I/O module bays
(total/avail)
Optical drive Diskette
drive
4
Blade bays (total/
avail)
5
8852-4XY 1/2 10/10 Combo2
24x/24x/24x/8x
6
- 14/14
8852-4YY 1/2 10/10 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-
Burner
- 14/14
Note: Two power cords are needed but must be ordered separately.

BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space.
BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre
Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV)
model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified
by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature:
xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8852-3XY is
8852-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement
letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
2. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis.
3. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components.
4. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported
attached to one of the two front mounted USB ports.
5. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond seven blade
servers.
6. Only the read function is supported on the Combo2 drive.
Table 2. BladeCenter H, blade server support
Blade server 8852
HS12 All
HS20 All
HS21 All
HS21 XM All
JS20 All
JS21 All
LS20 All
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 312
LS21 All
LS41 All
QS21 All

Figure 1. BladeCenter H (8852) front view

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. BladeCenter H (8852) rear view

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 313

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Connection
type from
Connection
type to
# of
Drops
Connects
from
Connects to
40K9606 40K9605 4811 IBM BladeCenter
H Serial Port
Breakout Cable
- - - - -
39Y9173 39Y9171 4364 IBM BladeCenter
Optical
Pass-thru Module
SC Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
1

Multiport Optical SC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter
Optical
Pass-thru Module
LC Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex
Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170 4366 IBM BladeCenter
Copper
Pass-thru Module
Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
2,3
Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper
Connections
5 CPM switch Network
32R1852 26R0813 4296 InfiniBand 4x
Cable 3 meter for
IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1853 26R0814 4867 InfiniBand 4 meter
12x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1854 26R0816 4255 InfiniBand 12x to
(3) 4x Cable 3
meter for IBM
eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1849 26R0847 4294 InfiniBand 8 meter
4x Cable for IBM
eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter
12 to (3) 4x Cable
for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 3 InfiniBand 12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4383 - 4866 InfiniBand 10
meter 4x Cable for
IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4384 43W4378 4868 InfiniBand 10
meter 12x Cable
for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 4x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
43W4385 - 4869 InfiniBand 11
meter 12x to (3)
4x Cable for IBM
BladeCenter
InfiniBand Switch 4x InfiniBand 1 InfiniBand 12x
connector
InfiniBand
Fabric
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 314
32R1938 32R1937 4362 IBM CX4 1.5
Meter Cable
CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10 Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10 Gb ESM or
external 10
Gb switch with
CX4 ports.
32R1942 32R1941 4363 IBM CX4 3.0
Meter Cable
CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10 Gb ESM
CX4 Port
Another Nortel
10 Gb ESM or
external 10
Gb switch with
CX4 ports.
- 39Y8966 - IBM USB to PS/2
Converter Cable
USB PS/2 - - -
Note: Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
Notes:
1. This cable is 1.5 m in length and provides four connections between
the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre
environment.
2. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru
module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum
of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
3. Option 39Y9170 cannot be installed by manufacturing.
It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.

Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable (3.1 m)

Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the
copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable
allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m
(9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)

Click image to enlarge
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 315
The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the Optical Pass-thru
Module and an external environment.

Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3-meter for IBM BladeCenter

Click image to enlarge
Figure 4. InfiniBand 4x Cable 3-meter for IBM BladeCenter

Click image to enlarge
Figure 5. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3-meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (connector color is Gray)

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 316

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

BladeCenter H (8852)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Type Height Bays
supported
Max qty
32R2203 - 4147 Combo II Ultrabay slim 24x24x24x8x
1
USB 9.5mm Media Tray 1
43W8263 - 4157 UltraSlim Enhanced Multi-Burner - - - -
43W8364 - 4158 UltraSlim Enhanced DVD-ROM - - - -
Notes:
1. Only the read function is supported on the Combo II drive.

























Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 317

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

SBB Number Option
Number
Feature
codes
Description PCI Support Slots
Supported
Hot Plug
Capable
Max
Supported

Storage Controllers
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - -
Networking
1

32R1907 32R1905 1576 McData 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
32R1834 32R1833 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel
Module for eServer BladeCenter
1
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
32R1906 32R1904 1575 QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel
Switch Module for eServer
1
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
26R0882 26R0881 1560 QLogic 4 Gb 20-port Fibre Chan Switch
Module for eServer
1,2,3
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
39Y9206 39Y9207 2941 QLogic InfiniBand Ethernet Bridge
Module for eServer
1,2,3
StFF 1,3 Y 2
39Y9210 39Y9211 2942 QLogic InfiniBand Fibre Channel Bridge
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,3 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru
Module for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6836 - QLogic SAN Doctor for IBM BladeCenter - - - -
43W6730 43W6724 2986 QLogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 32R1912 - QLogic/ McData 10-port Upgrade for
IBM eServer BladeCenter
- - - -
43W6731 43W6725 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module
for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 43W6838 - QLogic Enterprise Fabric Suite 2007 for
IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
- 43W6837 - QLogic Fabric Security for IBM
BladeCenter
- - - -
32R1815 32R1812 1569 Brocade 4 Gb 20-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1,2,3
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
32R1816 32R1813 1571 Brocade 4 Gb 10-port SAN Switch
Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1,2,3
StFF 3,4,
7 Right,
9 Right
Y 2
39Y9266 39Y9267
4
2952 Nortel 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for
IBM BladeCenter
HSFF HSSM 1, 2 Y 2
32R1784 32R1783 1493 Nortel 10 Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left,
9 Left
Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2 - 7 Gg
Ethernet Switch Mod for IBM
BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb
Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 318
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for
IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1901 32R1900 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 4
32R1889 32R1888 1497 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb
Ethrnt Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
5,10
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left,
9 Left
Y 4
32R1893 32R1892 1498 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethrnt Sw
Mod for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left,
9 Left
- 4
- 32R1822 - Brocade 4Gb 10-port Upgrade for IBM
BladeCenter
5
- - - -
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4 Gb 20 port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4 Gb 10 port Fibre
Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W4429 43W4419 2990 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM
BladeCenter
StFF 7, 9 Y 2
32R1757 32R1756
4
1574 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Switch
module for IBM BladeCenter
8
HSFF HSSM 1, 2 Y 4
39Y9194 39Y9195
4,11
2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity
Module
- 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
7,12
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left or
7 Right,
9 Left or
9 Right
Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru
Module for IBM BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left,
9 Left
Y 4
40K8919 - 2972 Voltaire InfiniBand Pass-Through
Module for BladeCenter
StFF HSSM 7,8 or
HSSM 9,10
(Each
module uses
2 slots)
- 4
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM
BladeCenter
5
StFF 1,2,3,4,
7 Left,
9 Left
- 4
44E5158 39Y9314 1465 Multi-switch Interconnect Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- HSSM 7,8 or
HSSM 9,10
(Each
module uses
2 slots)
Y 2
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4,
7 left/
9 left
- 6
44W4405 44W4404 1590 Nortel 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
System Management
25R5779 25R5778 1604 IBM BladeCenter KVM/Advanced
Management Module
- Redundant
KVM/Mgmt
Module Slot
Y 1
46C3555 44W3981 4941 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - - - -
Associated Options
39Y9122 22R4902 4299 IBM Short Wave SFP Module - - - -
32R1879 32R1877 4360 IBM 10 GbE 850nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (SR)
- - - -
32R1880 - 4361 IBM 10 GbE 1310nm Fiber XFP
Transceiver (LR)
- - - -
41Y8597 - 4863 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
4-pack SFP Modules for IBM
BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8599 - 4864 Cisco Systems 4Gb Short-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
41Y8601 - 4865 Cisco Systems 4Gb Long-wave Length
SFP Module for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
39Y9122 22R4902 4299 IBM Short Wave SFP Module - - - -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 319
Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported.
However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or
Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. Short- or Long-wave SFP Modules (Option number 22R4902
or feature code 4863, 4864 or 4865) are required for each fibre
channel port connection.
3. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port
1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When
installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel
expansion cards.
4. All 4 power modules must be populated for installation.
5. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. Can be installed in
any I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated
Ethernet controller 1 is enabled on all blades. When installed in
bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all blades.
Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 requires an Ethernet expansion
card to be installed in blade servers.
6. Installs in I/O module bays 3 and/or 4. Requires the Cisco
InfiniBand Host Channel Adapter expansion card to be installed
in at least one blade server.
7. Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module
bay. Must be installed in I/O module bay 4 when Myrinet cluster
expansion cards are installed in blade servers. If selected and
an OPM SC Cable (P/N 39Y9171) or an OPM LC Cable (P/N 39Y9172)
is not selected, issue the following warning message: "A minimum
of one Optical Pass-thru Module cable must be installed in each
Optical Pass-thru Module to enable connectivity to your network
or Storage Area Network (SAN)."
8. Installs in High Speed I/O module bays 1 and/or 2. When installed
in HS bay 1, port 1 is enabled on Blade-installed Cisco 4X InfiniBand
HCA (P/N 32R1761). When installed in HS bay 2, port 2 is enabled.
9. Copper Pass-thru Modules come with one cable. Each module can
support up to three cables. A maximum of two cables are allowed
in BC and BCT.
10. SFPs are not included and are available from Cisco (P/N GLC-SX-MM=).
11. The Cisco 4Gb 20-port FC Module (P/N 39Y9280), Cisco Systems 4Gb
10-port Fibre Channel Module (P/N 39Y9284), Nortel 10Gb Ethernet
Switch Module (P/N 39Y9267), Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Switch
module (P/N 32R1756), Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch
Mod (P/N 32R1859), QLogic InfiniBand Fibre Channel Bridge Module
(P/N 39Y9211), QLogic InfiniBand Ethernet Bridge Module (P/N 39Y9207),
and Cisco 4Gb Short-wave Length 4-pack SFP Modules (P/N 41Y8596)
are not supported in the Multi-Switch Interconnect Module (SBB 39Y9314).
Up to 2 Multi-Switch Interconnect Modules are supported in the
chassis, using slots 7 and 8 for one and/or slots 9 and 10 for
the other.
12. OPM provides 2 Gb data rate when used with any Fibre Channel
Expansion Card.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 320

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Cabling | Optical storage | I/O | Pwr Acc |

Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power modules
8852-4XY 2x 2900w

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power
32R2314 - 1963 BladeCenter 2900W Power Supplies 1 & 2
32R2112 31R3335 1962 IBM BladeCenter H 2900W AC Power Module w/Fan Pack
Power cords
1
32R2108 25R5785 6226 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 Power Cable
32R2110 25R5784 6271 4.3, 230V, Dual 32A IEC 309 P+N+G / 16A IEC 320-C20 Line Cord
32R2109 25R5783 6270 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
Power Distribution Units
- 39M2818 - IBM DPI C19 PDU+
- 39M2819 - IBM DPI C19 3 phase PDU+
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
Monitors
- 17233RX IBM 1U 15 Flat Panel Console Kit
- 17231RX IBM 1U 17 Flat Panel console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay
Keyboard and mouse
- 17235RX IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 39M7228 - IBM USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB
Note:
1. Two power cords are required.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 321
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 322
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 323
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 324
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 325
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 326
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 327
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 328

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8014) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
System
Management
Processor
(Std/Max)
Integrated
ethernet
8014-1AY Single Core Intel
Celeron Processor 445
(1.86GHz 512KB L2
1066MHz 65W)
1/1 512MB/24GB - 2GB
8014-2BY Dual Core Intel Core 2
Duo Processor E6305
(1.86GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65W)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB
8014-EBY Dual Core Intel Core 2
Duo Processor E6305
(1.86GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65W)
1/1 4GB/24GB - 2GB

Table 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8014) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(Std/Max)
HDD bays
(Std/Max)
Expansion
slots
(Std/Max)
8014-1AY SATA Fixed 0GB/160GB 0/2 0/3
8014-2BY SATA Fixed 0GB/160GB 0/2 0/3
8014-EBY SATA Fixed 0GB/160GB 0/2 0/3

Figure 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8014) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 329

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB Number Option Number
1
Feature Codes Processor Options Models
Supported

Standard Processor
44R5499 - 3654 Single Core Intel Celeron Processor 445 (1.86GHz 512KB L2
1066MHz 65W)
1AY
44R5500 - 3655 Dual Core Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6305 (1.86GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65W)
2BY, EBY

Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.














Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 330

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
39M5859 - 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5861 - 1GB (2x 512MB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
39M5862 - 0549 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5864 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
46C0506 - 3946 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 46C0512 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz SR VLP RDIMM
- 46C0513 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Dual Rank VLP RDIMM

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
1AY 512 MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM
2BY 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM
EBY 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 VLP RDIMM

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 331

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

HDDs
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 0-1 2
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD SFF 0-1 2
43W7641 43W7640 5575 IBM 80 GB Non Hot-Swap 7200 SATA HDD SFF 0-1 2











Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 332

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor

Storage Controllers
- - - - -
Networking
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for BladeCenter CFFv
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
Blade Server Expansion Cards
- 32R1760 - Cisco 4X Infiniband Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
43W4392 - 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 333

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power Supplies
- - - -


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 334
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 335

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8028) at-a-glance
Part
number
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
System
Management
Processor
(Std/Max)
Integrated
ethernet
8028-23Y Dual Core Intel Xeon
Processor E6405
(2.13GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB
8028-44Y Quad Core Intel Xeon
Processor X3323
(2.50GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB
8028-45Y Quad Core Intel Xeon
Processor X3353
(2.66GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB
8028-46Y Quad Core Intel Xeon
Processor X3363
(2.83GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB
8028-E3Y Dual Core Intel Xeon
Processor E6405
(2.13GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 4GB/24GB - 2GB
8028-27Y Dual Core Intel Xeon
Processor E3113
(3.0GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1/1 2GB/24GB - 2GB

Table 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8028) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(Std/Max)
HDD bays
(Std/Max)
Expansion
slots
(Std/Max)
8028-23Y SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB 0/2 0/3
8028-44Y SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB 0/2 0/3
8028-45Y SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB 0/2 0/3
8028-46Y SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB 0/2 0/3
8028-E3Y SAS Hot-Swap 73GB/292GB 1/2 0/3
8028-27Y SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/292GB 0/2 0/3

Figure 1. BladeCenter HS12 (8028) system board
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 336

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 337

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB Number Option Number
1
Feature Codes Processor Options SMP Support

Standard Processor
44R5501 - 3656 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E6405 (2.13GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
23Y, E3Y
44R5502 - 3657 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3323 (2.50GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
44Y
44R5503 - 3658 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3353 (2.66GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
45Y
44R5504 - 3659 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X3363 (2.83GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
46Y
46C7640 - 3634 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor E3113 (3.0GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
27Y

Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they
become available.














Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 338

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
39M5859 - 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5861 - 1GB (2x 512MB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMMs
39M5862 - 0549 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5864 - 2GB (2x 1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMMs
46C0506 - 3946 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 46C0512 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz SR VLP RDIMM
- 46C0513 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667 Dual Rank VLP RDIMM

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
23Y, 44Y, 45Y, 46Y, 27Y 2 x 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
E3Y 2 x 2 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM











Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 339

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

HDDs
43W7539 43W7535 5577 IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43W7540 43W7536 5578 IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43W7547 43W7545 5579 IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
43W7649 43W7648 5576 IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD SFF 0-1 2

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 340

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor

Storage Controllers
- - - - -
Networking
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for BladeCenter CFFv
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
46C5068 43W3974 1591 IBM SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half
39Y6071- - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half
46C5068 43W3974 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
Blade Server Expansion Cards
- 32R1760 - Cisco 4X Infiniband Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
43W4392 - 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server).

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 341

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power Supplies
- - - -


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 342
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 343

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995) at-a-glance
Part
Number
1
Withdrawal
Date
2
CPU/FSB
Speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
Processors
(Std/Max)
Memory
(Std/Max)
3
System
Management
Processor
4
Integrated
Ethernet
5
7995-L1Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110
(1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-L2Y Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120
(1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-L3Y Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130
(2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-L4Y - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140
(2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-L5Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150
(2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-L6Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160
(3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-NTY - Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-H1Y Jul 3 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1222MHz 40w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-E5Y Jan 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150
(2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
2/2 4GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-R2Y - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5260
(3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-EHY - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 4GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-G1Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405
(2.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-G3Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420
(2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-G4Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430
(2.66GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-G5Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440
(2.83GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-G6Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-GLY - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420
(2.50GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 50w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-HVY - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450
(3.0GHz 12MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-J1Y Jul 3 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-J2Y Jul 3 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-J3Y Jul 3 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5335
(2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 50W)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-A1Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310
(1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-C1Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320
(1.86GHz/ 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-A2Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335
(2.0GHz 8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-C2Y Apr 4 2008v Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-E2Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 4GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 344
7995-RLY - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240
(3.0GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 40w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5
7995-GNY - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408
(2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)
1/2 4GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
5

Table 1. BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995) at-a-glance (continued)
Part Number
1
Withdrawal Date
2
Storage
Controller
6
Internal HDD
Interface
Internal HDD
Storage (Std/
Max)
7
HDD Bays (Std/
Max)
8
Expansion Cards
(Std/Max)
8,9
7995-L1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-L2Y Sept 28 2007 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-L3Y Sept 28 2007 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-L4Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-L5Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-L6Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-NTY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-H1Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-E5Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-R2Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-EHY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-G1Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-G3Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-G4Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-G5Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-G6Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-GLY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 345
7995-HVY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-J1Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-J2Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-J3Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-A1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-C1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-A2Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-C2Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-E2Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB(+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-RLY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
7995-GNY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB (+4-8GB
via optional
Modular Flash
Drive)
0/1 0/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7995-L1Y is 7995-L1U. See the product-
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies
follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a
country-pecific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.
Memory-mirroring, memory sparing and Chipkill functions
are supported.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network
connectivity and console connectivity are managed through
the standard management module. The standard integrated
service processor monitors the HS21 XM-7995 system management
activity, communicating with the management module in the
BladeCenter.
5. Dual Broadcom BMC5708S Gb Ethernet controllers.
6. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS/SATA Controller supporting one
onboard SAS hard disk drive or a single or dual configured
solid state drive.
7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation
of one 146GB SAS HDD or a single or dual configured solid state
drive. Additional internal storage is via the optional 4GB or
8GB Modular Flash Drive (P/N 39R8697 or P/N 43W3934), which
consists of a USB 2.0 flash memory card connected to a dedicated
USB-based slot on the system planar.
8. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 346
unit (P/N 39R7563) is available that attaches directly to the blade
server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD
bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of three
expansion card slots.
9. CFFh (high-speed) and CFFv (normal speed) adapters are
designed to work together, utilizing a minimum amount of
physical space, solving the issue of allowing only one adapter
to exist in a confined space. Inside the Blade Base one
non-Hot Swap HDD can be used with one CFFv adapter and either
one CFFh adapter or Storage and I/O Expansion Unit. Using
the Storage and I/O Expansion Unit it is possible to configure
one CFFv adapter (Ethernet) in the front expansion slot and
one CFFv and CFFh adapter in the rear expansion slots.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 347

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options SMP
support
39R8699 - 2854 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz
65w)
L1Y
39R8700 - 2855 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
L2Y
39R8701 - 2856 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz
65w)
L3Y
39R8702 42C0565 2857 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
L4Y
39R8703 - 2858 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
L5Y, E5Y
39R8704 - 2859 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
1
L6Y
42C0553 42C0568 2860 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 35w)
NTY
42C0554 - 2861 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2
1222MHz 40w)
H1Y
43W4032 43W4036 3699 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
R2Y
42C0556 - 2863 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
1
C1Y
42C0557 - 2864 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
J1Y
43W3919 - 2832 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
J2Y
43W3946 - 3070 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 50W)
J3Y
43W3977 43W3991 3674 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
G1Y
43W3979 43W3993 3675 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
G3Y
43W3980 43W3994 3676 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
G4Y
43W3981 43W3995 3677 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
G5Y
43W3982 43W3996 3678 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.0GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
EHY, G6Y
43X1004 - 2896 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
1
A1Y
43X1005 - 2891 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
1
A2Y
43X1006 42C0570 2892 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
1
C2Y, E2Y
44T1807 - 3614 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 50w)
1
GLY
43W4070 - 3615 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.0GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 40w)
1
RLY
46C5092 - 6959 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB
1066MHz 40W)
1
GNY
SBB number Option number Feature code Additional processor options SMP support
39R8705 - 1417 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
L1Y
39R8706 42C0563 1418 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 1066MHz
65w)
L2Y
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 348
39R8707 42C0564 1419 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
L3Y
42C0550 42C0565 1420 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 1333MHz
65w)
L4Y
42C0551 - 1421 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 1333MHz
65w)
L5Y, E5Y
42C0552 - 1422 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
L6Y
42C0558 42C0568 1423 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz
1066MHz 35w)
NTY
42C0585 - 1427 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz
13333MHz 40w)
H1Y
43W4038 43W4036 3380 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260(3.33GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
R2Y
42C0561 - 1426 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz
1066MHz 80w)
C1Y
42C0560 - 1425 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
J1Y
43W3921 - 3469 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz
1066MHz 50w)
J2Y
43W3867 - 3484 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 50W)
J3Y
43W3984 43W3991 3363 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405(2.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G1Y
43W3986 43W3993 3364 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420(2.50GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G3Y
43W3987 43W3994 3365 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430(2.66GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G4Y
43W3988 43W3995 3366 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440(2.83GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G5Y
43W3989 43W3996 3367 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450(3.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
EHY, G6Y
43X1007 - 1449 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
A1Y
43X1008 - 1445 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
A2Y
43X1009 42C0570 1446 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345(2.33GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
C2Y, E2Y
44T1808 46C5050 3398 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB L2
1333MHz 50w)
GLY
43W4071 46C5051 3399 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.0GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 40w)
RLY
46C5093 46C5094 4431 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB
1066MHz 40W)
GNY
Notes:
1. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum
possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM
blade servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory
DIMMs, one SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and
one cKVM card), there could be periods of time that Power Domain
2 exceeds the 13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not
exceed the rating guidance). While this is not violating any safety
rules, we recommend that your clients review the electrical
infrastructure and power distribution of their installations to
account for a peak of 14.4A.
2. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket.
3. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket.
4. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler
installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper
airflow through the blade.
5. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket.
6. A terminator is not required.
Figure 1. HS21 XM - 7995 system planar
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 349

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 350

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5785 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5791 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5797 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
Note: When installing 2 DIMMs in the HS21 XM use DIMM Connectors 5 (J171) and 7 (J173). HS21 XM does not support a 3 pair
configuration. Pairs three and four must be installed at the same time. Three memory configuration modes can be used in
the HS21 XM, including Flat, Sparing and Mirroring.
Flat Mode: DIMMs must be added in identical pairs: DIMM pair 1 (DIMMs 5 and 7), DIMM pair 2 (DIMMs 2 and 4), DIMM pair
3 (DIMMs 1, 3 and 6, 8 or 6, 8 and 1, 3)
Sparing Mode: This configuration is supported for the 2 DIMM pair configuration with identical DIMM types. With a single
DIMM pair sparing is supported if the DIMMs are dual rank only.
Mirroring Mode: Both branches must be populated identically; the same as both channels. Each slot number of each channel
must include DIMMs with the same electrical characteristics (speed, density, and organization).

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, G1Y, G3Y, G4Y, G5Y, G6Y, GLY,
H1Y, J1Y, J2Y, J3Y, L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, NTY,
R2Y, RLY
2x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
E2Y, E5Y, EHY, GNY, HVY 2x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 351

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

SAS HDDs
1

43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 2.5" 1 1
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 1 1
39R7393 39R7389 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 2,3,4
2
3
43W7607 43W7606
3
5558 IBM Dual 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drives 2.5" 1 1
43W7615 43W7614 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 2.5" 1 1
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS 2.5" 1 1
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS 2.5" 1 1
39R8695 39R8697
4
2042 IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive 2.5" 1 1
43W3933 43W3934
4
5548 IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive 2.5" 1 1
Note:
1. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents
installation of an internal hard drive.
2. Only available on the BladeCenter Storage and Expansion
Unit (P/N 39R7563).
3. 43W7606 is a single physical device with two solid state
drives that uses only one bay.
4. The IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 39R8695, FC 2042)
and IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933, FC 5548)
are USB 2.0 compatible drives that occupy a dedicated
slot on the system planar. Refer to the following image.

Figure 1. HS21 XM - 7995 modular flash drive

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 352

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form
factor

Networking
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
39Y6096 - 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
46C5068 43W3974 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller
1
-
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller
1
-
39R8752 - 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2
1
-
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB)
1
-
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB)
1
-
Blade Server Expansion Cards
2

43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4431 43W4421 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
39Y9117 32R1896 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter -
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9185 39Y9186 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K4837 73P6000 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
26K4844 26K4841 1549 SFF Fibre Channel Exp Card SFF
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter StFF
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS -
43X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS -
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II -
Associated options
40K8918 - 2965 Voltaire 4x InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
42D1471 - 2966 Voltaire 4x DDR InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required
for use.
2. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents
installation of an internal hard drive.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 353

Figure 1. HS21 XM - 7995 system diagram

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 354

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 355
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 356
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 357
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 358

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HC 10 - (7996) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
Processor
quantity
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
2
System
Management
Processor
3
Integrated
ethernet
4
7996-21Y Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6300 (1.86GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 1GB/8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-51Y Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 2GB/8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-5AY Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 2GB/8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-5BY Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 4GB/8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-35Y Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6400 (2.13GHz 2MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 1GB/ 8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-55Y Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 2GB/ 8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-5RY Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 2GB/ 8GB Y Dual 1GB
7996-5SY Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
1/1 4GB/8GB Y Dual 1GB
Note: Video adapters used for BladeCenter HC10 (7996) individual Machine Type Models (MTM) are: 7996-21Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS
120M), 7996-51Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5AY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5BY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-35Y
(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-55Y(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5RY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5SY(NVIDIA Quadro
FX1600M)

Table 1. BladeCenter HC 10 - (7996) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Storage
Controller
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/max)
HDD Bays (std/
Avail)
Expansion cards
(std/max)
7996-21Y SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
7996-51Y SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5AY SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5BY SATA Fixed 60GB/60GB 1/1 0/0
7996-35Y SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-55Y SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5RY SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
7996-5SY SATA Fixed 80GB/80GB 1/1 0/0
Note: Video adapters used for BladeCenter HC10 (7996) individual Machine Type Models (MTM) are: 7996-21Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS
120M), 7996-51Y (NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5AY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5BY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-35Y
(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-55Y(NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M), 7996-5RY (NVIDIA Quadro FX1600M), 7996-5SY(NVIDIA Quadro
FX1600M)
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 7996-21Y is 7996-21U. See the product-
specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-
specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P.
Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with a country-specific designator.
2. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.
Memory mirroring, memory sparing and Chipkill functions are
supported.
3. System management functionality, interconnect network
connectivity and console connectivity are managed through
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 359
the standard management module. The standard integrated
service processor monitors the BladeCenter HC10 (7996)
system management activity, communicating with the advanced
management module in the BladeCenter.
4. The BladeCenter HC10 (7996) comes preloaded with Microsoft
Windows Vista Business Blade PC 64-bit Edition.

Figure 1. BladeCenter HC 10 (7996) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 360

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC 10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options SMP
support
43W0947 - 2870 Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6700 (2.66GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz
65w)
51Y, 5AY, 5BY,
55Y, 5RY,
43W0953 - 2872 Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6300 (1.86GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz
65w)
21Y
43W6237 - 2834 Intel Core 2 Duo Processor E6400 (2.13GHz 2MB L2 1066MHz
65w)
35Y


Figure 1. BladeCenter HC 10 (7996) processor

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 361

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC 10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
41Y2820 - 3931 -
- 41Y2822 - 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
41Y2823 - 3932 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
- 41Y2825 - 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
41Y2826 - 3933 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
- 41Y2828 - 4GB (2x 2GB Kit) PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
21Y 2x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz DIMM
51Y 2x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz DIMM
5AY 2x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz DIMM
5BY 2x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 667MHz DIMM
35Y (2x) 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
55Y (2x) 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
5RY (2x) 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM
5SY (2x) 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 DDR2 667 DIMM

Figure 1. BladeCenter HC 10 (7996) memory

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 362

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC 10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
qty

SATA HDDs
43W6175 - 5539 60GB 5.4K rpm SATA HDD - - -
41Y8213 - 5573 80GB 7.2K rpm SATA HDD - - -

Figure 1. BladeCenter HC 10 (7996) hard disk drive

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 363

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC 10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor
- - - - -
Networking
- 3096CDX - IBM CP20 Workstation Connection Device
1
-
Systems Management
- 3096CDX - IBM CP20 Workstation Connection Device
1
-
Associated Options
2

43W0932 - 2948 IBM BladeCenter I/O and Graphics Transmission Adapter -
43W0935 - 2949 NVIDIA Quadro NVS 120M graphics board -
43W0940 - 2950 NVIDIA Quadro FX 1600M graphics board -
43W0999 - 2982 Video Pass-through Card -
- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB -
- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English
103P
-
- 40K1692 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive -
- 4943 - IBM T117 17" TFT LCD -
- 4944 - IBM T119 19" TFT LCD -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the
PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not
possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF
expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Note:
1. Keyboard, mouse, monitor and line cord sold separately.
2. Options associated with IBM CP20 Workstation Connection
Device, option 3096CDX.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 364

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HC 10 (7996)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power Supplies
- - - -




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 365
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 366
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 367
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 368
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 369

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter HS21 (8853) at-a-glance
Part
Number
1
Withdrawal
Date
2
CPU/FSB
Speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
Processors
(std/max)
Memory (std/max)
3
System
Management
Processor
4
Integrated
Ethernet
5
8853-L1Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110
(1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-L2Y Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120
(1.86GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-L3Y Sept 28 2007 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130
(2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-L4Y - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140
(2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-L5Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150
(2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-L6Y Apr 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160
(3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-E1Y Jan 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110
(1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 65w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-E5Y Jan 4 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150
(2.66GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 65w)
2/2 4GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-H1Y Jul 3 2008 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 40w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-NTY - Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 35w)
1/2 1GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-R2Y - Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260
(3.33GHz 6MB L2 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-LMY - Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160
(3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 8GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-C1Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320
(1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066Mhz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-C2Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-A1Y Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310
(1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-A2Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335
(2.0GHz 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-J1Y Jul 3 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-J2Y Jul 3 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon LV Processor
L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 50w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-C3Y Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355
(2.66GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120w)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-C4Y Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365
(3.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-EQY Apr 4 2008 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310
(1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
1/2 4GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-ERY Apr 4 2008 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345
(2.33GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 4GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-AMY - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310
(1.6GHz 8MB L2 1066MHz 80w)
2/2 8GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-ANY - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335
(2.0GHz 8MB L2 1333MHz 80w)
2/2 8GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-EHY - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450
(3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
2/2 4GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-G1Y - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405
(2.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 370
8853-G3Y - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420
(2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-G4Y - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430
(2.66GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-G5Y - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440
(2.83GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-G6Y - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450
(3.00GHz 12MB 1333MHz 80W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-G7Y - Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460
(3.16GHz 12MB 1333MHz 120W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-GLY - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420
(2.50GHz 12MB 1333MHz 50W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-GNY - Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408
(2.13GHz 12MB 1066MHz 40W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9
8853-RLY - Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240
(3.00GHz 6MB 1333MHz 40W)
1/2 2GB/32GB
9
Y Dual 1 Gb
5,9

Table 1. BladeCenter HS21 (8853) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
Number
1
Withdrawal
Date
2
Storage
Controller
6
Internal
HDD
Interface
Internal
HDD Storage
(std/max)
7
HDD Bays
(Std/Max)
8
Expansion
Slots
(Std/Max)
8,9
8853-L1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-L2Y Sept 28 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-L3Y Sept 28 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-L4Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-L5Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-L6Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-E1Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-E5Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-H1Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-NTY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-R2Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-LMY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-C1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C2Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-A1Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-A2Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-J1Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-J2Y Jul 3 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C3Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C4Y Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-EQY Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-ERY Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-AMY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-ANY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-EHY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G1Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G3Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G4Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G5Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G6Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-G7Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-GLY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-GNY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/2
8853-RLY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally
available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not
orderable as listed and need to be modified by country.
The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature:
xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for
8853-L1Y is 8853-L1U. See the product-specific Official
IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV
model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies
follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character
with a country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.
Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions
are supported.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network
connectivity and console connectivity are managed through
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 371
the standard management module. The standard integrated
service processor monitors HS21 - (8853) system management
activity, communicating with the management module in the
BladeCenter.
5. Dual Broadcom 5708S Gb Ethernet controllers.
6. An integrated, single-channel, SAS controller supports
integrated RAID-0 and 1. RAID-1E and 5 requires the optional
BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade.
7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation
of two 146GB SAS HDDs.
8. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade
unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server
adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of five HDD
bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of
three expansion card slots.
9. Maximum capacity is achieved by populating all four DIMM
slots with four, 4GB DIMMs and selecting the IBM BladeCenter
Memory and I/O Expansion Blade (42C1600) which adds an
additional four DIMM slots and three I/O expansion card slots,
providing a total of eight 4GB DIMMs and three I/O expansion
card slots. Dual-port Broadcom 5714S Gb Ethernet controller.
These configurations have a total of four Gb ethernet ports.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 372

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Processor Options SMP Support
40K6907 - 1311 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2 1066MHz
65w)
L1Y, E1Y
42C1621 40K1226 1329 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120 (1.86GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
L3Y
40K6911 40K1227 1313 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz
65w)
L3Y
42C1622 40K1228 1330 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140 (2.33GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
L4Y
40K6914 40K1230 1316 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150 (2.66GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
L5Y, E5Y
42C1623 - 1331 Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2 1333MHz
80w)
L6Y, LMY
42C9124 40K1218 2865 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 35w)
NTY
42C9125 40K1217 2866 Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 40w)
H1Y
44T1790 44T1792 3697 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB L2
1333MHz 80W)
R2Y
42C9163 - 2877 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2
1066Mhz 80w)
C1Y
40K6948 - 2890 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 80w)
A1Y, EQY, AMY
42C9130 43W1144 2802 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
C2Y, ERY
43W1124 43W1145 2803 Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
J1Y
43W1126 40K1274 2804 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
A2Y, ANY
43W6081 43W6084 2827 Quad Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz 8MB L2
1066MHz 50w)
J2Y
43W6085 - 2828 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 120w)
C3Y
43W6130 - 3071 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 8MB L2
1333MHz 120W)
C4Y
44T1713 44T1716 3668 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405 (2.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G1Y
44T1721 44T1724 3669 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430 (2.66GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G4Y
44T1725 44T1728 3670 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450 (3.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
EHY, G6Y
44T1729 44T1738 3671 Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460 (3.16GHz 12MB
1333MHz 120W)
G7Y
44T1731 44T1740 3672 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440 (2.83GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G5Y
44T1733 44T1742 3673 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420 (2.50GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
G3Y
44T1813 - 3611 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB
1333MHz 50W)
GLY
44T1809 - 3612 Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.00GHz 6MB 1333MHz
40W)
RLY
44T1897 - 6958 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB
1066MHz 40W)
GNY
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Additional Processor Options SMP support
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 373
40K6916 - 1392 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5110 (1.6GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
-
42C1624 40K1226 1404 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5120(1.86GHz 4MB L2
1066MHz 65w)
-
40K7095 40K1227 1394 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5130 (2.0GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
-
42C9126 40K1218 1428 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5138 (2.13GHz
1066MHz 35w)
-
42C9127 40K1217 1429 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor 5148 (2.33GHz
1333MHz 40w)
-
42C1625 40K1228 1405 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5140(2.33GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 65w)
-
40K7098 40K1230 1397 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5150(2.66GHz 1333MHz
65w)
-
42C1626 - 1406 Addl Dual-Core Intel Xeon Processor 5160 (3.0GHz 4MB L2
1333MHz 80w)
-
44T1791 44T1792 3383 Addl Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor X5260 (3.33GHz 6MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
40K6949 - 1443 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5310(1.6GHz 1066MHz
80w)
-
43W1125 43W1145 3451 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5310 (1.6GHz
1066MHz 50w)
-
42C9165 - 1430 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5320 (1.86GHz 1066Mhz
80w)
-
43W6082 43W6084 3464 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon LV Processor L5320 (1.86GHz
1066MHz 50w)
-
43W1127 40K1274 3452 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5335 (2.0GHz 1333MHz
80w)
-
44T1714 44T1716 3357 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5405(2.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
42C9131 43W1144 3450 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor E5345 (2.33GHz
1333MHz 80w)
-
44T1734 44T1742 3362 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5420(2.50GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
44T1814 44T1816 3395 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5420 (2.50GHz 12MB
1333MHz 50W)
-
43W6086 - 3465 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5355 (2.66GHz
1333MHz 120w)
-
44T1722 44T1724 3358 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5430(2.66GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
44T1732 44T1740 3361 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5440(2.83GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
43W6131 - 3485 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5365 (3.0GHz 1333MHz
120W)
-
44T1726 44T1728 3359 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E5450(3.00GHz 12MB
1333MHz 80W)
-
44T1730 44T1738 3360 Addl Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processor X5460(3.16GHz 12MB
1333MHz 120W)
-
44T1810 44T1812 3396 Addl Dual Core Intel Xeon Processor L5240 (3.00GHz 6MB
1333MHz 40W)
-
44T1898 44T1899 33443096 Addl Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor L5408 (2.13GHz 12MB
1066MHz 40W)
-
Notes:
1. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket.
2. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket.
3. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler
installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper
airflow through the blade.
4. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket.
5. A terminator is not required.
Figure 1. BladeCenter HS21 (8853) planar
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 374

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 375

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description
39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5782 - 1GB Kit (2x 512MB DIMM) PC2 5300 DDR2 FBD CL4
39M5783 - 0542 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5785 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz
39M5789 - 0544 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5791 - 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz
39M5795 - 0556 4GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
- 39M5797 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FB-DIMM 667MHz

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration
E3Y, E4Y, E6Y, H1Y, L1Y, L2Y, L3Y, L4Y, L5Y, L6Y, NTY 2x 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
A1Y, A2Y, C1Y, C2Y, C3Y, C4Y, E1Y, E7Y, G1Y, G3Y, G4Y,
G5Y, G6Y, G7Y, GLY, J1Y, J2Y, R2Y, RLY
2x 1GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
E5Y, EHY, EQY, ERY, GNY 2x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
AMY, ANY, LMY 4x 2GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 376

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description Height Bays
Supported
Maximum
Qty

SAS HDDs
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State
Drive
2.5" 1, 2 2
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS
SFF
2.5" 1, 2 2
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap
SAS SFF
2.5" 1, 2 2
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS
10K 2.5" SFF NHS
2.5" 1, 2 2
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS
15K 2.5" SFF NHS
2.5" 1, 2 2

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 377

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description Form Factor

Networking
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
39Y6096 - 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller
1
-
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8752 39R8743 1680 IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2
2
-
- 172641X - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) -
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) -
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 -
Blade Server Expansion Cards
40K8918 - 2965 Voltaire 4x InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
42D1471 - 2966 Voltaire 4x DDR InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4431 43W4421 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
39Y9117 32R1896 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter -
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9185 39Y9186 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K4837 73P6000 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter StFF
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit 3e -
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II -
Associated Options
- 42C1600 - IBM BladeCenter Memory and I/O Blade -
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS -
43X0857 43X0853 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required.
2. IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II (P/N 25K8373) is required.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 378

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description

Power
- - - -
Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 379
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 380

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter LS21 (7971) at-a-glance
Part number
1
Withdrawal date
2
CPU/FSB speed
(GHz/MHz) -
cache
3
Number of
processors (std/
max)
Memory (std/
max)
3
System
Management
Processor
5
Integrated
ethernet
5
7971-31Y Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2212 HE
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-3AY Jun 29 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2212
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-51Y - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-6AY Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-21Y Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2210 HE
(1.8GHz 2x1MB L2
68W)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-2TY - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2210 EE
(1.8GHz 2x1MB L2
45W)
1/2 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-7AY - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2220
(2.8GHz 2x1MB L2
95W)
1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-8AY - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2222
(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2
95W)
1/2 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-E1Y - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2218 HE
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
68W)
2/2 4GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-61Y - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
1/2 2GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
7971-6MY - Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 2218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
2/2 8GB/ 32GB Y Dual 1Gb
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 381

Table 1. BladeCenter LS21 (7971) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Withdrawal date
2
Storage
controller
7
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
8
HDD (std/max) Expansion slots
9
7971-31Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-3AY Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-51Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-6AY Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-21Y Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-2TY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-7AY - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-8AY - SAS Fixed 1/146GB 0/1 2
7971-E1Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-61Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-61Y - SAS Fixed 0/146GB 0/1 2
7971-6MY - SAS Fixed 1/146GB 0/1 2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable
part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same
pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only.
Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides
three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a
128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller.
4. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile
(VLP) DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron
processor contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs.
5. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports Vulture 3
features which include monitoring the LS21 systems management
activity as well as communicating with the management module in
the BladeCenter.
6. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S Gigabit Ethernet Controllers
7. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller supporting one onboard
SAS Hard Disk Drive
8. Maximum internal storage capacity is
based on installation of one 146GB SAS HDD.
9. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that
attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap
SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD bays and two expansion
card slots for a total of three expansion card slots.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 382

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB
number
Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor
options
SMP
support
39R9221 25R8898 0680 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 31Y
39R9222 25R8931 0681 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 3AY
39R9223 25R8899 0682 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 51Y, E1Y
39R9224 25R8897 0683 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 6AY,6MY
43X0900 40K1263 2883 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 EE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W) 2TY
43X0901 40K1269 2882 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2210 HE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 21Y
44E5213 44E5246 2825 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 61Y
43X0902 40K1264 2881 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 7AY
44R4942 - 3072 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 8AY
SBB number Option
number
Feature
code
Additional processor options SMP
support
39R9228 25R8897 0471 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 6MY
39R9225 25R8898 0468 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) -
39R9227 25R8899 0470 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) E1Y
39R9226 25R8931 0469 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) -
43X0903 40K1263 1436 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2210 EE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 45W) -
43X0905 40K1264 1434 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) -
43X0904 40K1269 1435 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2210 HE (1.8GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) -
44E5214 44E5246 3462 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 2218 HE (2.6GHz 2X1MB L2 68W) -
44R4943 44R4946 3486 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 2222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 8AY
Note: If one processor is installed, if must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not
populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. If multiple processors are installed, they must
have the same set of features and functions. Mixing processors that have different values for their respective features is not allowed.

Note: Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an
Energy Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to
increased power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most
cases this represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W
processor will run at full speed in all chassis.
Figure 1. LS21 planar

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 383

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
39M5859 - 0548 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5861 - 1GB (2x 512MB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
39M5862 - 0549 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5864 - 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
39M5868 - 0551 4 GB VLP PC2-4200 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5870 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-4200 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
46C0506 - 3946 2 GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
1
- 46C0512 - 4GB (2x2GB) SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Each Opteron processor is responsible for four DIMMs. Memory must be populated
in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed.
Notes:
1. If selected, only SBB 46C0506 (FC 3946) is allowed in the system. This SBB cannot co-exist
with other memory in the same system.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std DIMM configuration
21Y, 2TY, 31Y, 3AY 2x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR2 DIMM
51Y, 6AY, 61Y, 7AY 2x 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
E1Y 2x 2 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
6MY 8x 1 GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
Figure 1. LS21 system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 384

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty

SAS HDDs
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 2.5" 1 1
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 2,3,4 3
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 1 1
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF
NHS
2.5" 1 1
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF
NHS
2.5" 1 1
Note:The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS21 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller and one onboard SFF SAS hard drive.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 385

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor

Networking
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
39Y6096 - 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
Blade server expansion cards
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
40K8918 - 2965 Voltaire 4x InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
42D1471 - 2966 Voltaire 4x DDR InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
43W4431 43W4421 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
39Y9117 32R1896 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter -
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9185 39Y9186 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter SFF
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
26K4837 73P6000 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
26R0885 26R0884 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer -
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter StFF
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit 3e -
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) -
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) -
Associated options
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS -
43X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 386

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS21 (7971)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 387
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 388
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 389

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter LS41 at-a-glance
Part
number
1
Withdrawal
date
2
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
3
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
4
System
Management
Processor
5
Integrated
ethernet
6
7972-31Y
10
Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8212 HE
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
1/4 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
7972-32Y
11
Jan 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8212 HE
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
2/4 2GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-3AY
10
Jun 29 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8212
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
1/4 1GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
7972-3BY
11
Jun 29 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8212
(2.0GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
2/4 2GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-51Y
10
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
1/4 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
7972-52Y
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
2/4 4GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-6AY
10
July 27 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
1/4 2GB/32GB Y Dual 1GB
7972-6BY
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8218
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
2/4 4GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-4TY
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8214 HE
(2.2GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
2/4 2GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-7AY
11
July 27 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8220
(2.8GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
1/4 2GB/64GB Y Dual 1GB
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 390
7972-7BY
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8220
(2.8GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
2/4 4GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-E2Y
10
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8216 HE
(2.4GHz 2x1MB L2
68w)
4/4 16GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-61Y
11
July 27 2007 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8218 HE
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
68W)
1/4 2GB/64GB Y Dual 1GB
7972-62Y
11
Apr 4 2008 Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8218 HE
(2.6GHz 2x1MB L2
68W)
2/4 4GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-7MY
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8220
(2.8GHz 2x1MB L2
95w)
4/4 16GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB
7972-8BY
11
- Dual Core AMD
Opteron Processor
Model 8222
(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2
95W)
2/4 4GB/64GB Y 2x Dual 1GB

Table 1. BladeCenter LS41 at-a-glance (continued)
Part number
1
Withdrawal date
2
Storage
controller
7
Internal HDD
interface
Internal HDD
storage (std/
max)
8
HDD (std/max) Expansion slots
9
7972-31Y
10
Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-32Y
11
Jan 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-3AY
10
Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-3BY
11
Jun 29 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-51Y
10
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-52Y
11
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-6AY
10
July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-6BY
11
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-4TY
11
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-7AY
11
July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-7BY
11
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-E2Y
10
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
7972-61Y
11
July 27 2007 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/1 3
7972-62Y
10
Apr 4 2008 SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/1 3
7972-7MY
11
- SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 3
7972-8BY
11
- SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 3
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available
variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed,
and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers
use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S.
orderable part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific
Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific
GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow
the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific
designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.
3. AMD Dual-Core Opteron processor with two 1MB L2 Cache, provides
three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a
128-bit high-performance DDR-2 SDRAM memory controller.
4. Memory subsystem is two-way interleaved, Very Low Profile (VLP)
DDR-2 SDRAMMs supporting chip kill technology. Each Opteron processor
contains the memory controller responsible for four DIMMs.
5. Integrated Service Processor subsystem supports features
which include monitoring the LS41 systems management activity as well
as communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.
6. Dual Broadcom BCM5706S TOE-enabled Gigabit Ethernet Controllers
on the base board and Dual Broadcom BCM5708S TOE-enabled Gigabit
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 391
Ethernet Controllers on the multiprocessor expansion unit.
7. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS Controller on the Base Processor Blade
to provide support for two SAS Hard Disk Drives, located on the Base
Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade.
8. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two
73GB SAS HDD.
9. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches
directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a
total of five HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of four
expansion card slots.
10. For maximum capacity, an optional Multiprocessor Expansion Blade
can attach directly to the base blade server to add support for two
additional AMD Opteron processors, eight memory DIMMs, one additional
SAS HDD, one legacy expansion card slot, and one blade expansion connector,
which supports high speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit.
11. The Multiprocessor Expansion Blade (P/N 25K5934) is a standard
component attached directly to the base blade server for maximum
capacity. It adds support for two additional AMD Opteron processors,
eight memory DIMMs, one additional SAS HDD, one legacy expansion
card slot, and one blade expansion connector which supports high
speed expansion cards or an optional expansion unit.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 392

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options SMP
support
39R9229 25R8934 0669 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 31Y,32Y
39R9230 25R8932 0670 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 3AY,3BY
43X0906 40K1265 2880 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8214 HE (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 4TY
39R9231 25R8935 0671 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) 51Y,52Y
E2Y
39R9232 - 0672 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 6AY,6BY
44E5215 44E5247 2826 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) 61Y, 62Y
43X0907 40K1266 2879 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 7AY,7BY
7MY
44R4947 - 3073 Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor Model 8222 (3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) 8BY
Additional Processor Options
39R9233 25R8934 0462 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8212 HE (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) -
39R9234 25R8932 0463 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8212 (2.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) -
43X0908 40K1265 1433 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8214 HE (2.2GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) -
39R9235 25R8935 0464 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8216 HE (2.4GHz 2x1MB L2 68w) E2Y
39R9236 - 0465 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8218 (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) -
43X0909 40K1266 1432 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8220 (2.8GHz 2x1MB L2 95w) 7MY
44R4948 - 3487 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Proc 8222(3.0GHz 2x1MB L2 95W) -
44E5216 44E5247 3463 Addl Dual Core AMD Opteron Processor 8218 HE (2.6GHz 2x1MB L2 68W) -
Note: If one processor is installed, if must be plugged into CPU 1 socket. The system will not be allowed to boot if the CPU 1 socket is not
populated. CPU 2 socket must contain a heatsink filler in order to maintain proper airflow. When the MPE is installed, the first processor
installed on the MPE must be plugged into the CPU 3 socket and CPU 4 socket must contain a heatsink filler if a processor is not installed.
If multiple processors are installed, they must have the same set of features and functions. Mixing of processors that have different
values for their respective features is not allowed.

Three different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: 95W version, Highly Efficient 68W version, and an Energy
Efficient 45W version. LS21 and LS41 systems that use the 95W processors are designed for the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased
power and thermal the 95W version will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this
represents a speed reduction of 400MHz. LS21 and LS41 systems using the Highly Efficient 68W or the Energy Efficient 45W processor will
run at full speed in all chassis.
Figure 1. LS41 planar

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 393

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
39M5859 - 0548 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5861 - 1GB (2x 512MB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
39M5862 - 0549 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5864 - 2GB (2x 1GB) PC2-5300 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
39M5868 - 0551 4GB VLP PC2-4200 DDR-2 DIMM
- 39M5870 - 8GB (2x 4GB) PC2-4200 CL4 ECC DDR2 SDRAM VLP RDIMM
46C0506 - 3946 2 GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
1
- 46C0512 - 4GB (2x2GB) SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
Note: The memory subsystem is two-way interleaved. Each Opteron processor is responsible for four DIMMs. Memory must be populated
in pairs of two identical DIMMs per processor installed.
Note:
1. If selected, only SBB 46C0506 (FC 3946) is allowed in the system. This SBB cannot co-exist
with other memory in the same system.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std DIMM configuration
31Y,3AY 2x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
32Y, 3BY, 4TY 4x 512MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
51Y, 6AY, 7AY, 61Y 2x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
52Y, 6BY, 7BY, 62Y 4x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
E2Y 8x 2GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
7MY 16x 1GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
Figure 1. LS41 system board

Click image to enlarge

Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 394

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 395

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty

SAS HDDs
43W7619 43W7618 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive 2.5" 1 1
39R7393 - 5153 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 3,4,5 3
26K5781 26K5777 5298 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF 2.5" 1, 2 2
42D0423 42D0421 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF
NHS
2.5" 1, 2 2
43X0849 43X0845 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF
NHS
2.5" 1, 2 2
Note: The Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) subsystem in the LS41 consists of the LSI 1064 SAS controller on the Base Processor Blade,
providing support to the SAS connectors located on the Processor Blade and in the Multiprocessor Expansion Blade, to support up to two
onboard SFF SAS hard drives.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 396

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor

Networking
39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
39Y6096 - 1489 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X -
Blade server expansion cards
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
40K8918 - 2965 Voltaire 4x InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
42D1471 - 2966 Voltaire 4x DDR InfiniBand HCA for BladeCenter -
39Y9117 32R1896 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter -
43W4431 43W4421 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W6861 43W6859 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9185 39Y9186 2925 Emulex 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter SFF
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K5942 26K5939 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter -
26K4837 73P6000 1546 Myrinet Cluster Exp. Card StFF
39Y9116 32R1923 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter StFF
26R0885 26R0884 1581 QLogic 4Gb Standard Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer -
26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF
39Y9305 39Y9306 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
26K4843 39R8624 1548 SFF Gb Ethernet Exp. Card SFF
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
- 43W4391 - PCI Extended Unit for PCI-e for BladeCenter -
31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade -
26K5941 26K5934 4266 AMD Opteron LS41 Multiprocessor Expansion Unit -
Storage controllers
25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) -
39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) -
Associated options
43X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS -
43X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS -
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 397

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter LS41 (7972)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Rack Console Connectivity
- 17353LX - IBM 1x8 Console Switch
- 17354LX - IBM 2x16 Console Switch






















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 398
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 399
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 400
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 401

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter QS21 (0792) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
System
Management
Processor
(Std/Max)
Integrated
ethernet
0792-32Y 2-way CBE, 10KE
technology(90nm) 3.2
GHz core frequency
2/2 2GB/2GB 2/2 Dual 1GB

Table 1. BladeCenter QS21 (0792) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(Std/Max)
HDD bays
(Std/Max)
Expansion
slots
(Std/Max)
0792-32Y - - - - 2/2

Figure 1. BladeCenter QS21 (0792) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 402

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options SMP
support




















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 403

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
- - - -

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
- -


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 404

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

SAS HDDs
- - - - - - -


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 405

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor
- - - - -
Blade Server Expansion Cards
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF
39Y9189 - 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form
Factor.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.



















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 406

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS21 (0792)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power supplies
- - - -


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 407
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 408

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options

Table 1. BladeCenter QS22 (0793) at-a-glance
Part
number
1
CPU/FSB
speed
(GHz/MHz)
- cache
Number of
processors
(std/max)
Memory
(std/max)
System
Management
Processor
(Std/Max)
Integrated
ethernet
0793-38Y Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S)
operated at 3.2GHz core speed
2/2 8GB/8GB Y Dual GB
0793-40Y Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S)
operated at 3.2GHz core speed
2/2 16GB/32GB Y Dual GB

Table 1. BladeCenter QS22 (0793) at-a-glance (continued)
Part
number
1
Storage
controller
Internal
HDD
interface
Internal
HDD
storage
(Std/Max)
HDD bays
(Std/Max)
Expansion
slots
(Std/Max)
0793-38Y - - - - 0/2
0793-40Y - - - - 0/2

Figure 1. BladeCenter QS22 (0793) system board

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 409

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Processor options SMP
support

Standard processor
- - - - -
Additional processors
- - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 410

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
1
46C0500 - 3952 1GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x8 DIMM
46C0503 - 3953 2GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x8 DIMM
46C0504 - 3954 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x4 DIMM
- 46C0501 - 2GB (2 x 1 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x8 DIMM
2
- 46C0510 - 8GB (2 x 4 GB) VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x4 DIMM
Note: IBM BladeCenter QS22 has eight DIMM sockets for processor memory (options listed above) and two DIMM sockets for special
purpose I/O buffer memory. The function of I/O buffer memory is unlike processor memory in that applications must be written or
modified to utilize these memory DIMMs which are accessed via the IBM I/O bridge chips on QS22.
Notes:
1. Highest memory bandwidth and optimal performance can be
achieved when all eight memory DIMM sockets are populated.
For base models with less than eight DIMMs installed
(ie, 0793-40Y), it is strongly recommended that option memory
is added such that all memory DIMM sockets are used.
2. This processor memory may also be used as optional I/O buffer
memory if purchased as an option. This option includes two
1GB DIMMs that can be plugged into the two available
I/O buffer memory sockets on QS22.

Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration
38Y 8 X 1GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x8 DIMM
40Y 4 X 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 x4 DIMM


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 411

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum
quantity

SAS HDDs
- - - - - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.


















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 412

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information |

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor

Networking
39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv
39Y9270 39Y9271 2967 NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
32R1761 32R1760 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSEC
or CFFh
43W4430 43W4420 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4431 43W4421 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Note: Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion
Card.
The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion
card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the
PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in
the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot
be installed.


Slot Type Bus Voltage
(V)
Frequency
MHZ
Data
path
Active
PCI
Slot
length
Scan
sequence
Slot 1: Blade onboard PCI-x
legacy connector
PCI-x std PCI-x 3.3 100MHz 64 - CFFv
or SFF
-
Slot 2: Blade onboard PCI-e high-
speed connector
PCI-e std PCI-e,
2 times x8 PCI-e
- 2.5GHz
per lane
64 - CFFh
or HSEC
-
Slot 3: PEU III - - - - - - - -

















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 413

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

At-A-Glance Options
Processor | Memory | HDD | I/O | Additional information
|

SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description

Power supplies
- - - -
Notes:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release
as they become available.

















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 414
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 415

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Blade server storage and I/O expansion blade

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Table 1. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Form factor Slots
supported
Maximum
quantity
31R2266 39R7563
2
4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade - - -
Hot-Swap SAS HDDs
- 43X0853
3
- 73GB SAS 15K BSE-3 2.5" 1, 2, 3 3 per SIO
- 43X0832
3
- 146GB SAS 10K SFF BSE-3 2.5" 1, 2, 3 3 per SIO
39R7393 39R7389
3
5153 73GB 10K SAS SFF HS HDD 2.5" 1, 2, 3 3 per SIO
Blade Server RAID Adapter
4

25R8077 25R8064 1670 IBM ServeRAID-8k SAS Controller - - 1
Notes:
1. Embedded support is provided for RAID levels 0 and 1.
2. Option is supported on the BladeCenter HS21 XM(7995), HS21
(8853), LS21 (7971), and LS41 (7972). Supports up to three
2.5" SAS Hotswap HDDs.
3. Options apply to IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
4. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in a
BladeCenter chassis. Refer to BladeCenter chassis I/O Options
for more information. ServeRAID-8k replaces the standard
ServeRAID-8k-l.
Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1


Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 416

Click image to enlarge

Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3


Click image to enlarge

Table 3. BladeCenter PCI Expansion Unit II
SBB number Option
number
Feature
codes
Description
32R0792 25K8373 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI Expansion Unit II
PCI expansion Unit II
24P0963 24P0960 1650 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter
71P8614 71P8594 1652 Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller
31P9605 - 1512 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel
32P9296 22P7801 1501 NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet Adapter
31P6305 31P6301 1502 NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)
32P9298 31P6401 1503 NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet Adapter (copper)
Note: The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one
BladeCenter slot. The expansion unit attaches to the blade server and both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a
single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
Notes:
1. PCI adapter options for the BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit.
PCI adapters in the unit provide external connections only.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 417
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 418
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 419
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 420

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950

The IBM Datacenter Solution Program is a comprehensive set of hardware,
software, and service offerings intended to deliver true enterprise computing
solutions based on the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Datacenter Edition
operating systems. The IBM System x3950 supports 4-socket to 32-socket
Datacenter solutions.
IBM offers two separate Datacenter solutions. The Datacenter Unlimited
Virtualization (UV) offering for stand-alone server solutions and the
Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization with High Availability (UVHA) Program
for Datacenter tested and supported cluster configurations including storage.
The IBM Datacenter Solutions include Microsoft-certified hardware, Windows
Datacenter Server operating systems and onsite services and remote support
offerings through System x Lab Services and IBM Global Technology Services
(GTS). Microsoft Software Assurance is available for MS WS Datacenter
upgrades and updates.
In addition to the configuration information on the following pages, the IBM
Datacenter Solution Program includes the following services. The service
offerings must be contracted separately, and are required with the Datacenter
UVHA offerings. An Expert Solutions Assurance Review (SAR) must be
conducted by IBM or a IBM Business Partner to ensure that the configuration
being ordered is valid and complete prior to placing any orders.
The product content described herein is consistent worldwide; however,
there may be some variance in IBM part numbers outside of the US and
Canada. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative
for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
Datacenter customers purchasing 4-socket through 32-socket Datacenter
solutions with intentions of later partitioning their Datacenter servers
into smaller servers should order more than one x3950 server in their
original purchase. The Datacenter OS is shipped with the x3950 server only
and not the x3950E. The x3950E Expansion unit includes only the Datacenter
OS license. For example, if a customer purchasing a 16-way stand-alone
server would like to later partition the server into two 8-way servers,
they should purchase two x3950 servers and two x3950E Expansion units.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 421

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
Software
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Datacenter Edition or Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2, Datacenter x64 Edition is included with the designated
x3950 Datacenter servers. x3950 Datacenter UV and UVHA offerings include
the IBM certified "Drop in the box" MS Datacenter OS to be installed post-
delivery (4-socket license). MS Datacenter solutions/licenses are offered
to support 4-socket through 32-socket solutions. The x3950E Datacenter
Expansion Unit has no physical Datacenter OS installed or shipped separately.
Each x3950E is shipped with a Certificate of Authenticity (COA) for a 4-socket
Datacenter license (Five Client Access Licenses (CAL) are included. Additional
CAL must be purchased separately from Microsoft).
1

Required services for Datacenter UVHA offerings
All Datacenter UVHA configurations are to be validated by IBM
technical support prior to an Expert Solutions Assurance Review
Expert Solutions Assurance Review
2
Installation and Integration Support Contract with System
x lab Services (xLS)
Remote Support Contract with Global Technology Services (GTS)
Limited Warranty service with 24x7 same day response
3
A Microsoft Software Assurance Contract is required for
Datacenter OS Upgrades and OS Maintenance

IBM optional support services for Datacenter UV offerings
Contracted Onsite installation and Integration by IBM (xLS)
Contracted Remote Software Support by IBM (GTS)
Warranty upgrade (24x7x2 hour response)

IBM optional support services for Datacenter UV and UVHA offerings
Testing Services - proof of concept, assessment, design and planning
Custom services for unique requirements provided by IGS

Note: A Datacenter node represents a single instance of the operating
system, regardless of the number of chassis in the configuration.

Note:
1. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding non-IBM
products or services. These products are offered and warranted by
third parties.
2. IBM provides this service standard for all Datacenter sales
directly through IBM. Business Partners will also perform this
service but may choose to charge a fee.
3. For information on IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call
1-800-772-2227 or contact your IBM representative or reseller.
Copies are available upon request. International Warranty Service
available in those countries where the particular product is sold by IBM
or IBM Business Partners. With respect to onsite service, IBM sends
a technician after attempting to resolve the problem remotely.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 422

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950


Click image to enlarge








Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 423

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.


Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.

System x3950 scalable diagrams
Note: The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not
be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business
Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific
configuration requirements.

Figure 1. System x3950 Single Node 8-way Configuration


Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. x3950 Single Node 16-way Configuration

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 424

Click image to enlarge

Figure 3. 2 Node, 32-way Configuration


Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 425

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail.
solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.
The Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization with High Availability (UVHA)
Program Offering delivers a fully configured, Datacenter-certified,
IBM-installed hardware and operating system solution for a tightly-
controlled high availability environment.

Table 1. Single-Node Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization with High Availability Solutions
The Datacenter UVHA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional Datacenter
certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.

Total
Quantities

Option
number
Feature
code
SEO Description Single Node
Select one of the following

Quad Core Processors
71413AY - 71413AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1
71414AY - 71414AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1
71413BY - 71413BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1
71414BY - 71414BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1
Select appropriate additional node(s)
5

71413AY - 71413AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
0
71414AY - 71414AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
0
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 426
71413BY - 71413BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
0
71414BY - 71414BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
0

Scalability kit
6

44E4294 4896 - Scalability Cable 3.08m 0
44E4293 4895 - Scalability Cable 3.26m 0
Select appropriate processor
4,3

- 3475 - Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
2
- 3474 - Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
2
Select memory
5,6

30R5145 0535 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit -
39M5809 0552 - 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM
RDIMM (512Mb)
-
39M5812 0553 - 4GB (2x2GB Kit - 8GB Max Memory) PC2-3200 CL3
Double Rank ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
-
Select the following as required
41Y5000 4338 - 4-DIMM DDR2 Memory Card
7
- - -
Select the following -
43W4280 3557 - ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller -
Select HDDs
40K1052 5159 - 73GB 10K 2.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD -
43X0824 5534 - 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD -
43X0837 5543 - IBM Server 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS -

Select the following
8

39R6525 3567 - QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x -
39R6527 3568 - QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x -

Select the following
9

- - - Customer-supplied Ethernet cable 1
Note: Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply.

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a two-node, 16-way configuration will consist of two
System x3950 servers. A four-node 16-way configuration will consist of four System x3950 servers.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution
Assurance Approval.
2. Order cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects chassis
in a node together for scalability.
3. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number of
processors.
4. All processors in the solution must match.
5. x3950 Datacenter models have eight (8) 1GB DIMMs standard.
6. Datacenter models ship standard with four memory cards.
7. Memory installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card,
until four cards are populated.
8. Minimum two required per primary server (x3950) for load balancing
and redundancy. Optional for x3950 E.
9. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected together
via an ethernet network.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 427

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail.
solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.
The Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization with High Availability (UVHA)
Program Offering delivers a fully configured, Datacenter-certified,
IBM-installed hardware and operating system solution for a tightly-
controlled high availability environment.

Table 1. Multi-Node Configurations (two and four node examples)
1, 2
The Datacenter UVHA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional
Datacenter certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required
Service Offerings' table.

Total Quantities
Option
number
Feature
code
SEO Description 2 Node 8-
way
3 Node 12-
way
3
4 Node 16-
way
3
Select one of the following
4


Quad Core Processors
71413AY - 71413AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1 1 1
71414AY - 71414AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1 1 1
71413BY - 71413BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1 1 1
71414BY - 71414BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1 1 1
Select appropriate additional node(s)
5

71413AY - 71413AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1 2 3
71414AY - 71414AY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 32-bit
1 2 3
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 428
71413BY - 71413BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC Unlimited
Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1 2 3
71414BY - 71414BY 2 x Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w), 8GB Mem, open-bay, MS DTC
Unlimited Virtualization w/ High Availability (HA) 64-bit
1 2 3

Scalability kit
6

44E4294 4896 - Scalability Cable 3.08m 2 3 4
44E4293 4895 - Scalability Cable 3.26m 0 0 2
Select appropriate processor
7,8

- 3475 - Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor X7350 (2.93GHz
8MB L2 130w)
8 16 24
- 3474 - Addl. Quad Core Intel Xeon Processor E7330 (2.40GHz
6MB L2 80w)
8 16 24
Select memory
9,10

30R5145 0535 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit - - -
39M5809 0552 - 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM
RDIMM (512Mb)
- - -
39M5812 0553 - 4GB (2x2GB Kit - 8GB Max Memory) PC2-3200 CL3
Double Rank ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
- - -
Select the following as required
41Y5000 4338 - 4-DIMM DDR2 Memory Card
9,10,11
- - -
Select the following -
43W4280 3557 - ServeRAID-MR10k SAS/SATA Controller - - -
Select HDDs
12

40K1052 5159 - 73GB 10K 2.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - -
43X0824 5534 - 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -
43X0837 5543 - IBM Server 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS - - -

Select the following
13

39R6525 3567 - QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x - - -
39R6527 3568 - QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x - - -

Select the following
14

- - - Customer-supplied Ethernet cable 4 8 8
Note: Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply.

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a two-node, 16-way configuration will consist of two
System x3950 servers. A four-node 16-way configuration will consist of four System x3950 servers.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. Multi-node configurations are essentially single-node configurations
clustered together. Hardware/software that would be necessary for
clustering is not covered here.
3. January 2008 announcement is for 2 Node Datacenter solutions.
Three and four node solutions will be available later in 2008.
4. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will
reside on this server.
5. Select based on primary server selected.
6. Order cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects
chassis in a node together for scalability.
7. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number
of processors.
8. All processors in the solution must match.
9. x3950 Datacenter models have eight (8) 1GB DIMMs standard.
10. Datacenter models ship standard with four memory cards.
11. Memory installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card,
until four cards are populated.
12. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x3950)
for OS. HDDs are optional for x3950 Es. Max = 6 HDDs per chassis.
13. Minimum two required per primary server (x3950) for load
balancing and redundancy. Optional for x3950 E.
14. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected together via
an ethernet network.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 429

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.

Table 1. Datacenter unlimited virtualization with high availability solutions additional options
1
Additional certified options for use with IBM Datacenter solutions
Option
Number
Feature
code
SEO MTM Description Comment
Can be attached to both x3950 and
x3950E. Please refer to the System
x3950 section for disk system
compatibility.

Disk Systems

I/O Controllers
39Y6088 1487 - - NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet
Adapter
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
73P5101 1579 - - PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel- PCI-X
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
73P5201 1580 - - PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter
by Intel- PCI-X
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
30R5001 1566 - - IBM 10GB Ethernet Adapter Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
Racks
93084RX 1045 - 93084RX NetBAY42 ER Enterprise Rack Cabinet -
42u standalone/primary
-
93084XX 1046 - 93084XX NetBAY42 EX Enterprise Expansion
Cabinet - 42u expansion
-
Note: Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply. Refer to the x3950 sections of the Configuration and Options Guide (COG) for supported external options such as keyboards, mice,
UPS and switches. Refer to the External Storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration. Refer to the Rack Cabinets
and Options section for rack options.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 430

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.
The Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization (UV) Program Offering delivers a
Datacenter Solution that meets Microsoft Datacenter certification
requirements in a non-cluster environment giving the customer greater
freedom in choosing I/O and other system components.

Table 1. Datacenter Unlimited Virtualization Configurations
1
The Datacenter UV Solutions will contain at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities. Additional Datacenter
certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.

Total quantities
Option
number
Feature
code
SEO Description 4-way 8-way 16-way 32-way
Select one of the following
2,3


Dual Core Processors
88783DY - 88783DY 4 x Dual Core 3.16GHz 8MB L3 Cache
Xeon MP, 4GB Mem w/2 mem cd,
openbay, 32-bit WS03 R2, UV HA DC
1 1 1 1
88783EY - 88783EY 4 x Dual Core 3.16GHz 8MB L3 Cache
Xeon MP, 4GB Mem w/2 mem cd,
openbay, 64-bit WS03 R2, UV HA DC
1 1 1 1
88785DY - 88785DY 4 x Dual Core 3.5 GHz 16MB L3 Cache
Xeon MP, 4GB Mem w/4 mem cd,
openbay, 32-bit WS03 R2, UV HA DC
1 1 1 1
88785EY - 88785EY 4 x Dual Core 3.5 GHz 16MB L3 Cache
Xeon MP, 4GB Mem w/4 mem cd,
openbay, 64-bit WS03 R2, UV HA DC
1 1 1 1
Select appropriate expansion
enclosure
4

88791DY - 88791DY x3950E 8879 with Dual Core 4-way 32-
bit UV HA COA
0 1 3 7
88791EY - 88791EY x3950E 8879 with Dual Core 4-way 32-
bit UV HA COA
0 1 3 7
Scalability kit
5

13M7414 4236 - 2.3m Scalability Cable 0 2 6 8
13M7416 4237 - 2.9m Scalability Cable 0 0 0 4

Select appropriate processor
6,7

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 431
40K1261 1341 - Intel Xeon Processor 7130N (3.16GHz
8MB L3 Dual Core)
0 4 12 28
43V4553 2807 - Intel Xeon Processor 7150N (3.5GHz
16MB L3 Dual Core)
0 4 12 28
Select memory
8,9
Min=4GB Min=8GB Min=16GB Min=32GB
30R5145 0535 - 8GB (2x4GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2
RDIMM Kit
- - - -
39M5809 0552 - 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC
DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)
- - - -
39M5812 0553 - 4GB (2x2GB Kit - 8GB Max Memory)
PC2-3200 CL3 Double Rank ECC DDR2
SDRAM RDIMM
- - - -
Select the following as required
8,9,10

41Y5000 4338 - 4-DIMM DDR2 Memory Card - - - -
Select HDDs
11
Min=2GB Min=2GB Min=2GB Min=2GB
40K1052 5159 - 73GB 10K 2.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - - - -
Select the following
12

- - - Ethernet Cable 1 2 4 8
Note: Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply.

Note:A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a single-node, 16-way configuration will consist of one
x3950 and three x3950E systems.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. The Datacenter OS is not preloaded but is provided "in-box"
with each Scalable DC model.
3. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will
reside on this server.
4. Select based on primary server selected. x3950E COA must match
the selected x3950 OS.
5. Order both cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects
chassis in a node together for scalability.
6. x3950 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number
of processors. The x3950E systems have zero processors standard.
7. All processors in the solution must match. Select processors for
x3950E based on the processor installed in the primary x3950. Select
in quantities of four per x3950E.
8. Scalable x3950 Datacenter models have two 2GB DIMMs standard.
x3950E Datacenter models have zero DIMMs standard. Minimum of two
DIMMs (one option kit) equating to 4GB required per chassis. Each
chassis must contain the same memory configuration.
9. All Datacenter model 8878-3XY ships standard with
two memory cards. Datacenter model 8878-5XY ships standard with
four memory cards. Datacenter model 8879-1XY ships standard with
two memory cards.Each memory card supports four DIMMs. A Max of
four cards are supported per chassis.
10. Memory can be installed using one of two methodologies: Performance
installation or cost-effective installation. Performance
installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card, until four
cards are installed, before adding a second pair of DIMMs to a card.
Cost-effective installation fully populates each memory card before
adding additional cards.
11. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x3950) for
OS. HDDs are optional for x3950E. A maximum of six HDDs per chassis
is possible.
12. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection.
The service processors of all chassis must be connected
together via an ethernet network.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 432

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Datacenter solution program

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Datacenter Software Solutions System x3950
| Single node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Multi-node Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization w/ high avail. solutions addtl. opts.
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions
| Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions addtl opts.

Table 1. Datacenter unlimited virtualization solutions additional options
1
Additional certified options for use with IBM Datacenter solutions
Option
number
Feature
code
SEO MTM Description Comment
Can be attached to both x3950 and
x3950 E. Please refer to the System
x3950 section for disk system
compatibility.

Disk Systems

I/O Controllers
39M5895 3551 - - DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
39M5894 3550 - - DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
39Y6088 1487 - - NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter -
PCI-X
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
73P5101 1579 - - PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel - PCI-X
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
73P5201 1580 - - PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter
by Intel - PCI-X
Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
30R5001 1566 - - IBM 10GB Ethernet Adapter Can be installed in x3950 or x3950E
Racks
93084RX - - 93084RX NetBAY42 ER Enterprise Rack Cabinet -
42u standalone/primary
-
93084XX - - 93084XX NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack
Cabinet - 42u expansion
-
Note:Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing install fees that may
apply.

Note:Refer to the x3950 sections of the COG for supported external options such as keyboards, mice, UPS and switches. Refer to the
external storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration. Refer to the Rack section for rack options.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM
Solution Assurance Approval.
2. A maximum of two ServeRAID 8i controllers is allowed per
Datacenter node (each instance of the operating system). One
of the two ServeRAID 8i controllers must be installed in the
x3950. The other ServeRAID 8i controller can be installed in
an x3950E to fit your configuration.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 433
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 434
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 435
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 436
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 437

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

System x operating system offerings

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

All OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware. If the
hardware is bought directly from IBM, Microsoft offerings must
be purchased integrated within new hardware. The eBusiness
Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware
Configurator, used in US and Canada should be used to specify
the four-digit Microsoft feature code that must be chosen to
intergrate into a new server configuration. All OS offerings
may also be available from IBM Business Partners. Subscription
offerings from Red Hat and SUSE may be purchased without new
IBM hardware when renewing an offering subscription that was
initially purchased from IBM.
IBM Systems Group offers Operating Systems (OS) on System x and
BladeCenter servers. IBM OS offerings are made available on a server
after rigorous testing is completed to assure that they are reliable
solutions. Purchasing the OS with new hardware is a convenient and
cost-effective way to deploy new hardware. Some Microsoft OS offerings
are available pre-installed on the server. All other offerings must
be installed by the customer.
The following chart shows which OS offerings are available for each
System x server or chassis.
System x Operating Systems offerings
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating System (NOS)
offerings
x3200
(4362,
4363)
x3200 M2
(4367,
4368)
x3250
(4364,
4365)
x3250 M2
(4190,
4194)

System withdrawal date Jun 5, 2008 - Jul 1, 2008 -
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 438
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr
Subscription
X X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr
Subscription
X X X X
48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr
Subscription
X X X X
48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr
Subscription
X X X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - Windows 2003 Server,Standard Edition R2 X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Small Business Server, Standard
Edition R2
X X
- - Windows 2003 Small Business Server, Premium
Edition R2
X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard x64
Edition
X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise x64 Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X X X
- - Microsoft Windows Compute Cluster Server X
- - Microsoft Compute Cluster Edition X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor,
5 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor,
5 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X

System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating
System (NOS) offerings
x3350
(4192,
4193)
x3400
(7973,
7974)
x3400
(7975,
7976)
x3455
(7940,
7984)
x3500
(7977)
x3550
(7978)

System withdrawal date - - - Jul 8, 2008
(7984 only)
- -
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 439
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
HPCC 4 pack Red Hat
Basic Support Subscription
up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
HPCC 4 pack Red Hat
Basic Support Subscription
up to 2 Socket 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1-32 Sockets with
1 yr Subscription
X X X X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1-32 Sockets with
3 yr Subscription
X X X X X X
48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1 Socket with 1 yr
Subscription
X
48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1 Socket with 3 yr
Subscription
X
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - Windows 2003 Server,
Standard Edition R2
X X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2,
Enterprise Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Small
Business Server, Standard
Edition R2
X X X
- - Windows 2003 Small
Business Server, Premium
Edition R2
X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server
2003 R2, Standard x64
Edition
X X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2,
Enterprise x64 Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X X X X X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 440
- - Windows Server 2008
Standard (32-bit, 1-4
Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Standard (64-bit, 1-4
Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X X X

System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings x3650
(7979)
x3655
(7943,
7985)
x3755
(7163,
8877)
x3800
(8866)

System withdrawal date - Jul 8, 2008
(7985 only)
- May 30,
2008
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic
Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr
Subscription
X X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr
Subscription
X X X X
4812S1U 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X
4812S2U 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X
4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year
4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - Windows 2003 Server,Standard Edition R2 X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 441
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise Edition (1-8
Processor)
X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard x64
Edition
X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise x64 Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise x64 Edition (1-8
Processor)
X X
- - Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X
- - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X X
- - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X X
- - Microsoft Windows Compute Cluster Server X X X
- - Microsoft Compute Cluster Edition X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor,
5 CAL)
X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor,
5 CAL)
X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X

System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating System (NOS)
offerings
x3850 (8864) x3950 (8878) x3850M2
7141 AC1/
MC1
x3950M2
7141 AC2/
MC2

System withdrawal date Feb 29, 2008 Apr 4, 2008 - -
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced
Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red
Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4
Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red
Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4
Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32
Sockets with 1 yr Subscription
X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32
Sockets with 3 yr Subscription
X X X
4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support
1 year
X
4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support
1 year
X
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - VMware ESX Server 3i image only X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i license only X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr
Subscription - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr
Subscription - 4 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 442
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to
Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
- - Windows 2003 Server,Standard Edition R2 X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise
Edition (1-8 Processor)
X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2,
Standard x64 Edition
X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2, Enterprise x64
Edition (1-8 Processor)
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-
4 Processor, 5 CAL)
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-
8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-
4 Processor, 5 CAL)
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-
8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X
- - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X
- - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X
Notes:
1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer.
2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware.
3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a
subscription that was previously purchased from IBM.
4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support
must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical
Support or IBM Support Line.
5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be
configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or
XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased
from IBM Business Partners.

System x Operating Systems offerings
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating System (NOS)
offerings
BC T
(8720)
BC T
(8730)
BC HT DC
(8740)
BC HT DC
(8750)
BC chassis
(8677)

System withdrawal date - - - - -
4815CQB 42C6555 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for
BladeCenter Chassis with 1 yr
Subscription
X
4815CRB 42C6556 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for
BladeCenter Chassis with 3 yr
Subscription
X
4815TQU 42C6557 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for
BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 1 yr
Subscription
X X
4815TRU 42C6558 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for
BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 3 yr
Subscription
X X

System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating
System (NOS) offerings
BC H
(8852)
BC HS20
(8843)
BC HS21
XM (7995)
BC HS21
(8853)
BC HS12
(8014)
BC HS12
(8028)

System withdrawal date - Apr 4, 2008 - - - -
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 443
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Standard Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Advanced Platform
Premium Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Standard
Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
up to 2 Sockets Premium
Red Hat Support 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
HPCC 4 pack Red Hat
Basic Support Subscription
up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux
HPCC 4 pack Red Hat
Basic Support Subscription
up to 2 Socket 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X X X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1-32 Sockets with
1 yr Subscription
X X X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1-32 Sockets with
3 yr Subscription
X X X X X
4815CQB 42C6555 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server for BladeCenter
Chassis with 1 yr
Subscription
X
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 444
4815CRB 42C6556 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server for BladeCenter
Chassis with 3 yr
Subscription
X
4812S1U 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets
Standard Sun Support 1
year
X
4812S2U 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets
Premium Sun Support 1
year
X
48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1 Socket with 1 yr
Subscription
X X
48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise
Server 1 Socket with 3 yr
Subscription
X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - VMware ESX Server 3i
image only
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i
license only
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i with
3 Yr Subscription - 2
Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i with
3 Yr Subscription - 4
Sockets
X
- - 'VMware ESX Server 3i
Plus Upgr to Foundation
w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus
Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr
Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus
Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr
Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - Windows 2003 Server,
Standard Edition R2
X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2,
Enterprise Edition (1-2
Processor) (CD)
X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Small
Business Server, Standard
Edition R2
X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server
2003 R2, Standard x64
Edition
X X X X X
- - Windows 2003 Server R2,
Enterprise x64 Edition (1-2
Processor)
X X X X X
- - Solaris 1-2 Sockets
Standard Sun Support 1
year
X
- - Windows Server 2008
Standard (32-bit, 1-4
Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Standard (64-bit, 1-4
Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008
Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8
Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X
- - Solaris Standard Sun
Support 1 Yr
X
- - Solaris Premium Sun
Support 1 Yr
X

System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
Option
number
Canadian
Option
Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings BC LS20
(8850)
BC LS21
(7971)
BC LS41
(7972)

System withdrawal date Jan 4, 2008 - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 445
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1
yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1
yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3
yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3
yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr
(Multilanguage)
X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat
Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat
Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat
Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat
Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support
1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support
Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support
Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support
Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support
Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription X X X
4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X
4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support
3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support
Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings
- - Microsoft Windows 2003 R2 Server,Standard Edition X X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition X X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard x64 Edition X X X
- - Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X
- - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X
- - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X
Notes:
1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer.
2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware.
3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a
subscription that was previously purchased from IBM.
4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support
must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical
Support or IBM Support Line.
5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be
configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or
XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased
from IBM Business Partners.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 446

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

IBM and third party software applications

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Check with your IBM representative to verify application
software availability for your system. IBM makes no representations
or warranties regarding third-party products or services. Some
software may differ from its retail version (if available) and may
not include user manuals or all program functionality. Software License
agreements may apply.
Table 1. IBM Director
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
IBM Director
Director is provided with all System x servers. Director Agent is provided with all System x, IntelliStations and NetVista systems. Features
Include:
Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and management
processor.
Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics.
Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, MOM, BMC or NetIQ.
Director v5.20
42D8233 43W6532 IBM Director 5.20 Media Package
43W6520 43W6524 IBM Director 5.20 per Agent License with 1 Year Subscription
43W6521 43W6525 IBM Director 5.20 per Server License with 1 Year Subscription
Capacity Manager v5.20
42D8812 43W6537 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 Media Package
43W6522 43W6526 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
Software Distribution Premium Edition v5.20
43W6523 43W6527 IBM Director Soft Dist Premium Edition 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
42D8817 43W6542 IBM Director Software Distribution Premium Edition 5.20 Media Package
Director v5.10
32R1223 42C6448 IBM Director 5.10 per Server License with 1 Year Subscription
32R1224 42C6447 IBM Director 5.10 per Agent License with 1 Year Subscription
32R1227 42C6541 IBM Director 5.10 Media Package
Capacity Manager v5.10
32R1225 42C6450 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.10 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
32R1230 42C6542 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.10 Media Package
Software Distribution Premium Edition v5.10
32R1226 42C6452 IBM Director Soft Dist Premium Edition 5.10 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
32R1233 42C6543 IBM Director Software Distribution Premium Edition 5.10 Media Package
Active Energy Manager v3.1
44W3911 46C0229 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 (CD Media Pack)
44W3914 44W3914 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription After License)
44W3913 44W3913 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
46C0219 46C0220 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (License + 1 year subscription)
Virtual Availability Management v1.1
44E7895 44E7895 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After
License)
44E7893 44E7893 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
44E7896 44E7896 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After
License)
44E7894 44E7894 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)
44R9093 44R9094 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year
subscription)
44E7891 44R9102 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Virtual Image Management v1.1
44E7889 44E7889 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License)
44E7887 44E7887 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
44E7890 44E7890 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License)
44E7888 44E7888 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 447
44R9091 44R9092 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription)
44E7885 44R9101 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Usage and Accounting Manager v7.1
44W3983 44W3983 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year
Subscription After License)
44W3982 44W3982 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year
Subscription Renewal)
46C0000 46C0002 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (License + 1 year
subscription)
44E8017 46C0001 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x Media Package
Usage and Accounting Manager v6.1
42D8850 42C6540 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager - 6.1 Media Pack
42D8849 42C6535 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager 6.1 - System License + 1 Year Subscription
Usage and Accounting Manager v5.1
42C4658 42C6545 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager - 5.1 Media Pack
42C4657 42C6464 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager 5.1 - System License + 1 Year Subscription
Subscription services
25K8633 25K8633 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
25K8634 25K8634 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8635 25K8635 IBM Director Agent - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
44R9103 44R9103 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
39Y5183 39Y5183 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
39Y5182 39Y5182 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
25K8631 25K8631 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8632 25K8632 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
25K8630 25K8630 IBM Director Server - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
25K8641 25K8641 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
44R9104 44R9104 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
25K8639 25K8639 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year

Table 2. Remote Deployment Manager
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
Remote Deployment Manager
Features Include:
Remote replication of system installations
Remote unattended system deployment
Updating system and option firmware
Rapid image backup and restore technology
Remote Deployment Manager v4.4
44R9030 44R9030 Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 per Server - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
44R9031 44R9031 Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year
24R9416 24R9416 Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
24R9418 24R9418 Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
24R9419 24R9419 Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
24R9421 24R9421 Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year
4836MDD 43W6671 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - Media Package
43W6651 43W6652 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Server License with 1 year subscription)
43W6653 43W6654 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Workstation License with 1 year subscription)
43W6655 43W6656 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (BladeCenter Chassis License With One Year Subscription)
43W6657 43W6658 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Managed Workstation License 10 Pack with 1 year subscription)

Table 3. Other IBM Software
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
Open Fabric Manager
46C3551 46C0231 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - Advanced Upgrade
46C3552 46C0232 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - Advanced Upgrade for IBM Director

Table 4. IBM Tivoli Storage Manager
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
IBM Tivoli Storage Manager v5.4
The IBM Tivoli Storage Manager family of products is designed to help provide a comprehensive solution focused on the key data
protection activities of backup, archive, recovery, space management and disaster recovery planning.
43W6556 43W6556 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6557 43W6557 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6558 43W6558 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6559 43W6559 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0335 46C0335 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and
Support
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 448
46C0336 46C0336 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription
and Support
46C0337 46C0337 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subscription
and Support
46C0338 46C0338 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250, 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Sub and
Support
46C0339 46C0339 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Entry Edition Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and
Support
46C0340 46C0340 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Advanced Ed Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subs
and Support
46C0341 46C0341 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and
Support
46C0342 46C0342 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription
and Support
46C0343 46C0343 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support
46C0344 46C0344 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Servers with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support
46C0345 46C0345 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support
46C0346 46C0346 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support
43W6564 43W6564 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6565 43W6565 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6566 43W6566 Tivoli Storage Manager for Application Servers, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6567 43W6567 Tivoli Storage Manager for Application Servers, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0347 46C0347 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 1-12 with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0348 46C0348 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 13-32 with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0349 46C0349 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 33-64 with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0350 46C0350 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 65-100 with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0351 46C0351 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 100-250 with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0352 46C0352 System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 251+ with 1 Year SW Maintenance
46C0353 46C0353 System Storage Archive Manager, 250 Terabytes (251+) with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6570 43W6570 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6571 43W6571 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6574 43W6574 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6575 43W6575 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6576 43W6576 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6577 43W6577 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6578 43W6578 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6579 43W6579 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6580 43W6580 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6581 43W6581 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6582 43W6582 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6583 43W6583 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6584 43W6584 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6585 43W6585 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6586 43W6586 Tivoli Storage Manager Express for Microsoft SQL, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6587 43W6587 Tivoli Storage Manager Express for Microsoft SQL, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6588 43W6588 Tivoli Storage Manager Express, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6589 43W6589 Tivoli Storage Manager Express, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6590 43W6590 Tivoli Storage Manager Express for Microsoft Exchange, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6591 43W6591 Tivoli Storage Manager Express for Microsoft Exchange, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance

Table 5. Altiris Deployment Solution
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
Features Include:
Comprehensive server deployment for both Windows and Linux environments, including configuration of BIOS, RAID, and other
components.
Full system imaging and scripted operating system installations of Windows and Linux.
Web console that lets you install local or remote deployment servers and manage them from a central location.
Remote installation of applications, hotfixes, and service packs as part of server build process.
Support for BladeCenter which includes the ability to recognize bay in the Blade chassis for rip and replace function
4819L1X 4819L1X Linux Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
4819U1X 4819U1X Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers - Annual Upgrade Protection
4819S1X 4819S1X Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - Americas
4819S2X 4819S2X Altiris On-site Support - Standard Work Day - Americas
4819S4X 4819S4X Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends and After Hours - Americas
4819S8X 4819S8X Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - Americas
4819B1X 4819B1X Altiris Deployment Solution for BladeCenter Chassis - License
4819S9X 4819S9X Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - Americas
4819SBX 4819SBX Altiris Annual Premium 50 Support - Americas
4819SCX 4819SCX Altiris Annual Premium 25 Support - Americas

Table 6. Leostream Connection Broker
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 449
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
Leostream Connection Broker
46C0356 46C0356 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 1 User - License + 1 Year Subscription
46C0357 46C0357 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 14 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription
46C0358 46C0358 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 100 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription
46C0359 46C0359 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 1000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription
46C0360 46C0360 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 4000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription
46C0361 46C0361 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 10000 Users - License + 1 Year Subscription
4812M02 4812M02 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 1 User - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M03 4812M03 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 14 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M04 4812M04 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 100 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M05 4812M05 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 1000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M06 4812M06 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 4000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M07 4812M07 Leostream Connection Broker Enterprise - 10000 Users - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
4812M01 4812M01 Leostream Connection Broker Basic - 1 User - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 450

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
VMware offerings

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Note: VMware Subscription Services

Table 1. VMware Infrastructure 3 with VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2
US Option
number
Canadian
Option
number
Description

VMware

Subscription Services
4817ELA 4817ELA VMware Infrastructure Enterprise License Agreement
4817V01 4817V01 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter for 2 sockets
4817S01 4817S01 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter for 2 sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T01 4817T01 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter for 2 sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U01 4817U01 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter for 2 sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V02 4817V02 VMware Infrastructure 3 Standard for 2 sockets
4817S02 4817S02 VMware Infrastructure 3 Standard for 2 sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T02 4817T02 VMware Infrastructure 3 Standard for 2 sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U02 4817U02 VMware Infrastructure 3 Standard for 2 sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V03 4817V03 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise for 2 sockets
4817S03 4817S03 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise for 2 sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T03 4817T03 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise for 2 sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U03 4817U03 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise for 2 sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V04 4817V04 VMware HA 2 for 2 sockets
4817S04 4817S04 VMware HA 2 for 2 sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T04 4817T04 VMware HA 2 for 2 sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U04 4817U04 VMware HA 2 for 2 sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V05 4817V05 VMware DRS 2 for 2 sockets
4817S05 4817S05 VMware DRS 2 for 2 sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T05 4817T05 VMware DRS 2 for 2 sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U05 4817U05 VMware DRS 2 for 2 sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V24 4817V24 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2 for VMware Infrastructure
4817S24 4817S24 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2 - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T24 4817T24 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2 - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U24 4817U24 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2 - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V25 4817V25 VMware VMotion 2 for 2 Sockets
4817S25 4817S25 VMware VMotion 2 for 2 Sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T25 4817T25 VMware Vmotion for 2 Sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U25 4817U25 VMware Vmotion 2 for 2 Sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V08 4817V08 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter to Standard Upgrade for 2 sockets
4817V09 4817V09 VMware Infrastructure 3 Starter to Enterprise Upgrade for 2 sockets
4817V10 4817V10 VMware Infrastructure 3 Standard to Enterprise Upgrade for 2 sockets
4817V19 4817V19 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) Enterprise Pilot Bundle including PSO VDI Pilot, 25 VMs,
VirtualCenter Management Server up to 4 sockets
4817S19 4817S19 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) Enterprise Pilot - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T19 4817T19 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) Enterprise Pilot - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U19 4817U19 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) Enterprise Pilot - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V23 4817V23 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) 100 Enterprise VMs for up to 16 Sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817S23 4817S23 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) 100 Enterprise VMs for up to 16 Sockets - 1 year Full Subscription
4817T23 4817T23 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) 100 Enterprise VMs for up to 16 Sockets - 3 year Full Subscription
4817U23 4817U23 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) 100 Enterprise VMs for up to 16 Sockets - 5 year Full Subscription
4817V21 4817V21 VMware Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) Enterprise Pilot Bundle including 25 VMs, VirtualCenter
Management Server up to 4 Sockets
4817V16 4817V16 VMware Infrastructure Media Kit
4817V30 4817V30 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 16 Sockets
4817V31 4817V31 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 20 Sockets
4817V32 4817V32 VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 28 Sockets
4817S38 43W6547 Subscription Only- 2 sockets 1 Year Full Upgrade from VI3 Std to Ent
4817T38 43W6548 Subscription Only- 2 sockets 3 Year Full Upgrade from VI3 Std to Ent
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 451
4817U38 43W6549 Subscription Only- 2 sockets 5 Year Full Upgrade from VI3 Std to Ent
4817V63 4817V63 VMware Infrastructure Media Kit
4817V64 4817V64 VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs
4817V65 4817V65 VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs
4817V66 4817V66 VMware VDI Bundle - 10 additional VMs
4817V67 4817V67 VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 100 VMs
4817V68 4817V68 VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 10 additional VMs
4817V71 4817V71 VMware Infrastructure Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V72 4817V72 VMware Infrastructure Standard - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V73 4817V73 VMware Infrastructure Enterprise - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V74 4817V74 VMware HA - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V75 4817V75 VMware DRS - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V76 4817V76 VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V77 4817V77 VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V78 4817V78 VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion- 2 Sockets License Only
4817V79 4817V79 VMware ESX Server 3i to Foundation Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V80 4817V80 VMware ESX Server 3i to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V81 4817V81 VMware ESX Server 3i to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V82 4817V82 VMware VirtCtr Fdn to VMware VirtCtr Svr Upgr - 2 Socket - Lic Only
4817V83 4817V83 VMware Foundation to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V84 4817V84 VMware Foundation to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V85 4817V85 VMware Standard to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only
4817V86 4817V86 VMware Infra Std HA Acceleration Kit for 4 Sockets License Only
4817V87 4817V87 VMware Infra Fdn Acceleration Kit for 6 Sockets License Only
4817T61 4817T61 VMware ESX Server 3i - 2 Sockets - 3 Year Subscription
4817S64 4817S64 Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 1 Year
4817S65 4817S65 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 1 Year
4817S66 4817S66 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 1 Year
4817S67 4817S67 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 1 Year
4817S68 4817S68 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 1 Year
4817S71 4817S71 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S72 4817S72 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S73 4817S73 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S74 4817S74 Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S75 4817S75 Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S76 4817S76 Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S77 4817S77 Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S78 4817S78 Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 1 Yr
4817S79 4817S79 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S80 4817S80 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S81 4817S81 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 1 Yr
4817S82 4817S82 Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S83 4817S83 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S84 4817S84 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S85 4817S85 Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S86 4817S86 Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 1 Year
4817S87 4817S87 Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 1 Year
4817T64 4817T64 Subscription Only VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs - 3 Year
4817T65 4817T65 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs - 3 Year
4817T66 4817T66 Subscription Only VMware VDI Bundle - 10 Additional VMs - 3 Year
4817T67 4817T67 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 100 VMs - 3 Year
4817T68 4817T68 Subscription Only VMware VDM 2 Conn Broker - 10 Addtl VMs - 3 Year
4817T71 4817T71 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Fndn - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T72 4817T72 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Std - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T73 4817T73 Subscription Only VMware Infrastructure Ent - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T74 4817T74 Subscription Only VMware HA - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T75 4817T75 Subscription Only VMware DRS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T76 4817T76 Subscription Only VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T77 4817T77 Subscription Only VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T78 4817T78 Subscription Only VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion - 2 Socket - 3 Yr
4817T79 4817T79 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Fndn Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T80 4817T80 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Std Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T81 4817T81 Subscription Only VMware ESX Srvr 3i to Ent Upgr - 2 Sockets - 3 Yr
4817T82 4817T82 Subscription Only VCMS Fndn to VCMS Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T83 4817T83 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Std Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T84 4817T84 Subscription Only VMware Fndn to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T85 4817T85 Subscription Only VMware Std to Ent Upgrade - 2 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T86 4817T86 Subscription Only VMware Infra Std HA Accel Kit - 4 Sockets - 3 Year
4817T87 4817T87 Subscription Only VMware Infra Fdn Accel Kit - 6 Sockets - 3 Year

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 452

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. System Storage DS3200 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
internal
storage
capacity(TB)
Max
supported
storage
capacity
IBM System Storage
DS3200
1
1726-21X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
7
IBM System Storage
DS3200 Express
Model
2
1726-21E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
7
IBM System Storage
DS3200
3
1726-22X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
7
IBM System Storage
DS3200 Express
Model
4
1726-22E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
7
IBM System Storage
DS3200 DC Power
Model
5
1726-22T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
7
IBM BladeCenter
Boot Disk System
6
1726-22B SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 3.6TB 3.6TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.

Table 1. System Storage DS3200 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std./max)
- size
IBM System Storage
DS3200
1
1726-21X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3200 Express
Model
2
1726-21E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3200
3
1726-22X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3200 Express
Model
4
1726-22E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3200 DC Power
Model
5
1726-22T 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
IBM BladeCenter Boot
Disk System
6
1726-22B 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.
Notes:
1. DS3200 Model 21X provides one RAID controller with 512MB
cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 453
be upgraded to dual controllers.
2. DS3200 Model 21E provides one RAID controller with 512MB
cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack
power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), one SAS HBA
(P/N 25R8060), and one 3M SAS cable (P/N 39R6531). Can be
upgraded to dual controllers.
3. DS3200 Model 22X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3200 Model 22E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two SAS
HBAs (25R8060), and two 3M SAS cables 39R6531.)
5. DS3200 Model 22T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies,
two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294), and two SAS daughter
cards (P/N 39R6509).
6. DS3200 Model 22B provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships with rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
7. 48TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB
SATA HDDs in the DS3200 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1726-21X 1726-21E 1726-22X 1726-22E 1726-22T 1726-22B
Host partitions (std/max) 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16 4/16
Host ports (std/max) 1/3
1,2
1/3
1,2
2/6
1
2/6
1
2/6
1
2/6
1
Max redundant host connections - - 3 3 3 3
Expansion ports (std/max) 1 1 2 2 2 -
Redundant drive loops (std/max) - - 1 1 1 -
Notes:
1. Host ports can be increased by adding one DS3200 SAS 2-Port
Daughter Card (P/N 39R6509) per controller.
2. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading
to dual controllers.

Figure 1. DS3200 Dual Controller

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 454

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty
40K1043 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
40K1044 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
43X0802 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 12
39M4558 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
43W7580 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 12
43W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
External Storage Expansion Units
1
Form Factor
172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses,
etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related
options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 455

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
codes
Description Max qty

System Storage DS3200 other options
39R6531 3707 IBM 3M SAS Cable -
39R6529 3708 IBM 1M SAS Cable -
39R6507 4835 DS3200 SAS Controller Upgrade 1
39R6509 4836 DS3200 SAS 2-Port Daughter Card
1
2
39R6517 4838 DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade
1,2
2
39R6519 4839 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery
1
2
39R6536 4841 DS3000 Partition Expansion License
2,3
1
39R6533 4842 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License
2
1
39R6534 4843 DS3000 VolumeCopy License
2
1
39R6535 4844 DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License
2
1
39R6537 4846 DS3000 EXP3000 Expansion License
2,4
1
Notes:
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for
dual controller systems.
2. Requires DS3200 Software Feature Pack P/N 39R6540
3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions.
4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 456

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. System Storage DS3300 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
internal
storage
capacity(TB)
Max
supported
storage
capacity
IBM System
Storage DS3300
1
1726-31X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB
6
IBM System
Storage DS3300
Express Model
2
1726-31E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB
6
IBM System
Storage DS3300
3
1726-32X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB
6
IBM System
Storage DS3300
Express Model
4
1726-32E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB
6
IBM System
Storage DS3300
DC Power Model
5
1726-32T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB
6
Note: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
connection information.

Table 1. System Storage DS3300 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std./max)
- size
IBM System Storage
DS3300
1
1726-31X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3300 Express
Model
2
1726-31E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3300
3
1726-32X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3300 Express
Model
4
1726-32E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3300 DC Power
Model
5
1726-32T 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
Note:To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
connection information.
Notes:
1. DS3300 Model 31X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache.
Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power
cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual
controllers.
2. DS3300 Model 31E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache.
Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power
cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI Single
Port PCIe HBA. Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 457
3. DS3300 Model 32X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache
each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack
power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3300 Model 32E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache
each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack
power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI
Single Port PCIe HBA.
5. DS3300 Model 32T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache
each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and two DC
Power Cables (42D3294)
6. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA
HDDs in the DS3300 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1726-31X 1726-31E 1726-32X 1726-32E 1726-32T
Host Partitions (std/max) 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16
Host Ports (std/max) 2/4
1
2/4
1
4/4 4/4 4/4
Max redundant host connections - - 2 2 2
Expansion ports (std/max) 1 1 2 2 2
Redundant drive loops (std/max) - - 1 1 1
Notes:
1. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading to dual controllers.

Figure 1. DS3300 Dual Controller

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 458

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty
40K1043 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
40K1044 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
43X0802 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 12
39M4558 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
43W7580 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 12
43W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
External storage expansion units
1
Form factor
172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc.
Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 459

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Max qty

System Storage DS3300 other options
39R6531 3707 IBM 3M SAS Cable -
39R6529 3708 IBM 1M SAS Cable -
39R6511 4925 DS3300 SAS Controller Upgrade 1
39R6517 4838 DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade
1,2
2
39R6519 4839 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery
1
2
39R6536 4841 DS3000 Partition Expansion License
2,3
1
39R6533 4842 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License
2
1
39R6534 4843 DS3000 VolumeCopy License
2
1
39R6535 4844 DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License
2
1
39R6537 4846 DS3000 EXP3000 Expansion License
2,4
1
44W2101 4924 DS3000 Linux on Power Host License 1
Notes:
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual
controller systems.
2. Requires DS3300 Software Feature Pack p/n 42C2142
3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions.
4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 460

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. System Storage DS3400 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
internal
storage
capacity(TB)
Max
supported
storage
capacity
IBM System
Storage DS3400
1
1726-41X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
IBM System
Storage DS3400
Express Model
2
1726-41E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
IBM System
Storage DS3400
3
1726-42X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
IBM System
Storage DS3400
Express Model
4
1726-42E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
IBM System
Storage DS3400
DC Power Model
5
1726-42T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
DS3400 Simple
SAN Express Model
41S
6
1726-41S SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
DS3400 Simple
SAN Express Model
42S
7
1726-42S SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB
8
Notes: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
connection information.

Table 1. System Storage DS3400 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std./max)
- size
IBM System Storage
DS3400
1
1726-41X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3400 Express
Model
2
1726-41E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3400
3
1726-42X 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3400 Express
Model
4
1726-42E 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage
DS3400 DC Power
Model
5
1726-42T 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
DS3400 Simple SAN
Express Model 41S
6

1726-41S 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
DS3400 Simple SAN
Express Model 42S
7

1726-42S 482mm x 511mm x
87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 461
Notes: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external
connection information.
Notes:
1. DS3400 Model 41X provides one RAID controller with 512MB
cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can
be upgraded to dual controllers.
2. DS3400 Model 41E provides one RAID controller with 512MB
cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack
power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two 5M Fibre Channel
cables (P/N 39M5697), and two SW SFPs (P/N 39R6475). Can be
upgraded to dual controllers.
3. DS3400 Model 42X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3400 Model 42E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), four
5M Fibre Channel cables (39M5697), and four SW SFPs (39R6475.)
5. DS3400 Model 42T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and
two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294).
6. DS3400 Model 41S provides one RAID controller with 512MB
cache. Ships with two IBM Emulex 4 Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E
Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), four 5m LC-LC fiber optic
cables (39M5697), two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377),
and rack mounting hardware.
7. DS3400 Model 42S provides two RAID controllers with 512MB
cache. Ships with four IBM Emulex 4Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E
Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), eight 5m LC-LC Fiber Optic
cables (39M5697), Four 4Gbps SW SFP transceivers (39R6475),
two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377), and rack
mounting hardware
8. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB
SATA HDDs in the DS3400 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1726-41X 1726-41E 1726-42X 1726-42E 1726-42T
Host partitions (std/max) 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16 2/16
Host ports (std/max) 2/2
1
2/2
1
4/4 4/4 4/4
Max redundant host connections - - 2 2 2
Expansion ports (std/max) 1 1 2 2 2
Redundant drive loops (std/max) - - 1 1 1
Note: DS3400 Supports short-wave connections on host ports.
Notes:
1. Additional host port expansion can be obtained by upgrading
to dual controllers.

Figure 1. DS3400 Dual Controller

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 462

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty
40K1043 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
40K1044 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 12
43X0802 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 12
39M4558 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
43W7580 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 12
43W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 12
External storage expansion units
1
Form factor
172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses,
etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related
options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 463

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Max qty

System Storage DS3400 other options
39R6531 3707 IBM 3M SAS Cable -
39R6529 3708 IBM 1M SAS Cable -
39M5696 3703 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -
39M5697 3704 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -
39M5698 3705 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -
39R6475 4804 IBM 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver -
39R6513 4837 DS3400 FC Controller Upgrade 1
39R6517 4838 DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade
1,2
2
39R6519 4839 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery
1
2
39R6536 4841 DS3000 Partition Expansion License
2,3
1
39R6533 4842 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License2 1
39R6534 4843 DS3000 VolumeCopy License2 1
39R6535 4844 DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License2 1
39R6537 4846 DS3000 EXP3000 Expansion License
2,4
1
44W2101 4924 DS3000 Linux on Power Host License 1
13N1923 4923 DS3000 AIX Host License 1
Notes:
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for
dual controller systems.
2. Requires DS3400 Software Feature Pack p/n 42C2143
3. Provides expansion license for 5-16 storage partitions.
4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 464

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. System Storage DS4200 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(y/n)
Max
internal
storage
capacity(TB)
Max
supported
storage
capacity
DS4200 Express
Model 7V
1
18147VH SATA 16/16 Y 12.0TB 84TB
2
Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.

Table 1. System Storage DS4200 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions (W x D x H) Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std./max)
- size
DS4200
Express
Model 7V
1
18147VH 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) 3U Rack 39.92kg
(88.2lbs)
2/2 - 390w
Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
Notes:
1. DS4200 Model 7V provides two RAID controllers with 1GB
Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit, four 4GBps SFP
transceivers, and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords
(IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
2. Based on a maximum of 112 750GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed
in DS4200 and six EXP420 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1814-7VH
Host Partitions (std/max) 2/64
Host Ports (std/max) 4/4
Max Redundant Host Connections 2
Expansion Ports (std/max) 4/4
Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2
Notes: DS4200 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to four additional SFPs
can be ordered to add full support for all ports.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 465

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Max qty

FAStT SATA HDDs
42D0389 4612 DS4200 500GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
43W9738 4617 DS4200 750GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
44X2454 4619 DS4200 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
External storage expansion units
1

18128VH System Storage DS4000 EXP420
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses,
etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options








Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 466

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Option
number
Description Max qty

System Storage DS4200 other options
41Y0743 7321 DS4200 FlashCopy -
44X2429 7333 DS4200 FlashCopy 4-8 FC Upgrade 1
41Y0746 7323 DS4200 VolumeCopy 1
41Y0738 7324 DS4200 Flash/VolumeCopy 1
44E5435 7336 DS4200 Enhanced Remote Mirror 32-64 Mirror Upgrade 1
41Y0739 7325 DS4200 Enhanced Remote Mirror 1
39M5954 7380 DS4200 EXPs Attach 1-3 1
39M5957 7381 DS4200 EXPs Attach 4-6 1
39M6009 7601 DS4200 Linux/Intel Host Kit 1
39M6041 7602 DS4200 Novell Netware Host 1
39M6048 7611 DS4200 AIX Host Kit 1
41Y5163 7612 DS4200 SUN Host Kit 1
41Y0686 7613 DS4200 HPUX Host Kit 1
42D3252 7614 DS4200 Linux on Power Host 1
39M6046 7603 DS4200 VMware ESX Host Kit 1
42D3254 8760 DS4200 2-4 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3257 8761 DS4200 2-8 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3260 8762 DS4200 4-8 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3263 8763 DS4200 4-16 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3266 8764 DS4200 8-16 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5436 8767 DS4200 8-32 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3269 8765 DS4200 8-64 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5437 8768 DS4200 16-32 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
42D3272 8766 DS4200 16-64 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5438 8769 DS4200 32-64 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5439 8770 DS4200 32-128 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5440 8771 DS4200 64-128 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
26K7941 2410 SW 4 Gbps SFP Transceiver Pair
1
1
39M5696 3703 1m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC -
39M5697 3704 5m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC -
39M5698 3705 25m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC -
Notes:
1. Option includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 467

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. TotalStorage DS4700 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
internal
storage
capacity
(TB)
DS4700 Express Model 70
1,3
181470H Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TB
DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1
181470T Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TB
DS4700 Express Model 72
2,3
181472H Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TB
DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
2
181472T Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TB
Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.

Table 1. TotalStorage DS4700 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Max
supported
storage
capacity
Dimensions (W x D x H) Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std./max)
- size
DS4700 Express Model 70
1,3
181470H 84TB
4
482mm x 572mm x
130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2
DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1
181470T 84TB
4
482mm x 572mm x
130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2 DC
DS4700 Express Model 72
2,3
181472H 84TB
4
482mm x 572mm x
130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2
DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
2
181472T 84TB
4
482mm x 572mm x
130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2 DC
Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
Notes:
1. DS4700 Model 70 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each.
Ships with the rail mounting kit and four 4GBps SFP transceivers.
2. DS4700 Model 72 provides two RAID controllers with 2GB Cache each.
Ships with the rail mounting kit and six 4GBps SFP transceivers.
3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to
IEC 320-C14).
4. Based on a maximum of 112 750GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in
DS4700 and six EXP810 expansion units.
Table 2. Additional Features
1814-70H 1814-70T 1814-72H 1814-72T
Host Partitions (std/max) 2/16 2/16 8/16 8/16
Host Ports (std/max) 4/4 4/4 8/8 8/8
Max Redundant Host Connections 4 4 4 4
Expansion Ports (std/max) 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4
Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Notes: DS4700 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to eight additional SFPs
can be ordered to add full support for all ports.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 468

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity
40K6812 5412 36.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6816 5413 73.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6820 5414 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
42D0410 5415 300GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
39M4554 4610 500 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
43W9714 4615 750 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
44X2458 4618 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
External storage expansion units
1

181281H DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit - -
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc.
Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 469

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

DS3200 DS3300 DS3400 DS4200 DS4700
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Feature
code
Description Max qty
41Y5203 7301 DS4700 FlashCopy
1
-
44X2430 7313 DS4700 FlashCopy 4-8 FC Upgrade 1
41Y5208 7303 DS4700 VolumeCopy
1
1
41Y5212 7304 DS4700 Flash/VolumeCopy
1
1
41Y5214 7305 DS4700 Enhanced Remote Mirror
1
1
44E5447 7316 DS4700 Enhanced Remote Mirror 32-64 Mirror Upgrade 1
41Y5217 7306 DS4700 FC/SATA Enclosure Intermix 1
41Y5222 7382 DS4700 Mod 70 EXPs Att 1-3
1
1
41Y5225 7383 DS4700 Mod 70 EXPs Att 4-6
1
1
41Y0704 7384 DS4700 Mod 72 EXPs Att 4-6
1
1
41Y5178 7701 DS4700 Linux/Intel Host Kit
1
1
41Y5180 7702 DS4700 Novell Netware Host
1
1
41Y5184 7711 DS4700 AIX Host Kit
1
1
41Y5186 7712 DS4700 SUN Host Kit
1
1
41Y5188 7713 DS4700 HPUX Host Kit
1
1
41Y5190 7714 DS4700 Linux on Power Host
1
1
41Y5182 7703 DS4700 VMware ESX Host Kit 1
41Y5228 8860 DS4700 2-4 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
41Y0652 8861 DS4700 2-8 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
41Y0656 8862 DS4700 4-8 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
41Y0660 8863 DS4700 4-16 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
41Y0664 8864 DS4700 8-16 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
44E5448 8867 DS4700 8-32 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
41Y0668 8865 DS4700 8-64 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
44E5449 8868 DS4700 16-32 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
41Y0672 8866 DS4700 16-64 Storage Partition Upgrade
1
1
44E5450 8869 DS4700 32-64 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5451 8841 DS4700 32-128 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
44E5452 8842 DS4700 64-128 Storage Partition Upgrade 1
26K7941 2410 SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair
2
1
39M5696 3703 1m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1
39M5697 3704 5m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1
39M5698 3705 25m Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC 1
42D3306 2010 DS4700 Telco Bezel 1
42D3329 2012 DS4700/EXP810 DC Power Cord Pair 1
Notes:
1. Licensed one per DS4700.
2. Option includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 470
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 471
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 472
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 473

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
Internal
storage
capacity (GB)
System Storage
EXP3000
1
1727-01X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 9.0TB
System Storage
EXP3000 DC Power
Model
2
1727-02T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 9.0TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.

Table 1. EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std/max)
- size
System Storage
EXP3000
1
1727-01X 449mm x 518mm x
87mm (17.7in x
20.4in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 2/2
System Storage
EXP3000 DC Power
Model
2
1727-02T 449mm x 518mm x
87mm (17.7in x
20.4in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 2/2 DC Power
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.
Notes:
1. Ships standard with dual hot-swap redundant power supplies and
two rack power cables.
2. Ships standard with two ESMs, two -48v DC power supplies, and
two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294).
Table 2. Additional Features
1727-01X 1727-02T
ESMs (std/max) 1/2
1
2/2
SAS Ports (std/max) 2/4 4/4
Notes:
1. Second ESM required for attachment to dual controller models
of DS3200/DS3400.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 474

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

SATA HDDs
40K1043 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SSL 1 ... 12 12
40K1044 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SSL 1 ... 12 12
43X0802 300GB 15K SAS HS SSL 1 ... 12 12
39M4558 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SSL 1 ... 12 12
43W7580 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SSL 1 ... 12 12



Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 475

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option number Description Max qty
39R6471 MegaRAID 3m SAS Cable 1
39R6531 IBM 3M SAS Cable -
39R6529 IBM 1M SAS Cable -
39R6515 EXP3000 Environmental Services Module (ESM) 1
39R8850 MegaRAID 8480
1
-
Notes:
1. Two port adapter SAS Raid adapter that supports up to
four EXP3000 Expansion Units.











Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 476

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
Internal
storage
capacity (GB)
System Storage
DS4000 EXP420
1
1812-8VH SATA 16/16 Y 12TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.

Table 1. EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part
number
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std/max)
- size
System Storage
DS4000 EXP420
1
1812-8VH 483mm x 559mm x
129mm (19in x 22in x
5.1in)
Rack Drawer (3U) 38.56kg (85lbs) 2/2 - 600w
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for
external connection information.
Notes:
1. Includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs, dual hot-swap 600w redundant
power supplies,and two rack power cables.
Table 2. Additional Features
1812-8VH
ESMs (std/max) 2/2
Fibre Ports (std/max) 4/4




Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 477

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option
number
Description Height Bays
supported
Maximum
quantity

SATA HDDs
42D0389 DS4200 500 GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
43W9738 DS4200 750 GB SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
44X2454 DS4200 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA EV-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16



















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 478

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option number Description Max qty
26K7941 SW 4 Gbps SFP Transceiver Pair 1
39M5696 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -
39M5697 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -
39M5698 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -

















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 479

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Table 1. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP810 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part
number
Storage
type
HDD bays
(std/max)
Hot-swap
HDD bays
(Y/N)
Max
internal
storage
capacity
(TB)
Dimensions
(WxDxH)
Form
factor
Max
cfg wt
Power
supply
quantity
(std/max)
- Size
DS4000
EXP810
Model 81
1,2,3
181281H Fibre
Channel
4
16/16 Y 12TB 482mm x
559mm x
132mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21 in)
Rack Drawer
(3U)
38.56kg
(85lbs)
2/2 - 450w
DS4000
EXP810
Model 81-
DC
1,2
181281T Fibre
Channel
4
16/16 Y 12TB 482mm x
559mm x
132mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21 in)
Rack Drawer
(3U)
38.56kg
(85lbs)
2/2 - 450w
Notes:
1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion
unit does not attach directly to the server.
2. DS4000 EXP810 accommodates up to four short-wave SFP modules. The
unit ships with two short-wave SFP modules.
3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order quantity
two of P/N 39Y7931.
4. Supports Enhanced Disk Drive Module (E-DDM) disks only. Insertion of
unsupported disks will cause significant damage.
Table 2. Additional Features
1812-81H 1812-81T
ESMs (std/max) 2/2
1
2/2
1
Input Ports (std/max) 2/2 2/2
Output Ports (std/max) 2/2 2/2

Note:
1. Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input
port and one output port.



Click image to enlarge
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 480

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |

Option number Description Height Bays supported Max qty
40K6800 36.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6804 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6808 146.8GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6812 36.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6816 73.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
40K6820 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
42D0410 300GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 16
39M4554 500 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
43W9714 750 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
44X2458 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16






Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 481

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

External expansion units

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

EXP3000 EXP420 EXP810
at-a-glance | HDD | Misc. |


Option number Description Max qty
26K7941 SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair 4
39M5696 1m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -
39M5697 5m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -
39M5698 25m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -
39Y7931 4.3m, 100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 2
42D3305 EXP810 Telco Bezel 1
42D3329 DS4700/EXP810 DC Power Cord Pair 1
Note: A minimum of two fiber optic cables are required for attachment to DS4000 Disk Systems or to other DS4000 Expansion Units.









Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 482
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 483

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Additional fibre channel components

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Table 1. TotalStorage Switch L10
Option number Withdrawal date Description Ports (std/max) SFP modules
(std)
691810X 1/4/2008 IBM System Storage SAN10Q
1, 2, 3
10/10 4
Related options
39R6475 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
Notes:
1. Provides 10 ports in a 1/2-rack width, 1U high chassis.
Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules, serial
cable and a rack power cord.
2. Supports short-wave connections only.
3. Entry level switch compatible with DS400 only.
4. Supports two L10 switches in a 1U rack space.

Table 2. IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
Option
number
Withdrawal date Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
200516B - IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
1, 2
8/16 8
Related options
22R5332 16B Express Model 4-Port upgrade
3
22R4901 16B 4-Port Activation
4
22R4891 16B Advanced Security Activation
22R4904 16B Fabric Watch
23R1705 16B Extended Fabric Activation
22R5460 16B Full Fabric Activation
22R5469 16B Performance Bundle Activation
22R4897 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R4902 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
19K1272 Long-wave SFP module
5
22R0484 2 Gbps LW SFP Module 4 Pack
23R1703 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1704 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
23R1701 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1702 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R0487 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31 m, singlemode, SC/LC
22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31 m, singlemode, LC/LC
22R0489 9 Micron Fibre Cable 2 m, singlemode, SC/LC
Notes:
1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with
eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord and a rail
kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Includes four 4GBps SW SFP transceivers and port activation
for four ports.
4. Provides port activation only for four ports. One optional
SFP transceiver is required per port.
5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.

Table 3. TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
200532B 10/6/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express model
1, 2
16/32 16
Related options
22R5129 32B Remote Switch Activation
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 484
22R4894 32B Extended Fabric Activation
22R4895 32B Advanced Security Activation
22R4896 32B Performance Bundle
22R5505 32B 8-Port Activation
3
22R5078 32B 8-Port Upgrade Option
4
22R4897 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R4902 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
19K1272 Long-wave SFP Module
5
23R1703 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1704 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
23R1701 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1702 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
Notes:
1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard
with sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord
and a rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP
Transceivers.
4. Provides activation for 8 ports and eight 4 Gbps
shortwave SFP transceivers.
5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.

Table 4. TotalStorage SAN32B-3 Express Model
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
20055KB - IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
1,2
16/32 0
Related options
17P9138 20055KB Optional Rail Kit
22R4894 32B Extended Fabric Activation
22R4895 32B Advanced Security Activation
22R4896 32 Performance Bundle
39M5696 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5697 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31 m, singlemode, LC/LC
22R5505 32B 8-Port Activation
3
22R4897 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R4902 4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
23R1703 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1704 4 Gbps 4 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
23R1701 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver
23R1702 4 Gbps 10 km longwave SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
Notes:
1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard
with two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to
IEC 320-C14.) and rack mounting tabs.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP
Transceivers.

Table 5. IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2 Express Model
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/max) SFP modules (std)
202616E 9/29/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2 Express Model
1,2,3
8/16 8
Related options
22R5892 SAN16M-2 Express Shelf Kit
4
22R5424 SAN16M-2 Express Optional Hot-Swap Redundant Power Supply
22R5893 SAN16M-2 Express Element Manager
22R5895 SAN16M-2 Express SANtegrity Enhanced
22R5897 SAN16M-2 Express Open Trunking (FCP Support Only)
22R5888 4-Port FlexPort Expansion Kit
5
39M5696 1M L-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5697 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter cable
23R1490 LW 4 Gbps 4 km SFP Transceiver
23R1492 LW 4 Gbps 10 km SFP Transceiver
Notes:
1. Provides up to 16 ports in a half-rack width chassis. Ships
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 485
standard with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, and US power
cord.
2. Currently supports short-wave connections only.
3. Includes eight 4GBps SW SFP transceivers and port activation
for eight ports.
4. Rack shelf supports up to two SAN16M-2 Express Models.
5. Includes four 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for four ports.

Table 6. IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2 Express
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
202632E 9/29/2007 IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2 Express
1,2,3
16/32 16
Related options
22R5907 SAN32M-2 Express Element Manager
22R5909 SAN32M-2 Express SANtegrity Enhanced
22R5911 SAN32M-2 Express Open Trunking (FCP Support Only)
39M5696 1M L-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5697 5M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter cable
22R5906 8-Port FlexPort Expansion Kit
4
19K1272 Long-wave SFP Module
5
23R1490 LW 4 Gbps 4 km SFP Transceiver
23R1492 LW 4 Gbps 10 km SFP Transceiver
Notes:
1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with
sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, two rack power cords, two
US power cords, and a rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Includes sixteen 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for 16 ports.
4. Includes eight 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for eight ports.
5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.

Table 7. Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
241724C - Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage
1,2
8/24 8
Related options
39M5696 1M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC
39M5697 5M Fiber Optic Cable LC-LC
39M5698 25M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
45W0654 9124 8 Port Act + 8 SW SFPs
3
45W0655 9124 2nd Power Supply
Notes:
1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard
with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack power cord
and a rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Provides port activation and SFP transceivers for 8 ports.

Table 8. IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
249824E - IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
1,2
8/24 0
Related options
45W0502 8 Port Activation
3
45W0503 24E Enterprise Package
45W0504 Fabric Watch
45W0505 Extended Fabric
45W0508 Advanced Performance Monitor
45W0509 Trunking Activation
45W0510 Adaptive Networking
45W0512 Full Fabric
45W0630 EGM (Enhanced Group Management)
39M5697 Fiber Cable LC/LC 5M Multimode
39M5698 Fiber Cable LC/LC 25M Multimode
22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31MSM LC/LC
45W0493 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 486
45W0496 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW 8-Pack
45W0500 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW
45W0501 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 8-Pack
45W0494 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW
45W0497 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW 8-Pack
45W0495 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW
45W0498 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW 8-Pack
45W0499 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 30Km ELW
Notes:
1. Provides 24 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard
with rack power cord and a rack rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP Transceivers.

Table 9. IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
Option
number
Withdrawal
date
Description Ports (std/
max)
SFP
modules
(std)
249840E - IBM System Storage SAN40B-4 1
1,2
24/40 0
Related options
45W0524 8 Port Activation
3
45W0525 B40/40E Enterprise Package
45W0526 Extended Fabric
45W0527 Advanced Performance Monitor
45W0528 Trunking Activation
45W0529 Adaptive Networking
45W0530 Integrated Routing
45W0531 FICON w/ CUP Activation
39M5697 Fiber Cable LC/LC 5M Multimode
39M5698 Fiber Cable LC/LC 25M Multimode
22R0488 9 Micron Fibre Cable 31MSM LC/LC
45W0493 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW
45W0496 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps SW 8-Pack
45W0500 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW
45W0501 SFP Transceiver 8 Gbps SW 8-Pack
45W0494 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW
45W0497 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 4Km LW 8-Pack
45W0495 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW
45W0498 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 10Km LW 8-Pack
45W0499 SFP Transceiver 4 Gbps 30Km ELW
Notes:
1. Provides 40 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard
with rack power cord and a rack rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
3. Provides port activation only. Does not include SFP Transceivers.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 487

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
External storage configuration examples

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

The following sample configurations are for illustration
only and may not be suitable for any specific customer
installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing
Representative for assistance with your specific configuration
requirements.
Table 1. Cable Group legend
Cable Group A (0.8mm to 0.8mm)
03K9310 Netfinity 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable
03K9311 Netfinity 4.2m Ultra2 SCSI cable
Cable Group SW (short-wave)
19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable
19K1248 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable
19K1249 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel cable
Cable Group LW (long-wave)
1
- Customer supplied
Notes:
1. Customer-supplied cables of longer lengths can be used. Short-wave
supports up to 500m. Long-wave supports up to 10km.
The illustration below shows what a typical solution might look
like in terms of where short-wave and long-wave cables would
be used. Actual implementation may vary based on individual hardware.

Figure 1. Typical short-wave and long-wave cabling usage

Click image to enlarge
The following sample configurations are for illustration
only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation.
Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative
for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.

Figure 2. DS4100 and DS4300 Host Attach Examples
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 488

Click image to enlarge

Figure 3. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples

Click image to enlarge

Figure 4. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples

Click image to enlarge

Figure 5. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 489

Click image to enlarge

Figure 6. DS4500 Host and Drive Attach Examples

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 490
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 491
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 492
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 493
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 494
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 495
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 496

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Rack cabinets and options

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Rack cabinets Rack mounted products

Figure 1. Rack cabinets


Click image to enlarge

Table 1. Rack cabinets
NetBay11
standard
rack
S2 25U
standard
rack
S2 42U standard rack

Machine type model
1
93061RX 93072RX 93074RX 93074XX
T-M-F Format 9306-
RC1-
1041
9307-
RC2-
1042
9307-
RC4-
1043
9307-
RC4-
1044
EIA capacity
2
11U 25U 42U 42U
Sidewall compartments 0 2 6 6
Front stabilizers Std Std Std Std
Side stabilizers NR NR Std
3
NR
Casters Std Std Std Std
Leveling feet NA Std Std Std
Side covers Std Std Std NR
Rack attachment kit
4
NA NA NR Std
Glass front door NA NA NA NA
Perforated front door Std Std Std Std
Perforated rear door NA Std Std Std
Height (mm/in)
5
611/24.1 1344/53 1999/78.7 1999/78.7
Width (mm/in) 518/20.4 605/23.8 605/23.8 600/23.6
Depth (mm/in) 873/34.4 1000/39.4 1000/39.4 1000/39.4
Empty weight (kg/lb) 36/79 100/220 125/276 94/207
Max load (kg/lb) 182/401 567/1250 907/2000 907/2000
Total weight (kg/lb) 218/481 667/1470 1032/2276 1032/2276
Shippable loaded
6
Yes Yes No No
Note: NR - Not required; NA - Not available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)

Table 1. Rack cabinets (continued)
NetBay42 Enterprise rack IBM 42U Enterprise rack

Machine type model
1
93084RX 93084XX 93084PX 93084EX
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 497
T-M-F Format 9308-
RC4-
1045
9308-
RC4-
1046
9308-
RC4-
5621
9308-
RC4-
5622
EIA capacity
2
42U 42U 42U 42U
Sidewall compartments 4 4 4 4
Front stabilizers Std Std Std Std
Side stabilizers NR NR NR NR
Casters Std Std Std Std
Leveling feet Std Std Std Std
Side covers Std NR Std NR
Rack attachment kit
4
NR Std NR Std
Glass front door NA NA NA NA
Perforated front door Std Std Std Std
Perforated rear door Std Std Std Std
Height (mm/in)
5
2020/79.5 2020/79.5 2020/79.5 2020/79.5
Width (mm/in) 648/25.5 648/25.5 648/25.5 648/25.5
Depth (mm/in) 1105/43.5 1105/43.5 1105/43.5 1105/43.5
Empty weight (kg/lb) 261/575 234/516 220/485 177/390
Max load (kg/lb) 932/2055 932/2055 932/2055 932/2055
Total weight (kg/lb) 1193/2630 1193/2630 1152/2540 1109/2445
Shippable loaded
6
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Note: NR - Not required; NA - Not available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)
Notes:
1. This is the option part number. The T-M-F format is for
the US and Canada.
2. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification
for a Type A cabinet with universal hole spacing.
3. Side stabilizer brackets are included to bolt the cabinet
to the floor. They are needed when a single, standalone cabinet
is lightly loaded. See the installation instructions for additional
information.
4. Required to attach racks together to make a suite.
5. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305 mm/12 in.
6. 'Shippable loaded' means the cabinet is capable of being
transported with equipment installed. Required packaging is
provided. The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring
the stability of the shipped configuration. Rack Integration
Services are available from IBM.

Table 2. Floor Layout
9306-xxx
(inches)
9307-xxx
(inches)
9308-xxx
(inches)
Description

Box footprint
A 20.4 23.6 25.5 Width of rack
B 34.4 39.4 43.5 Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer)
C 21 24/12.5 26 Front/rear door clearance (when required)
Operational Clearance
D 24.4 27.5 29.5 Width of Operational Clearance area
E 74.4 93.4 110 Depth of Operational Clearance area
F 2 2 2 Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance area
G 30 36 36 Front of rack to Operational Clearance area
H 10 24 26 Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area
Service Clearance
I 26 95.6 97.5 Width of Service Clearance area
J 78.3 129.4 133.5 Depth of Service Clearance area
K 2.8 36 36 Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance area
L 36 60 60 Front of rack to Service Clearance area
M 30 30 30 Rear of rack to Service Clearance area

Figure 2. Rack Floor Layout

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 498

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 499

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Rack cabinets and options

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Rack cabinets Rack mounted products

General rack placement rules and other information:
1. Place the heavier components toward the bottom of the rack
(i.e., UPS, then servers or storage, etc.).
2. Do not extend more than one component on slide rails at a time.
3. Utilize sidewall compartments for mounting PDUs and console
switches without using EIA space.
4. Consider user and service requirements when mounting components
in a rack.
5. Consider extension of cable management arms and overall cable
routing when selecting length of power, console, and storage cables.
Table 1. IBM Rack Mounted Products
1
Conversion kits
Description Machine
type/
model
Size (U)
2
Depth (in) Approx weight
(lb)
3
42C8923
5Ux22D
Tower-
to-Rack
Kit
39Y8382
5Ux26D
Tower-
to-Rack
Kit
32R0719
7Ux26D
Tower-
to-Rack
Kit II
Server system units
4
x3105
5
4347 - - -
x3200
6
4362, 4363 5 22 84 X
x3200 M2
6
4367, 4368 5 22 84 X
x3250 4364, 4365 1 22 32
x3250 M2 4190, 4191,
4194
1 22 32
x3400 entry
6
7973, 7974 5 27.5 84 X
x3400 mid-
range
6
7975, 7976 5 27.5 84 X
x3455 7984 1 26 35
x3500
6
7977 5 27.5 84 X
x3550 7978 1 28 45
x3650 7979 2 27.5 73
x3655 7985 2 27.5 65
x3755 8877 4 28 113
x3800 8865, 8866 7 28 161 X
x3850 8863 3 28 103
x3950 8872, 8878 3 28 104
x3850 M2,
x3950 M2
7141 4 28 112
BladeCenter w/
two 2000w
power supplies
8677 7 28 150
BladeCenter w/
four 2000w
power supplies
8677 7 28 246
BladeCenter S
w/ two
950/1450W
power supplies
8886 7 28 153
BladeCenter S
w/ four
950/1450W
power supplies
8886 7 28 228
BladeCenter H
w/ two 2900w
power supplies
8852 9 29 262
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 500
BladeCenter H
w/ four 2900w
power supplies
8852 9 29 350
Storage units
EXP3000 172701X 2 21 63
DS3200 17262xx 2 20.5 60
DS3300 17263xx 2 20.5 60
DS3400 17264xx 2 20.5 60
DS4200 18147VH 3 22 88
DS4700 18147xx 3 22 88
DS4000 EXP420 18128Vx 3 22 85
DS4000 EXP810 181281x 3 22 85
FC Switch 10-
port
691810X 2 per 1 6 2
Tape units
1U Tape
Enclosure
87651UX 1 20 18
4U Tape
Enclosure
87664UX 4 18 28
1U VXA320
Tape Autoloader
87691VX 1 27 23
2U Universal
Tape Autoloader
33622LX 2 29 34
4U Universal
Tape Library
33614LX 4 30 86
TS3100 Tape
Library
3573L2U 2 29 33
TS3200 Tape
Library
3573L4U 4 29 33

Rack options
Option part
number
T-M-F / FC
1
Description Information

Console support:
17235RX 1723-HC1-
1073
Rack Keyboard Tray Supports large or small keyboards in racks.
17231RX 1723-HC1-
1071
1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit with
Ultrabay
1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image),
space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately),
space for Ultrabay CDROM drive.
39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Compatible with the 17231RX 1U built-in 17in Flat Panel
Monitor Console Kit.
17233RX 1723-HC1-
1072
1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit 1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image),
space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately).
42C0030 1723-HC1-
8699
UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
black, PS/2, US English.
42C0038 1723-HC1-
8738
UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
black, PS/2, French Canadian, 445 multilingual.
40K5372 1723-HC1-
8660
UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
black, USB, US English.
40K5380 1723-HC1-
8668
UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable,
black, USB, French Canadian, 445 multilingual.
17353LX 1735-HC1-
2610
IBM 1x8 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall
compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8
enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to
128 servers, one local console.
17354LX 1735-HC1-
2611
IBM 2x16 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall
compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 16
enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to
256 servers, two local consoles.
31R3130 3750 3m Console Switch Cable (PS2) Connects servers with PS/2 K-V-M ports to the enhanced
KVM console switches
31R3132 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Connects servers with USB and VGA K-V-M ports to the
enhanced KVM console switches
17351GX 1735-HC1-
1066
Local Console Manager (LCM2) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind
1U Console Kit; 8 ACT ports; supports one to 128 servers,
two local consoles, locally attached media devices.
17352GX 1735-HC1-
1067
Global Console Manager (GCM2) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments or EIA space; 16 ACT
ports; supports one to 256 servers, one local console and
two remote consoles, locally attached media devices.
17354GX 1735-HC1-
1068
Global Console Manager (GCM4) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments or EIA space; 16 ACT
ports; supports one to 256 servers, one local console and
four remote consoles, locally attached media devices.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 501
39M2896 3752 Short KVM Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with PS/2 and VGA
console ports and without cable management arms (not on
slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or
Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack
includes four sets of cables.
39M2897 3754 Long KVM Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with PS/2 and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console
Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of
cables.
39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console
Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of
cables.
39M2894 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be connected to a Local or Global Console Manager
using Cat5 cable; supports server communication with a
media device connected to the console manager. Option
includes one cable set.
Power Distribution Support - Power Cables
3
39Y7931 6207 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/5-15P 4.3m long rated 10A/127V with IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-
15P connectors, used to connect components to the DPI
100-127V NEMA PDU and the UPS3000LV
39Y7937 6201 Rack Power Cable - 1.5m C13/C14 1.5m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI
Universal Rack, Enterprise C13 PDUs, and UPS3000HV
39Y7932 6263 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/C14 4.3m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI
Universal Rack, Enterprise PDUs, and UPS3000HV
39Y7938 6204 Rack Power Cable - 2.8m C13/C20 2.8m long, rated 10A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C20 connectors, used to connect components to DPI
Front-end, High Density, and Enterprise C19 PDUs,
UPS7500XHV and UPS10000XHV, bypassing the need for a
DPI Rack PDU.
39Y7916 6252 Rack Power Cable - 2.5m C19/C20 2.5m long, rated 16A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C19 to IEC
320-C20 connectors, used to connect high power
components with C20 inlets to DPI Front-end, High Density,
or Enterprise C19 PDUs, and UPS7500XHV, and
UPS10000XHV.
Mechanical options
25R5559 4272 1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Consists of five 1U blank filler panels.
25R5560 4274 3U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Consists of five 3U blank filler panels.
32R0712 4392 Heat Exchanger Rear Door Rear door for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; requires customer
provided chilled water.
40K9627 4852 Acoustic Door Kit for Enterprise Rack Front and rear doors for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; usable
with the BladeCenter and BladeCenter H enclosures.
17237RX 1723-HC1-
1070
Fixed Shelf Supports up to 100lbs.
Note:
1. Type-Model-Feature or Feature Code. This format is used with
the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator in the US and Canada.
2. See the Rack Power Configurator Chapter for a complete listing
of PDUs and UPS options.


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 502
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 503
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 504

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack console options

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Rack options Console switching

A console consisting of a keyboard, monitor and pointing
device is required by each server for system maintenance and support.
The console may be local or remote and may be dedicated to a single
server or shared across a large array of servers, which requires
the use of one or more console switching devices.
Flat Panel Monitor Console Kits


Click image to enlarge
Figure 1. 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit

Click image to enlarge

Figure 2. 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 505

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack console options

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Rack options Console switching



Click image to enlarge
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing
later in this section.


Click image to enlarge
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
Switch options
Ports
IN OUT
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 506
Option
number
T-M-F
1
Description
2
Switch
type
Type
3
Qty Type Qty ACI ports
4
17353LX 1735-
HC1-
2610
1x8 Console Switch Enh KVM/
ACT Combo
ARI/ACT
Combo
5
8 PS2 or USB 1 1
17354LX 1735-
HC1-
2611
2x16 Console Switch Enh KVM/
ACT Combo
ARI/ACT
Combo
5
16 PS2 or USB 2 1
17351GX 1735-
HC1-
1066
2x8 Local Console
Manager (LCM2)
ACT ACT 8 PS2 or USB 2 1
17352GX 1735-
HC1-
1067
2x16 Global Console
Manager (GCM2)
ACT ACT 16 PS2 or USB 1 0
LAN 1
17354GX 1735-
HC1-
1068
4x16 Global Console
Manager (GCM4)
ACT ACT 16 PS2 or USB 1 0
LAN 1

Switch options (continue)
Capacity
Single
switch
Two-level
tiering
Option
number
T-M-F
1
Description
2
Switch
type
max
PS2
KVM
servers
max
USB
KVM
servers
max
BladeCenters
ACT
chains
max
switches
max
KVM
servers
17353LX 1735-
HC1-
2610
1x8 Console
Switch
Enh KVM/
ACT Combo
128 128 48 8 8 128
17354LX 1735-
HC1-
2611
2x16 Console
Switch
Enh KVM/
ACT Combo
256 256 96 16 16 256
17351GX 1735-
HC1-
1066
2x8 Local
Console
Manager
(LCM2)
ACT 128 128 48 8 8 512
17352GX 1735-
HC1-
1067
2x16 Global
Console
Manager
(GCM2)
ACT 256 256 96 16 16 2048
17354GX 1735-
HC1-
1068
4x16 Global
Console
Manager
(GCM4)
ACT 256 256 96 16 16 2084

Switch options (continue)
Capacity
Three-level tiering
Option
number
T-M-F
1
Description
2
max
switches
max
KVM
servers
local
consoles
remote
consoles
17353LX 1735-
HC1-
2610
1x8 Console Switch - - 1 -
17354LX 1735-
HC1-
2611
2x16 Console Switch - - 2 -
17351GX 1735-
HC1-
1066
2x8 Local Console Manager (LCM2) 64 1024 2 -
17352GX 1735-
HC1-
1067
2x16 Global Console Manager (GCM2) 128 2048 1 2
17354GX 1735-
HC1-
1068
4x16 Global Console Manager (GCM4) 128 2048 1 4

Switch options (continue)
Standard parts

Option
number
T-M-F
1
Description
2
1U blank
filler panel
1.8m
Cat5
cable
Cat5
terminator
EIA
mounting
kit
side-wall
mounting
kit
17353LX 1735-
HC1-
2610
1x8 Console Switch 1 1 8 1 1
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 507
17354LX 1735-
HC1-
2611
2x16 Console Switch 1 1 16 1 1
17351GX 1735-
HC1-
1066
2x8 Local Console Manager
(LCM2)
1 1 8 1 1
17352GX 1735-
HC1-
1067
2x16 Global Console Manager
(GCM2)
1 1 16 1 1
17354GX 1735-
HC1-
1068
4x16 Global Console Manager
(GCM4)
1 1 16 1 1
Notes:
1. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
2. All switches are RoHS compliant.
3. ARI port is an RJ45 connector used to connect servers with appropriate
console cables (Option P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132); ACT port is an advanced ARI
RJ45 port supporting chaining of servers and virtual media using Cat5 cables
and appropriate conversion cables (Option P/Ns 39M2894, 39M2895, 39M2896,
39M2897).
4. ACI port is an RJ45 connector used for direct connection of
this switch up to one of the parent switch's ARI or ACT ports using
Cat5 cable.
5. ARI/ACT Combo ports allow use of either console cables (Option
P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132) or ACT conversion cables (Option P/Ns
39M2895, 39M2896, 39M2897). The Virtual Media conversion cable
(Option P/N 39M2894) is not supported.
Switch placement rules
Mounting locations LCM2 GCM
Monitor shelf\switch bay yes no
1U 17in Console\switch bay yes no
1U 15in Console\switch bay yes yes
Side-wall compartment yes yes
U compartment (EIA space) yes yes

Cable options (Table 1)
Label Part
number
Feature
code
1
Description 2.1m KVM
cable
(PS2 male
to PS2
male)
3.8m KVM
cable
(PS2 male
to PS2
male)
3m PS2
KVM cable
(PS2 male
to RJ45)
3m USB
KVM cable
(USB,
DB15 to
RJ45)
260mm
C2T
chaining
cable (C2T
male to
C2T male)
2
2m C2T
chaining
cable (C2T
male to
C2T male)
3
2m C2T
breakout
cable (C2T
male to
PS2
female)
[a1] 31R3130 3750 3m PS2
Console
Switch Cable
- - 1 - - - -
[a2] 31R3132 3751 3m USB
Console
Switch Cable
- - - 1 - - -
[d] 39M2896 3752 short KVM
Conversion
Option kit
(KCO)
- - - - - - -
- 3753 short KVM
conversion
cable set
- - - - - - -
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM
Conversion
Option kit
(KCO)
- - - - - - -
- 3755 long KVM
conversion
cable set
- - - - - - -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB
Conversion
Option Kit
(UCO)
- - - - - - -
- 3757 USB
conversion
cable set
- - - - - - -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media
Conversion
Option (VCO)
- - - - - - -
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customer
The following options have been withdrawn from marketing:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 508
[a] 09N4293 - Console
Cable Set -
7ft
1 - - - - - -
[a] 94G7447 - Console
Cable Set -
12ft
- 1 - - - - -
[b] with server - C2T chaining
cable
- - - - 1 - -
[c] 06P4792 - Virtual Media
Conversion
Option (VCO)
- - - - - 1 1
[f] 32P1637 - C2T
Conversion
Option Kit
- - - - - - -

Cable options (Table 2)
Label Part number Feature
code
1
Description 250mm KCO
cable (PS2
male to
RJ45)
1.5m KCO
cable (PS2
male to
RJ45)
114mm CCO
cable (C2T
male to
RJ45)
1.5m UCO
cable (USB,
DB15 to
RJ45)
1.5m VCO
cable (USB,
DB15 to
RJ45)
[a1] 31R3130 3750 3m PS2
Console
Switch Cable
- - - - -
[a2] 31R3132 3751 3m USB
Console
Switch Cable
- - - - -
[d] 39M2896 3752 short KVM
Conversion
Option kit
(KCO)
4 - - - -
- 3753 short KVM
conversion
cable set
1 - - - -
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM
Conversion
Option kit
(KCO)
- 4 - - -
- 3755 long KVM
conversion
cable set
- 1 - - -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB
Conversion
Option Kit
(UCO)
- - - 4 -
- 3757 USB
conversion
cable set
- - - 1 -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media
Conversion
Option (VCO)
- - - - 1
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customer
The following options have been withdrawn from marketing:
[a] 09N4293 - Console Cable
Set - 7ft
- - - - -
[a] 94G7447 - Console Cable
Set - 12ft
- - - - -
[b] with server - C2T chaining
cable
- - - - -
[c] 06P4792 - C2T Cable Kit - - - - -
[f] 32P1637 - C2T
Conversion
Option Kit
- - 1 - -

Cable options (Table 3)
Label Part number Feature code
1
Description 150mm Cat5
cable (RJ45 to
RJ45)
350mm Cat5
cable (RJ45 to
RJ45)
1.8m Cat5
cable (RJ45 to
RJ45)
Usage
[a1] 31R3130 3750 3m PS2 Console
Switch Cable
- - - servers with PS2
KVM ports
[a2] 31R3132 3751 3m USB Console
Switch Cable
- - - servers with USB
+VGA KVM ports
[d] 39M2896 3752 short KVM
Conversion
Option kit (KCO)
4 - - servers with PS2
KVM ports and
no cable
management
arms
- 3753 short KVM
conversion cable
set
1 - -
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 509
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM
Conversion
Option kit (KCO)
- 4 - servers with PS2
KVM ports and
with cable
management
arms
- 3755 long KVM
Conversion
Option kit (KCO)
- 1 -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB Conversion
Option Kit (UCO)
- 4 - servers with USB
+VGA KVM ports
- 3757 USB conversion
cable set
- 1 -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media
Conversion
Option (VCO)
- - 1 servers with USB
+VGA KVM ports
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customer
The following options have been withdrawn from marketing:
[a] 09N4293 - Console Cable
Set - 7ft
- - - servers with PS2
KVM ports
4
[a] 94G7447 - Console Cable
Set - 12ft
- - - servers with PS2
KVM ports
4
[b] with server - C2T chaining
cable
- - - included with
x335
5
[c] 06P4792 - C2T Cable Kit - - - x335
[f] 32P1637 - C2T Conversion
Option Kit
- - 1 x335
6
Notes:
1. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
2. Short C2T chaining cable standard with the
C2T-capable servers.
3. C2T Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) includes a long C2T chaining
cable for use when interconnected servers are farther than
three EIA units apart.
4. PS2 KVM connectors: keyboard 6-pin DIN, mouse 6-pin DIN,
video HD-15 VGA.
5. C2T Interconnect ports use special connectors.
6. ACT conversion options convert from PS2 KVM, USB plus VGA,
or C2T interconnect to Cat5 RJ45 connectors.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 510
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 511
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 512
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 513
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 514
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 515

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Power Products | Sample Power Configurations |
Rack Placement |

Attention: UPS Data for Latin America and Asia Pacific will be added in
a later COG release.
Rack Power Products:
IBM Distributed Power Interconnect (DPI) Power Distribution Units
(PDU)
DPI 100-127v NEMA PDU
DPI Universal Rack PDU
DPI Single-phase Front-end PDUs
DPI Single-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring
DPI Three-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring
DPI Three-phase High Density PDU
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
Ultra Density Enterprise PDU+ with Monitoring
IBM Uninterruptable Power Supplies (UPS)
UPS3000LV
UPS3000HV
UPS75000XHV
UPS10000XHV
Power Outlets
IBM Power Distribution Unit
Outlets C19 C13 5-15R
NEMA PDU 0 0 6
Rack PDU 0 7 0
Front-end PDU 3 0 0
Enterprise C13 PDU 0 12 0
Enterprise C13 PDU+ 0 12 0
Enterprise C19 PDU 6 0 0
Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 6 3 0
High Density PDU 12 0 0
Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 9 3 0
Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 9 3 0

IBM Uninterruptible Power Supplies
Native ports Total Ports Using Rack PDUs
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 516
Outlets C19 C13 5-15R L5-30R C19 C13 5-15R L5-30R
IBM 3000LV 0 0 6 1 0 0 6 1
IBM 3000HV 1 9 0 0 0 16 0 0
IBM 7500XHV 4 0 0 0 0 28 0 0
IBM 10000XHV 4 0 0 0 0 28 0 0

Notes: (reference the following graphic):
1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the
power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932(14ft) if
appropriate cord is not provided with the device.
2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord.
3. P/S = Power Supply
4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.
5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords.
6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal
devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19,
or High Density PDUs.
7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block
requiring an electrician to connect to power source.
8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.

Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit
for each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 517

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Power Products | Sample Power Configurations |
Rack Placement |

Notes (referencing the following graphic):
1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the
power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932 (14ft) if
appropriate cord is not provided with the device.
2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord.
3. P/S = Power Supply
4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.
5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords.
6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal
devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19,
or High Density PDUs.
7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block
requiring an electrician to connect to power source.
8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for
each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.
Sample Power Configuration:


Click image to enlarge


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 518

Click image to enlarge



Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 519

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
Rack Power Products | Sample Power Configurations |
Rack Placement |

Rack Placement:
Rack PDU Placement Rules and PDU Capacities
NetBay and DPI PDUs cannot be mixed in the same side-wall
compartment.
DPI Rack PDUs can be cabled to NetBay Front-end PDUs.



Click image to enlarge


Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 520

Click image to enlarge

BladeCenter examples:


Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 521

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

DPI Power Distribution Units (US and Canada)
The following PDUs have line cords included:
Option part
number
Feature
code
Description Power cord description Power source

DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 5900 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-
15P
single-phase
15A/100-127V 60Hz
Specifications
Outlets:six NEMA 5-
15R
Power Capacity:1440W @
120V
Power Limit per Outlet:10A
Power Limit per PDU:12A circuit
breaker
Power Monitoring:No


DPI Universal Rack PDU
5950 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS
(100-250V)
39Y8951 5949 line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase
20A/120V 60Hz
5951 line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase
20A/208V 60Hz
Specifications
Version: to PDU or
UPS
LV line cord HV line cord
Outlets: seven IEC
C13
seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity: 3000W @
200V
1800W @ 120V 3120W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per PDU: 15A circuit
breaker
15A circuit
breaker
15A circuit
breaker
Power Monitoring: No No No


DPI Front-end PDU
39Y8938 6002 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) detachable line cord: 2.5m NEMA
L5-30P
single-phase
30A/120V
39Y8939 6003 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V Front-end PDU(US) detachable line cord: 2.5m NEMA
L6-30P
single-phase
30A/208V
39Y8940 6004 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end PDU(US) detachable line cord: 2.5m IEC
309 2P+G
single-phase
60A/208V
Specifications
Version: 30A/120V 30A/208V 60A/208V
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 522
Outlets: three IEC
C19
three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2880W @
120V
4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A
Power Limit per PDU: 24A 24A 48A
Power Monitoring: No No No


DPI High Density PDU
73P5847 6071 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V High Density PDU (US) attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309
3P+G
three-phase
60A/208V
Specifications
Outlets: twelve IEC
C19
Power Capacity: 17285W @
208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A
Grouping: four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: 27.7A
Power Monitoring: No
Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs).
See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate options, use the
Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as features of the Rack
Cabinet. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 523

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
Feature
code for
bundle
Option
part
number
Feature
code
PDU
model
description
+ Option
part
number
Feature
code
Power card
description
Power
source

DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU +
6012 39Y8941 6010 DPI C13
Enterprise
Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
6013 39Y8941 6010 DPI C13
Enterprise
Module (WW)
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V
Outlets: twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 4992W @
208V
9984W @
208V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
10A 10A
Power Limit per
PDU:
24A 48A
Power
Monitoring:
No No

6062 39Y8948 6060 DPI C19
Enterprise
Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
6063 39Y8948 6060 DPI C19
Enterprise
Module (WW)
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
6061 39Y8923 6061 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU(US) attached line cord:
4.3m IEC 309 3P+G
three-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 4992W @
208V
9984W @
208V
17285W @
208V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
16A 16A 16A
Grouping: - - two per
phase
Power Limit per
Group:
- - 27.7A
power limit per
pdu:
24A 48A -
Power
Monitoring:
No No No
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 524

6032 39M2816 6030 DPI C13
Enterprise PDU
+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
6033 39M2816 6030 DPI C13
Enterprise
Module (WW)
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V
Outlets: twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 4992W @
208V
9984W @
208V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
10A 10A
Power Limit per
PDU:
24A 48A
Power
Monitoring:
Yes Yes

6082 39M2818 6080 DPI C19
Enterprise PDU
+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
6083 39M2818 6080 DPI C19
Enterprise PDU
+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
6081 39M2819 6081 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU+ (US) attached line cord:
4.3m IEC 309 3P
+Gnd
three-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 three IEC
C13
six IEC C19 three
IEC C13
six IEC
C19
three
IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
Grouping:pairing of one C13 with
one C19
pairing of one C13
with one C19
each phase has
two C19 + one
C13
Power Limit per
Group:
20A 20A 27.7A
Power Limit per
PDU:
24A 48A -
Power
Monitoring:
Yes Yes Yes

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products that are part of a family of power
distribution units (PDUs). See the table 'DPI Power Distribution Units' for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate
options use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as
features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes for Bundles are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 525

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
| IBM UPS |

IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
MTM Feature
code
PDU
model
description
SEO/Option
part
number
Feature
code
Power cord
description
Power
source

IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+

7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX 6050 IBM Ultra
Density
Enterprise C19/
C13 PDU
Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
pairing of one 10A with one 16A
per group: 20A 20A
per PDU: 24A 48A
Power
Monitoring:
No No

71763NU 6051 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
60A/208V/3ph (US)
attached line cord:
4.3m IEC 309 3P
+Gnd
three-phase
delta
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit -
per Outlet: 16A 10A
grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A
per group 27.7A
per PDU: --
Power
Monitoring:
No


7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 526
71762MX 6090 IBM Ultra
Density
Enterprise C19/
C13 PDU+
Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V,
NEMA L6-30P (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/208V
60Hz
+ 40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V,
IEC 309 2P+G (US)
Line Cord
single-phase
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 30A/208V 60A/208V
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
pairing of one 10A with one 16A
per group: 20A 20A
per PDU: 24A 48A
Power
Monitoring:
Yes Yes

71763MU 6091 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
60A/208V/3ph (US)
attached line cord:
4.3m IEC 309 3P
+Gnd
three-phase
delta
60A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit -
per Outlet: 16A 10A
grouping: each phase has three 16A + one 10A
per group 27.7A
per PDU: --
Power
Monitoring:
Yes

Note:
H This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and
BladeCenter servers.
H For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers.
H The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A.
H These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number.
H When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number.
H For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs.
H See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 527

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

IBM Uninterruptable Power Supplies (US & Canada)
Order a UPS Product... Plus a Line Cord
Option
part
number
Feature
code
Description Option part
number
Feature code Description Power source

IBM Tower UPS (2130-TU1)
2130R1X 1081 IBM UPS750TLV attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P single-phase
15A/120V
2130R3X 1083 IBM UPS1000TLV attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P single-phase
15A/120V
2130R5X 1085 IBM UPS1500TLV attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P single-phase
15A/120V
Specifications
Version: 750VA 1000VA 1500VA
Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R eight NEMA 5-
15R
eight NEMA 5-
15R
Power Capacity: 500W 670W 980W
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per UPS: 6.25A 8.3A 12A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: No No No


IBM Rack UPS (2130-RU1)
21301RX 1077 IBM UPS3000LV attached line cord: 12ft NEMA L5-30P
40K9620 5742 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications
Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R one NEMA L5-
30R
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 120V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A
Grouping: 2x(two 5-15R) 1x(two 5-15R +
L5-30R)
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A
Power Limit per UPS: 24A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N
40K9620)

21302RX 1078 IBM UPS3000HV select from the list of Line Cords below:
Line Cords:
40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-
20P (US) Line Cord
40K9620 5742 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications
Outlets: nine IEC C13 one IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 16A
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 528
Grouping: 2x(three C13) 1x(three C13 +
one C19)
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A
Power Limit per UPS: 16A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N
40K9620)

21303RX 1079 IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs:
28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 38A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max (P/N
39Y8857)

21304RX 1080 IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 70A circuit
breaker (typical))
39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs:
28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 50A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max (P/N
39Y8857)

Note: This table describes the IBM System x family Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the
eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 529

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

DPI Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part
number
Description Power cord description Power
source

DPI Universal Rack PDU (includes 2m C19/C20 rack power cable)
any of the
following
DPI Universal Rack PDU module without line cord rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU
or UPS (100-
250V)
39Y8952 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Europe) line cord: 4.3m CEE7-VII single-phase
16A/230V
39Y8953 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Den/Sws) line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase
16A/230V
39Y8954 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Israel) line cord: 4.3m SI 32 single-phase
16A/230V
39Y8955 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Italy) line cord: 4.3m CEI 23-16 single-phase
16A/230V
39Y8956 DPI Universal Rack PDU (South Africa) line cord: 4.3m SABS 164 single-phase
16A/230V
39Y8957 DPI Universal Rack PDU (UK) line cord: 4.3m BS 1363/A single-phase
13A/230V
39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P
(detachable)
single-phase
20A/120V
60Hz
line cord: 4.3 NEMA L6-20P (detachable) single-phase
20A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: to PDU or UPS 16A/230V UK Saudi Arabia (US
LV)
Outlets: seven IEC C-13 seven IEC C-13 seven IEC C-13 seven IEC C-13
Power Capacity: 3000W @ 200V 3450W @ 230V 2990W @ 230V 1800W @ 120V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per PDU: 15A 15A 13A 15A
Power Monitoring: No No No No


DPI Front end PDU
39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P single-phase
30A/120V
39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US) line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase
32A/220-
240V
39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US) line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase
63A/220-
240V
Specifications
Version: 30A/120V 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V
Outlets: three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2880W @ 120V 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 530

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
Option part
number
PDU model description + Option part
number
Power cord description Power source

DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-
240V
63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: twelve
IEC C13
twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @
230V
14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-
240V
63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC
C19
six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 7360W @
230V
14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A
Grouping: - - two per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 531
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-
240V
63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: twelve
IEC C13
twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @
230V
14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC
C19
three IEC C13 six IEC C19 three IEC
C13
six IEC
C19
three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
Grouping: pairing of one C13 with
one C19
pairing of one C13 with
one C19
each phase has two
C19 + one C13
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs).
See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 532

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
| IBM UPS |

IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
MTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option
Part Number
Power Cord Description Power Source

IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+

7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise
C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
each phase has two 16A
+ one 10A
per group: 20A 20A 32A
per PDU: 32A 63A --
Power Monitoring: No No No


7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise
C19/C13 PDU+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N
+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
each phase has two 16A
+ one 10A
per group: 20A 20A 32A
per PDU: 32A 63A --
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 533
Note:
H This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and
BladeCenter servers.
H For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers.
H The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A.
H These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number.
H When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number.
H For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs.
H See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 534

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |
IBM UPS |

IBM Uninterruptable Power Supplies (EMEA)
Order a UPS Product... Plus a Line Cord
Option
part
number
Description Option part number Description Power source

IBM Tower UPS (2130-TU1)
2130R2X IBM UPS750THV select from the list of line cords below:
2130R4X IBM UPS1000THV
2130R6X IBM UPS1500THV
Line Cords:
39Y7917 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
CEE7-VII (Europe) Line
Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7918 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
DK2-5a (Denmark) Line
Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7920 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7921 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line
Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7922 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
SABS 164 (South Africa)
Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7919 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws)
Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7923 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to
BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
Specifications
Version: 750VA 1000VA 1500VA
Outlets: six IEC C13 eight IEC C13 eight IEC C13
Power Capacity: 500W 670W 980W
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per UPS: 3.4 4.5 6.8
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: No No No


IBM Rack UPS (2130-RU1)
21301RX IBM UPS3000LV attached line cord: 12ft NEMA L5-30P
40K9620 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications
Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R one NEMA L5-30R
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 120V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A
Grouping: two 5-15R two 5-15R + L5-30R
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 535
Power Limit per UPS: 24A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620)

21302RX IBM UPS3000HV select from the list of Line Cords below:
Line Cords:
40K9766 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to
CEE7-VII (Europe) Line
Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9769 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to
IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/
Sws) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9771 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to
SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9768 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to
CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line
Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9770 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to
SABS 164 (South Africa)
Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9767 4.3m, 13A/230V, C19 to
BS 1363/A w/13A fuse
(UK) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9620 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications
Outlets: nine IEC C13 one IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 16A
Grouping: 2x(three C13) 1x(three C13 + one C19)
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A
Power Limit per UPS: 16A
Power Monitoring: Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620)

21303RX IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit breaker
(typical))
39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase 3-phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V 6000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 38A 38A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max
(P/N 39Y8857)

21304RX IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 63A circuit breaker
(typical))
39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications
Version: single phase 3-phase
Outlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V 8000W @ 200V
Power Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 50A 50A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max
(P/N 39Y8857)

Note: This table describes the IBM System x family of Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with
the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 536

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |

DPI Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number Description Power cord description Power source

DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P single-phase 15A/100-
127V 60Hz
Specifications
Version: Taiwan (US LV)
Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity: 1440W @ 120V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
10A
Power Limit per
PDU:
12A circuit breaker
Power Monitoring: No


DPI Universal Rack PDU
any of the following: DPI Universal Rack PDU module without
line cord
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-
250V)
39Y8958 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Aus/NZ) line cord: 4.3m AS/NZ 3112 single-phase 15A/230V
39Y8959 DPI Universal Rack PDU (China) line cord: 4.3m GB 2099.1 single-phase 16A/220V
39Y8961 DPI Universal Rack PDU (India) line cord: 4.3m IS6538 single-phase 16A/240V
39Y8952 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Europe) line cord: 4.3m CEE7-VII single-phase 16A/230V
39Y8953 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Den/Sws) line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 16A/230V
39Y8956 DPI Universal Rack PDU (South Africa) line cord: 4.3m SABS 164 single-phase 16A/230V
39Y8957 DPI Universal Rack PDU (UK) line cord: 4.3m BS 1363/A single-phase 13A/230V
39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase 20A/120V
60Hz
line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase 20A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: to PDU or UPS Aus/NZ China Hong Kong (UK) Taiwan (US LV)
Outlets: seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity: 3000W @ 200V 3450W @ 230V 3300W @ 220V 2990W @ 230V 1800W @ 120V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per PDU: 15A circuit breaker 15A circuit breaker 15A circuit breaker 13A 15A circuit breaker
Power Monitoring: No No No No No


DPI Front-end PDU
39Y8937 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end
PDU (Aus/NZ)
line cord: 2.5m AS/NZS 3112 single-phase 32A/230V
39Y8936 DPI Single-phase 30A/220V Fron-tend
PDU (S Korea)
line cord: 2.5m KSC 8305 single-phase 30A/220V
39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end
PDU (nonUS)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 32A/220-240V
39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end
PDU (nonUS)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 63A/220-240V
39Y8939 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m NEMA L6-30P single-phase 30A/208V
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 537
39Y8940 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 2P+G single-phase 60A/208V
39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P single-phase 30A/120V
Specifications
Version: Aus/NZ S Korea 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 30A/120V
Outlets: three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2880W @ 230V 7360W @ 220V 14490W @ 230V 7360W @ 230V 2880W @ 120V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 30A 63A 32A 24A
Power Monitoring: No No No No No


DPI High Density PDU
39Y8999 DPI Three-phase 32A/380-415V High
Density PDU (nonUS)
attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 3P+N
+G
three-phase wye 32A/380-
415V
73P5847 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V High Density
PDU (US)
attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 3P+G three-phase delta
60A/208V
Specifications
Version: three-phase wye three-phase delta
Outlets: twelve IEC C19 twelve IEC C19
Power Capacity: 22080W @ 230V 17285W @ 208V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
16A 16A
Grouping: four per phase four per phase
Power Limit per
Group:
32A 27.7A
Power Monitoring: No No

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 538

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |

DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
Option part
number
PDU model description + Option part
number
Power cord description Power source

DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/
NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/
NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A
Grouping: - - two per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 539
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/
NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/
NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea)
Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC
C19
three
IEC
C13
six IEC
C19
three IEC
C13
six IEC
C19
three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @
230V
14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
Grouping: pairing of one
C13 with one
C19
pairing of one
C13 with one
7 C19
each phase
has
two C19 +
one
C13
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 540

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
|

IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada and the EMEA sections.
Order a PDU Module Plus a Line Cord
MTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option Part
Number
Power Cord Description Power Source

IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+

7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13
PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112
(Aus/NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
+ 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S.
Korea) Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/230V 30A/220V
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 6600W @ 220V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
pairing of one 10A with one 16A
per group: 20A 20A
per PDU: 32A 30A
Power Monitoring: No No


7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13
PDU+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112
(Aus/NZ) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/230V
+ 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S.
Korea) Line Cord
single-phase
30A/220V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/230V 30A/220V
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
nine IEC C19 three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 6600W @ 220V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with
one 16A
pairing of one 10A with one 16A
per group: 20A 20A
per PDU: 32A 30A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 541
Note:
H This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and
BladeCenter servers.
H For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers.
H The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A.
H These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number.
H When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number.
H For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs.
H See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 542

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |

DPI Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number Description Power cord description Power source

DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P single-phase 15A/100-
127V 60Hz
Specifications
Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity: 1440W @ 120V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
10A
Power Limit per
PDU:
12A circuit breaker
Power Monitoring: No


DPI Universal Rack PDU
any of the following: DPI Universal Rack PDU module without
line cord
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-
250V)
39Y8962 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Argentina) line cord: 4.3m IRAM 2073 single-phase 16A/220V
39Y8960 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Brazil) line cord: 4.3m NBR 6147 single-phase 15A/125V
39Y8955 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Italy) line cord: 4.3m CEI 23-16 single-phase 16A/230V
39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase 20A/120V
60Hz
line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase 20A/208V
60Hz
Specifications
Version: to PDU or UPS Argentina Brazil (NEMA LV) (NEMA HV)
Outlets: seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity: 3000W @ 200V 3300W @ 220V 1875W @ 125V 1800W @ 120V 3120W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
Power Limit per PDU: 15A circuit breaker 15A circuit breaker 15A circuit breaker 13A 15A circuit breaker
Power Monitoring: No No No No No


DPI Front-end PDU
39Y8938 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m NEMA L5-30P single-phase 30A/120V
39Y8939 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m NEMA L6-30P single-phase 30A/208V
39Y8940 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end
PDU (US)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 2P+G single-phase 60A/208V
39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end
PDU (nonUS)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 32A/220-240V
39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end
PDU (nonUS)
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 63A/220-240V
Specifications
Version: 30A/120V 30A/208V 60A/208V 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V
Outlets: three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity: 2880W @ 120V 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 543
Power Limit per PDU: 24A 24A 48A 32A 63A
Power Monitoring: No No No No No


DPI High Density PDU
73P5847 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V High Density
PDU (US)
attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 3P+G three-phase delta
60A/208V
39Y8999 DPI Three-phase 32A/380-415V High
Density PDU (nonUS)
attached line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 3P+N
+G
three-phase wye 32A/380-
415V
Specifications
Version: three-phase delta three-phase wye
Outlets: twelve IEC C19 twelve IEC C19
Power Capacity: 17285W @ 208V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limit per
Outlet:
16A 16A
Grouping: four per phase four per phase
Power Limit per
Group:
27.7A 32A
Power Monitoring: No No

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 544

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU |

DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord
Option part
number
PDU model description + Option part
number
Power cord description Power source

DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39Y8948 DPI C19 Enterprise Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 six IEC C19 six IEC C19
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 16A 16A
Grouping: - - two per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: No No No

39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 545
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220- 240V 63A/220-
240V
3-phase
Outlets: twelve IEC C13 twelve IEC
C13
twelve IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @
230V
22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 10A 10A 10A
Grouping: - - four per
phase
Power Limit per Group: - - 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
39M2818 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU+Module (WW) + 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: six IEC C19 three
IEC
C13
six IEC C19 three IEC
C13
six IEC C19 three IEC
C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @
230V
Power Limit per Outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
Grouping: pairing of one C13 with one C19 pairing of one C13 with
one C19
each phase
has two C19
+ one C13
Power Limit per Group: 20A 20A 32A
Power Limit per PDU: 32A 63A -
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

Note: This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the
table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 546

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview US & Canada EMEA Asia Pacific Latin America
DPI PDU | DPI Enterprise PDU | IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
|

IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module Plus a Line Cord
MTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option Part
Number
Power Cord Description Power Source

IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+

7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/
C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one
16A
each phase has two 16A +
one 10A
per group: 20A 20A 32A
per PDU: 32A 63A --
Power Monitoring: No No No


7176 - PM1 IBM IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/
C13 PDU+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-
US) Line Cord
single-phase
63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G
(non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye
32A/380-415V
Specifications:
Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phase
Outlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13
Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230V
Power Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10A
grouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one
16A
each phase has two 16A +
one 10A
per group: 20A 20A 32A
per PDU: 32A 63A --
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 547
Note:
H This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and
BladeCenter servers.
H For C19/C13 PDUs, each C19 outlet has a 20A circuit breaker. Each C13 shares one of the C19 circuit breakers.
H The combined load on the C13 and associated C19 must not exceed 20A.
H These PDUs carry their own Machine Type number.
H When ordering Line Cords as separate options, use the Single Entity Offering (SEO) order part number.
H For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the Line Cords as features of the PDUs.
H See the table DPI Power Distribution Units for more options.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 548
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 549
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 550
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 551
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 552
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 553
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 554

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.


Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures

Installing tape devices on the same bus as other devices may
impact performance of those devices.
Table 1. TotalStorage Ultrium tape drive 3580 model L33
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580L3H TotalStorage Ultrium tape drive 3580 model L33
2
Ultra320 (16-
bit LVD)
Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
400/800 GB 80/160 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model L33 is an LTO Ultrium 3 tape drive and ships with an
external 2.5m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI -to- 68pin), one data
cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. A power cord does not
ship standard with the unit.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing
in a rack.
Table 2. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L3E
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580L3E TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L
2
Ultra320 (16-
bit, LVD)
Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
400/800 GB 60/120 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model L3E is an LTO Ultrium 3 tape drive and ships with an
external 2.5m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI to 68pin), one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, US line cord, and rack to
PDU line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing
in a rack.

Table 3. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model H3S
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 555
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580S3E TS2230 Tape Drive Model H3S
2
SAS Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
400/800 GB 60/120 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model H3S is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships
with one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, US line
cord, and rack to PDU line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (P/N 96P1565) is available for
placing in a rack.

Table 4. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580L4X TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
2
Ultra320 (16-
bit, LVD)
Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model L43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with an external 2.5m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI -to- 68pin),
one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and one 2.8m C13
to 5-15P US line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (P/N 96P1565) is available for
placing in a rack.

Table 5. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580S4X TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
2
SAS Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model S43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge,
and one 2.8m C13 to 5-15P US line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (P/N 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.

Table 6. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 556
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580S4E System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S
2
SAS Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model S4E is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge,
and one 2.8m C13 to 5-15P US line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.

Table 7. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller
Option
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Max.
storage
1
MB/sec
1
Data
cartridges
(std/max)
3580E4S System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for
Express Seller
2
SAS Stand-alone
or Rack
Mount
3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options
96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3580 Model E4S is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge,
and one 2.8m C13 to 5-15P US line cord.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 557

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures

SCSI interface and cable legend
F Female - External
M Male - External
68 16-bit, 68-pin High Density connector
0.8 16-bit, 68-pin Very High Density Connection Interface (VHDI) 0.8mm connector
SE Single-ended SCSI
HVD High Voltage Differential SCSI
LVD Low Voltage Differential SCSI

Table 1. 1U VXA 320 Autoloader (PN 87691VX)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form
factor
Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags
(std/
max)
Quantity
of
drives
(std/
max)
Max storage -
native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
87691VX 1U VXA-320
Tape
Autoloader
1
LVD SCSI 1U Rack 0/10 1/1 1/1 1.6 TB/
3.2 TB
12/24
Related options
24R2137 VXA3 Data Cartridge
71P9160 VXA x23 Data Cartridge 5 pack
24R2138 VXA Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting
hardware, cleaning cartridge, 125V US power cord, rack to
PDU power cord, and 3m 0.8mm VHDCI to 68 pin SCSI cable.
Table 2. 4U Universal Tape Library (PN 33614LX)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form
factor
Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags
(std/
max)
Quantity
of
drives
(std/
max)
Max storage -
native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
33614LX 4U Universal
Tape Library
1
LVD SCSI/
Fibre Channel
2
4U Rack 0/38 0/2 0/2 15.2 TB/
30.4 TB
576/1152
Related Options
40K2573 LTO Generation 3 SCSI Drive
40K2575 LTO Generation 3 Fibre Channel Sled Drive
40K2577 LTO Magazine Option
40K2579 iSCSI Option
25R0032 LTO 3 Media 5 pack
39M5696 1M LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5697 5m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
39M5698 25m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting
hardware, cleaning cartridge, two 125V US power cords,
two rack to PDU power cord, and 3m 0.8mm VHDCI to 68 pin
SCSI cable.
2. Storage interface type is dependent upon drivesled
selection. See 'Related Options' for compatible drivesleds.
Table 3. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L3S (PN 3573L3S)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 558
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L3S IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L3S
1
LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2
TB
20/40
Related Options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting
hardware, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, 125V US
power cord, and rack to PDU power cord.
Table 4. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S (PN 3573F3S)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573F3S IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
F3S
1
4 Gbps Fiber 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 9.6 TB/ 19.2
TB
20/40
Related Options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting
hardware, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, 125V US
power cord, and rack to PDU power cord.

Table 5. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S (P/N 3573L4S)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L4S IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L4S
1
LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
120/240
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 6. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S (P/N 3573F4S)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 559
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573F4S IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
F4S
1
4Gbps Fibre 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
120/240
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 7. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S (P/N 3573S4S)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S4S IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
S4S
1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
120/240
Related options
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 8. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L32 (P/N 3573L32)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L32 IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L32
1
LVD SCSI 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2
TB
60/120
Related options
95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 560
Table 9. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S32 (P/N 3573S32)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S32 IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
S32
1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2
TB
60/120
Related options
95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 10. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S42 IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Model
L2U
1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
120/240
Related Options
45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P5008 Encryption Configuration
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 11. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573E42 IBM System
Storage
TS3100 Tape
Library
Express Seller
Model L2U
1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
120/240
Related Options
45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P5008 Encryption Configuration
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 561
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, rack mount kit, PDU line cord, and 125V US
power cord.

Table 12. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L3H(PN 3573L3H)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L3H IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
L3H
1
LVD SCSI 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 9.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
40/80
Related Options
23R7260 3573 Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Tape Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting hardware,
one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, 125V US power cord,
and rack to PDU power cord.

Table 13. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H(PN 3573F3H)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573F3H IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
F3H
1
LC Fiber 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
40/80
Related Options
23R7261 3573 Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting
hardware, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, 125V
US power cord, and rack to PDU power cord.

Table 14. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L34 (P/N 3573L34)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 562
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L34 IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
L34
1
LVD SCSI 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 19.2TB/
38.4TB
60/120
Related Options
95P4998 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 15. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S34 (P/N 3573S34)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S34 IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S34
1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 19.2 TB/ 38.4
TB
60/120
Related Options
95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data
cartridge, one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 16. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4U
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage -
native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S44 IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S34
1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Related Options
45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive
45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine
45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P5008 Encryption Configuration
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 563
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 17. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage -
native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573E44 IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Seller
Model L4U
1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Related Options
45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive
45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine
45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine
45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption
95P5008 Encryption Configuration
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, rack mount kit, PDU line cord, and
125V US power cord.

Table 18. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4H(P/N 3573L4H)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573L4H IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
L4H
1
LVD SCSI 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/ 79.8
TB
120/240
Related Options
95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 19. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H(P/N 3573F4H
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 564
3573F4H IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
F4H
1
4Gbps Fibre 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8
TB
120/240
Related Options
95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable
23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Table 20. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H(P/N 3573S4H)
Part
number
Description Storage
interface
Form factor Data
cartridges
(std/
max)
Cartridge
Mags (std/
max)
Quantity of
drives (std/
max)
Max storage
- native/
compressed
MB/sec -
native/
compressed
1
3573S4H IBM System
Storage
TS3200 Tape
Library
Express Model
S4H
1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8
TB
120/240
Related Options
95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive
23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional
23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4712 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)
95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4714 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)
95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer
23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge,
one cleaning cartridge, and 125V US power cord.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 565

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix A.
External tape and tape library attributes

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Ext tape drives Ext tape libraries Ext tape enclosures

Table 1. IBM 1U Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option
number
Description Form
factor
Max tap drives
2
87651UX IBM 1U Tape Drive External Enclosure
1
1U Rack
Mount
2
Related options
39M5656 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape Drive
25R0045 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up
39M5658 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive
43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive
43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive
44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit
2
40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit
2
44E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit
2

Note:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure, rack mounting hardware, 125V US power cord, and
rack to PDU power cord.
2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.

Table 2. IBM 4U Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option
number
Description Form
factor
Max tape drives
2
87664UX IBM 4U Tape Drive External Enclosure
1
4U Rack
Mount
6
Related Options
39M5656 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape Drive
25R0045 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up
39M5658 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive
39M5657 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 Internal Back -Up
43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive
44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit
2, 3

40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit
2, 3
44E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit
2, 3
Note:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure, rack mounting hardware, 125V US power cord, and
rack to PDU power cord.
2. A maximum of six tape enclosure SCSI, SAS, or USB adapter kits may be installed. Provides
up to 9 half high drive bays. Installation of a full high tape drive will require two half high
bays.
3. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.

Table 3. IBM Half High Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option
number
Description Form factor Max tape drives
2
8767HHX IBM Half High Tape Drive External Enclosure
1
Half High
Stand-alone
1
Related Options
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 566
39M5656 36/72GB DDS Generation 5 Tape Drive
25R0045 VXA 3 Half High Internal Back-up
39M5658 IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive
43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive
43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive
44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit
2
40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit
2
44E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit
2
Note:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure and 125V US power cord.
2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.

Table 4. IBM Full High Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option
number
Description Form factor Max tape drives
1
8768FHX IBM Full High Tape Drive External Enclosure
1
Full High
Stand-alone
1
Related Options
39M5657 LTO 400/800GB Full High Gen 3 Internal Back -Up
42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit
2

40K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit
2

Note:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure and 125V US power cord.
2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 567

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix B. Uninterruptible power supplies

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.


UPS runtime estimator
Steps to determine UPS runtimes and suitable UPS for desired
configurations:
1. Using the 'Power Product Data' table in the 'Power Data
Overview Appendix', sum the power load (watts) of all devices
in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum
runtimes, or Typical Load for typical runtimes.
2. Using the 'Runtimes' table, locate the configuration's total
load calculated in step 1.
3. Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired
runtime.
Note: If the configuration's total load is greater than the entries in the
'Runtimes' table, split the load across two or more UPS units.


IBM UPS 750T, 1000T, 1500T
Table 1. IBM UPS750T, 1000T, 1500T attributes
Tower
Low Voltage Versions
(US)
UPS750TLV UPS1000TLV UPS1500TLV
New T-M-F Ordering
System
4
2130TU1-1081 2130TU1-1083 2130TU1-1085
Part Number 2130R1X 2130R3X 2130R5X
(Old Part Number) (21301TX) (21303TX) (21305TX)

Low Voltage Versions
(Int'l)
UPS750THV UPS1000THV UPS1500THV
Part Number 2130R2X 2130R4X 2130R6X
(Old Part Number) (21302TX) (21304TX) (21306TX)

Japan Versions UPS750TJV UPS1000TJV UPS1500TJV
Part Number 2130R7X 2130R8X 2130R9X
(Old Part Number) (21307TX) (21308TX) (21309TX)
UPS attributes
Communications links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet
Color black black black
APC SmartSlot one one one
International models
50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 220-240(xxx)
1,2
220-240(xxx)
1,2
220-240(xxx)
1,2
10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device)receptacles 6 8 8
16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles - - -
Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) - - -
Line cord length, NEMA plug - - -
Line cord receptacle (IEC 320-) C14
3
C14
3
C14
3
Low Voltage Versions (US models and Japan models)
50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 100-127(120)
1
100-127(120)
1
100-127(120)
1
Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) 6 8 8
Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) - - -
10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device)receptacles - - -
16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles - - -
Line cord length, NEMA plug 6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P
Line cord receptacle (IEC 320-) - - -
Notes:
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 568
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as
is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric
service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output
is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.
3. Country-specific line cords available as options.
4. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.

Table 2. IBM UPS700T, 1000T, 1500T Runtimes
1
Tower
UPS750T UPS1000T UPS1500T
Total load (watts) Runtime (minutes) Runtime (minutes) Runtime (minutes)
50 105 224 269
100 57 127 157
200 28 64 80
300 18 41 51
400 13 29 37
500 10 23 28
600 - 18 22
700 - 15 18
800 - 12 15
900 - 11 13
1000 - 9 11
1200 - - 9
1400 - - 7
Notes:
1. Data provided by APC.

Table 3. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS750THV, UPS1000THV, and UPS1500THV:
Option number Description
39Y7930 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7929 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7917 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7918 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7920 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
39Y7922 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7919 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord
39Y7923 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
39Y7924 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
39Y7927 2.8m, 10A/240V, C13 to IS6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7928 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7925 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord

IBM UPS3000LV and HV
Table 4. IBM UPS3000LV and HV Attributes
Tower or rack mount
Version UPS3000LV UPS3000HV UPS extend run battery
pack
New T-M-F Ordering
System
1
2130RU1-1077 2130RU1-1078 FC 5742
Part Number 21301RX 21302RX 40K9620
UPS attributes
Communications links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet -
Color black black black
EIA height 2U 2U 2U
Versions Low Voltage High Voltage
50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 120(120)
1
220-240(xxx)
1, 2
-
Maximum power capacity (watts) 2700 2700 -
10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles - 9
4
-
16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles - 1
3
-
Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) 6 - -
Receptacles (NEMA L5-30R) 1 - -
Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type 12ft, L5-30P - -
Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) - C20
5
-
Notes:
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as
is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric
service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 569
is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.
3. One 2.5m PDU jumper cable ships with the UPS for attachment
from the IEC 320-C19 receptacle to a Power Distribution Unit (PDU)
with C20 inlet.
4. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the
UPS outlets, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C13/C14 connectors.
5. Country-specific line cords are available as options.
6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.

Table 5. IBM UPS3000LV Runtimes
1
Number of battery packs (P/N 40K9620)
+0 +1 +2 +3 +4
Total Load (Watts) Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
200 1/3 5/16 7/57 11/15 14/34
300 55 4/35 7/0 9/55 12/50
400 48 4/1 6/6 8/39 11/12
500 42 3/31 5/19 7/31 9/44
600 36 3/3 4/31 6/24 8/17
700 31 2/35 3/50 5/26 7/2
800 26 2/12 3/20 4/43 6/6
900 23 1/55 2/51 4/2 5/14
1000 19 1/38 2/23 3/23 4/23
1100 16 1/22 2/4 2/56 3/48
1200 14 1/11 1/48 2/33 3/19
1300 12 1/2 1/35 2/14 2/54
1400 10 54 1/20 1/54 2/28
1500 9 46 1/11 1/41 2/10
1600 8 41 1/8 1/37 2/5
1700 8 40 1/8 1/37 2/5
1800 8 40 1/8 1/37 2/5
1900 7 39 1/0 1/25 1/50
2000 7 35 1/0 1/25 1/50
2100 7 35 1/0 1/25 1/50
Notes:
1. Data provided by Eaton.

Table 6. IBM UPS3000HV Runtimes
1
Number of battery packs (P/N 40K9620)
+0 +1 +2 +3 +4
Total Load (Watts) Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
Runtime
( hours / minutes)
200 1/3 4/38 9/5 12/48 16/42
300 55 4/5 8/0 11/16 14/42
400 48 3/33 6/59 9/59 12/50
500 42 3/6 6/4 8/33 11/10
600 36 2/38 5/10 7/17 9/30
700 31 2/14 4/23 6/11 8/4
800 26 1/56 3/48 5/22 7/0
900 23 1/40 3/16 4/36 6/0
1000 19 1/23 2/44 3/51 5/2
1100 16 1/12 2/22 3/20 4/22
1200 14 1/3 2/4 2/54 3/48
1300 12 55 1/48 2/33 3/20
1400 10 47 1/32 2/10 2/50
1500 9 45 1/28 2/4 2/42
1600 9 41 1/20 1/53 2/28
1700 8 40 1/18 1/50 2/24
1800 8 40 1/18 1/50 2/24
1900 7 35 1/8 1/36 2/6
2000 7 35 1/8 1/36 2/6
2100 7 33 1/5 1/32 2/0
2200 6 30 58 1/22 1/48
2300 6 30 58 1/22 1/48
2400 6 30 58 1/22 1/48
2500 6 26 51 1/12 1/34
2600 5 25 49 1/9 1/30
2700 5 25 49 1/9 1/30
Notes:
1. Data provided by Eaton.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 570

Table 7. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS3000HV
Option number Description
40K9772 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
40K9777 4.3m, 16A/220V, C19 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
40K9775 4.3m, 15A/125V, C19 to NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord
40K9766 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
40K9769 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord
40K9771 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
40K9768 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
40K9770 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
40K9767 4.3m, 13A/230V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
40K9773 4.3m, 15A/230V, C19 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
40K9774 4.3m, 16A/220V, C19 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
40K9776 4.3m, 16A/240V, C19 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord

IBM UPS 7500XHV, 10000XHV
Table 8. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV attributes
Tower or rack mount
Version UPS7500XHV UPS10000XHV UPS extend run battery
pack
New T-M-F Ordering
System
6
2130RU1-1079 2130RU1-1080 FC 5743
Part number 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857
(Old part number) (21306RX) (21308RX) (25R5582)
UPS attributes
Communication links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet --
Color black black black
EIA height 6U 6U 3U
Versions
50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 220-240(xxx)
1, 2
220-240(xxx)
1, 2
-
Maximum power capacity (watts) 6000 8000 -
10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles - - -
16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 4
3, 4
4
3, 4
-
Line cord receptacle terminal block
5
terminal block
5
-
Notes:
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as
is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric
service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output
is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 208, 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.
3. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices or PDUs
to the UPS outlet, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C19/C20
connectors.
4. Each outlet is protected by a 15amp circuit breaker.
5. Requires electrician to connect directly to the terminal block
inlet.
6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and
Canada.

Table 9. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Runtimes
1
Number of battery packs (P/N 39Y8857)
+0 +1 +2 +4
Watts load Runtime
(hours/
minutes)
Runtime
(hours/
minutes)
Runtime
(hours/
minutes)
Runtime
(hours/
minutes)
200 4/6 7/36 11/54 20/54
300 3/6 5/48 9/6 16/0
400 2/30 4/36 7/18 12/48
500 2/6 3/54 6/6 10/42
600 1/48 3/18 5/12 9/12
700 1/30 2/54 4/30 8/0
800 1/18 2/30 4/0 7/0
900 1/12 2/18 3/36 6/12
1000 1/6 2/0 3/12 5/42
1200 55 1/42 2/42 4/48
1400 47 1/30 2/18 4/6
1600 41 1/12 2/0 3/36
1800 36 1/6 1/48 3/12
2000 32 1/0 1/36 2/54
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 571
3000 19 39 1/0 1/48
4000 13 28 46 1/18
5000 10 21 35 1/0
6000 7 16 28 52
7000 5 13 23 44
8000 4 11 20 37
Note: UPS7500 is rated for up to 6000 total watts; UPS10000 is rated for up to 8000 total watts.
Notes:
1. Data provided by APC.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 572

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix C. Power data overview

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Note: The following table is used in conjunction with the UPS
Runtime tables in the Uninterruptible power supplies appendix.
B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable
Table 1. Product Power Data
External Power Line Cords
3
Machine
type/
model
Power
inlets
(std/
max)
Power
Watts
Load
(Watts)
(Typical/
Max)
1
(6369)
1.8m C13/
5-15P
(6313)
2.8m C13/
5-15P
(6370)
4.3m C13/
5-15P
(6351)
1.8m C13/
6-15P
(6372)
2.8m C13/
6-15P
(6389)
1.8m C13/
L6-15P
(6390)
2.8m C13/
L6-15P

Server products
x3200
3
4362, 4363 1/2 190/272 S D S S S
x3200 M2
3
4367, 4368 1/2 190/272 S D S S S
x3250
3
4364, 4365 1/1 210/300 S D S S
x3250 M2
3
4190,
4191, 4194
1/1 245/350 S D S S
x3350
3
4192, 4193 1/2 280/400 S S S S
x3400 entry
3
7973, 7974 1/1 463/662 D
x3400 mid-
range
3
7975, 7976 1/2 476/680 D
x3455
3
7984 1/1 350/495 S S S S S S S
x3500
3
7977 1/2 476/680 D
x3550
3
7978 1/2 490/700 S S S S
x3650
3
7979 1/2 679/970 S S S S
x3655
3
7985 1/2 679/970 S S S S
x3755 (one
power
supply)
3
8877 1/1 610/872 S S S
x3755 (two
power
supplies)
3
8877 2/2 1190/1700 S S S
x3800 (two
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 2/2 679/970 D S
x3800 (three
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 3/3 1288/1840 D S
x3850
3
8863 2/2 1103/1575 S S
x3850 M2
3
(low voltage)
5
7141 2/2 590/843
x3850 M2
(high
voltage)
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568 S
x3950
3
8872, 8878 2/2 1103/1575 S
x3950 M2
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568 S
BladeCenter
S (two 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 1585/2235
BladeCenter
S (four 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2347/3353
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 573
BladeCenter
S (two
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 2240/3200
BladeCenter
S (four
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2240/3200
BladeCenter
(two 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 2/4 1855/2650
BladeCenter
(four 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 4/4 3710/5300
BladeCenter
H (two
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 2/2 3325/4750
BladeCenter
H (four
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 4/4 6650/9500
Storage products
EXP400
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
17331RU 2/2 310/440 2B
EXP3000
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
172001X 2/2 350/500
DS300
Storage
Subsystem
3
1701xxx 2/2 391/558
DS400
Storage
Subsystem
3
1700xxx 2/2 391/558
DS3200 Disk
System
3
17622xx 2/2 421/500
DS3300 Disk
System
3
17233xx 2/2 421/500
DS3400 Disk
System
2
17234xx 2/2 421/500
DS4200 Disk
System
2
18147VH 2/2 427/600
DS4300 Disk
System
2
17226xx 2/2 275/390 2B
DS4700 Disk
System
2
18147xx 2/2 427/600
DS4800
Storage
Controller
2
18158xx 2/2 140/200
DS4000
EXP420
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
18128VH 2/2 420/600
DS4000
EXP810
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
181281H 2/2 420/600
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 16-
Port
200516B 1/1 53/75
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 32-
Port
200532B 2/2 147/210
Other products
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 574
Console
Switch
1735xLX 1/1 28/40
Console
Manager
1735xGX 1/1 28/40
1U 17in
Console Kit
17231RX 1/1 38/54
1U 15in
Console Kit
17233RX 1/1 25/35

Table 1. Product Power Data (continued)
External Power Line Cords (continue)
3
Machine
type/
model
Power
inlets
(std/
max)
Power
Watts
Load
(Watts)
(Typical/
Max)
1
(6391)
4.3m C13/
L6-15P
(6535)
2.5m C19/
5-15P
(6274)
4.3m C19/
L5-20P
(6253)
2.5m C19/
6-15P
(6275)
4.3m C19/
L6-20P
(6270)
4.3m 2xL6-
30P

Server products
x3200
3
4362, 4363 1/2 190/272
x3200 M2
3
4367, 4368 1/2 190/272
x3250
3
4364, 4365 1/1 210/300
x3250 M2
3
4190, 4191,
4194
1/1 245/350
x3350
3
4192, 4193 1/2 280/400
x3400 entry
3
7973, 7974 1/1 463/662
x3400 mid-
range
3
7975, 7976 1/2 476/680
x3455
3
7984 1/1 350/495 S
x3500
3
7977 1/2 476/680
x3550
3
7978 1/2 490/700
x3650
3
7979 1/2 679/970
x3655
3
7985 1/2 679/970 S
x3755 (one
power
supply)
3
8877 1/1 610/872 S
x3755 (two
power
supplies)
3
8877 2/2 1190/1700 S
x3800 (two
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 2/2 679/970
x3800 (three
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 3/3 1288/1840
x3850
3
8863 2/2 1103/1575
x3850 M2
3
(low voltage)
5
7141 2/2 590/843
x3850 M2
(high
voltage)
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568
x3950
3
8872, 8878 2/2 1103/1575
x3950 M2
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568
BladeCenter
S (two 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 1585/2235 S S
BladeCenter
S (four 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2347/3353 S S
BladeCenter
S (two
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 2240/3200 S S
BladeCenter
S (four
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2240/3200 S S
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 575
BladeCenter
(two 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 2/4 1855/2650 S
BladeCenter
(four 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 4/4 3710/5300 S
BladeCenter
H (two
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 2/2 3325/4750 S
BladeCenter
H (four
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 4/4 6650/9500 S
Storage products
EXP400
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
17331RU 2/2 310/440
EXP3000
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
172001X 2/2 350/500
DS300
Storage
Subsystem
3
1701xxx 2/2 391/558
DS400
Storage
Subsystem
3
1700xxx 2/2 391/558
DS3200 Disk
System
3
17622xx 2/2 421/500
DS3300 Disk
System
3
17233xx 2/2 421/500
DS3400 Disk
System
2
17234xx 2/2 421/500
DS4200 Disk
System
2
18147VH 2/2 427/600
DS4300 Disk
System
2
17226xx 2/2 275/390
DS4700 Disk
System
2
18147xx 2/2 427/600
DS4800
Storage
Controller
2
18158xx 2/2 140/200
DS4000
EXP420
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
18128VH 2/2 420/600
DS4000
EXP810
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
181281H 2/2 420/600
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 16-
Port
200516B 1/1 53/75
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 32-
Port
200532B 2/2 147/210
Other products
Console
Switch
1735xLX 1/1 28/40
Console
Manager
1735xGX 1/1 28/40
1U 17in
Console Kit
17231RX 1/1 38/54
1U 15in
Console Kit
17233RX 1/1 25/35

Table 1. Product Power Data (continued)
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 576
Internal Power Cables
3
Machine
type/
model
Power
inlets
(std/
max)
Power
Watts
Load
(Watts)
(Typical/
Max)
1
(6201)
1.5m C13/
C14
(6316) 2m
C13/
C14
(6311)
2.8m C13/
C14
(6263)
4.3m C13/
C14
(6204)
2.8m C13/
C20
2xC13/
C14 Y-cable

Server products
x3200
3
4362, 4363 1/2 190/272 S S S S
x3200 M2
3
4367, 4368 1/2 190/272 S S
x3250
3
4364, 4365 1/1 210/300 D S S S
x3250 M2
3
4190, 4191,
4194
1/1 245/350 D S S S
x3350
3
4192, 4193 1/2 280/400 D S S S S
x3400 entry
3
7973, 7974 1/1 463/662
x3400 mid-
range
3
7975, 7976 1/2 476/680
x3455
3
7984 1/1 350/495 D
x3500
3
7977 1/2 476/680
x3550
3
7978 1/2 490/700 S S S S
x3650
3
7979 1/2 679/970 S S D S S
x3655
3
7985 1/2 679/970 S
x3755 (one
power
supply)
3
8877 1/1 610/872 S
x3755 (two
power
supplies)
3
8877 2/2 1190/1700 S
x3800 (two
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 2/2 679/970 S D S S
x3800 (three
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 3/3 1288/1840 S D S S
x3850
3
8863 2/2 1103/1575 D S S
x3850 M2
3
(low voltage)
5
7141 2/2 590/843 S D S S
x3850 M2
(high
voltage)
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568 S D S S
x3950
3
8872, 8878 2/2 1103/1575 S D S S
x3950 M2
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568 S S S S
BladeCenter
S (two 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 1585/2235
BladeCenter
S (four 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2347/3353
BladeCenter
S (two
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 2240/3200
BladeCenter
S (four
1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2240/3200
BladeCenter
(two 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 2/4 1855/2650
BladeCenter
(four 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 4/4 3710/5300
BladeCenter
H (two
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 2/2 3325/4750
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 577
BladeCenter
H (four
2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 4/4 6650/9500
Storage products
EXP400
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
17331RU 2/2 310/440 2B
EXP3000
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
172001X 2/2 350/500 2B
DS300
Storage
Subsystem
3
1701xxx 2/2 391/558 1B
DS400
Storage
Subsystem
3
1700xxx 2/2 391/558 2B
DS3200 Disk
System
3
17622xx 2/2 421/500 2B
DS3300 Disk
System
3
17233xx 2/2 421/500 2B
DS3400 Disk
System
2
17234xx 2/2 421/500 2B
DS4200 Disk
System
2
18147VH 2/2 427/600 2B
DS4300 Disk
System
2
17226xx 2/2 275/390 2B
DS4700 Disk
System
2
18147xx 2/2 427/600 2B
DS4800
Storage
Controller
2
18158xx 2/2 140/200 2B
DS4000
EXP420
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
18128VH 2/2 420/600 2B
DS4000
EXP810
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
181281H 2/2 420/600 2B
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 16-
Port
200516B 1/1 53/75 1B
Fibre
Channel
Switch, 32-
Port
200532B 2/2 147/210 2B
Other products
Console
Switch
1735xLX 1/1 28/40 1B
Console
Manager
1735xGX 1/1 28/40 1B
1U 17in
Console Kit
17231RX 1/1 38/54 1B
1U 15in
Console Kit
17233RX 1/1 25/35 1B

Table 1. Product Power Data (continued)
Internal Power Cables (continue)
3
Machine
type/
model
Power
inlets
(std/
max)
Power
Watts
Load (Watts)
(Typical/
Max)
1
(6312) 1.8m
C13/5-1
(6366) 2.8m
C13/5-15P
(6207) 4.3m
C13/5-15P
(6252) 2.5m
C19/C20
(6226) 2.8m
3xC20

Server products
x3200
3
4362, 4363 1/2 190/272
x3200 M2
3
4367, 4368 1/2 190/272
x3250
3
4364, 4365 1/1 210/300
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 578
x3250 M2
3
4190, 4191,
4194
1/1 245/350
x3350
3
4192, 4193 1/2 280/400 S S S
x3400 entry
3
7973, 7974 1/1 463/662
x3400 mid-
range
3
7975, 7976 1/2 476/680
x3455
3
7984 1/1 350/495 S S
x3500
3
7977 1/2 476/680
x3550
3
7978 1/2 490/700 S
x3650
3
7979 1/2 679/970 S
x3655
3
7985 1/2 679/970 S
x3755 (one
power supply)
3
8877 1/1 610/872 S
x3755 (two
power
supplies)
3
8877 2/2 1190/1700 S
x3800 (two
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 2/2 679/970
x3800 (three
power
supplies)
3
8865, 8866 3/3 1288/1840
x3850
3
8863 2/2 1103/1575
x3850 M2
3
(low voltage)
5
7141 2/2 590/843
x3850 M2
(high voltage)
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568
x3950
3
8872, 8878 2/2 1103/1575
x3950 M2
3
7141 2/2 1098/1568
BladeCenter S
(two 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 1585/2235 S
BladeCenter S
(four 950w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2347/3353 S
BladeCenter S
(two 1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 2/4 2240/3200 S
BladeCenter S
(four 1450w
power
supplies)
3, 6
8886 4/4 2240/3200 S
BladeCenter
(two 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 2/4 1855/2650 S
BladeCenter
(four 2000w
power
supplies)
3,4
8677 4/4 3710/5300 S
BladeCenter H
(two 2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 2/2 3325/4750 S
BladeCenter H
(four 2900w
power
supplies)
3,4
8852 4/4 6650/9500 S
Storage products
EXP400
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
17331RU 2/2 310/440
EXP3000
Storage
Expansion
Unit
3
172001X 2/2 350/500
DS300
Storage
Subsystem
3
1701xxx 2/2 391/558
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 579
DS400
Storage
Subsystem
3
1700xxx 2/2 391/558
DS3200 Disk
System
3
17622xx 2/2 421/500
DS3300 Disk
System
3
17233xx 2/2 421/500
DS3400 Disk
System
2
17234xx 2/2 421/500
DS4200 Disk
System
2
18147VH 2/2 427/600
DS4300 Disk
System
2
17226xx 2/2 275/390
DS4700 Disk
System
2
18147xx 2/2 427/600
DS4800
Storage
Controller
2
18158xx 2/2 140/200
DS4000
EXP420
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
18128VH 2/2 420/600
DS4000
EXP810
Storage
Expansion
Unit
2
181281H 2/2 420/600
Fibre Channel
Switch, 16-Port
200516B 1/1 53/75
Fibre Channel
Switch, 32-Port
200532B 2/2 147/210
Other products
Console Switch 1735xLX 1/1 28/40
Console
Manager
1735xGX 1/1 28/40
1U 17in
Console Kit
17231RX 1/1 38/54
1U 15in
Console Kit
17233RX 1/1 25/35
Notes:
1. This table represents general guidelines for selecting the
appropriate UPS based on minimum and typical runtime
estimates. A 'maximum configuration' load will result
in 'minimum' UPS runtime. Typical' loads are based
on a production system running at approximately 70%
of maximum capacity. The 'typical' load represents a
more likely configuration by providing an accurate
estimation of runtime. Customer environments are unique
and are unlikely to be precisely represented by any of
the specific entries in the table.
2. This is a representative list of supported power cables,
it is not complete. Please see the Sales Configurator for
a full list of available power cables.
3. Power-Factor Corrected (PFC) power supply.
4. Use with IBM UPS7500X or UPS10000X only.
5. x3850 M2 is limited to 2-way max when using low voltage
(100-127V).
6. BladeCenter S power supplies provide 950w when using
low voltage (100-127V) and 1450w when using high
voltage (200-250V). BladeCenter S uses different
feature codes for power cables. The following lists
the BladeCenter S power cable feature code and the
regular feature code shown in the table above in
parenthesis 4558 (6252), 3733 (6253), 4560 (6275),
4578 (6535), 4559 (6274).

Note: B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable
Table 2. Power supply options
Power cables
1
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 580
Power
supply
Option
number
Feature
code
SBB Geography Compatible
with
(6369)
1.8m
C13/5-15P
(6313)
2.8m
C13/5-15P
(6207)
4.3m
C13/5-15P
(6351)
1.8m
C13/6-15P

450W 43V7477 1990 43V7427 WW x3550
670W 32R2815 1964 32R2810 WW x3550
775W 41Y5002 1973 39R9506 WW x3800 S
835W 39Y8487 0942 39Y8326 WW x3400, x3500 S
835W 40K1905 - - US/Can x3650, x3655 1B
- 1968 40K0029 US/Can S
40K1906 - - non-US
1300W - 1972 39R9505 US/Can x3850
1500W 40K7543 - - US/Can x3755 1B
- 1974 40K7397 US/Can S
40K7544 - - non-US
950/
1450W
43W3582 - - WW BladeCenter S
- 4548 43W3614 US/Can
2000W 39M4675 - - WW BladeCenter
2

- 1966 39M4622 US/Can
2900W 31R3335 1962 32R2112 WW BladeCenter H

Table 2. Power supply options (continued)
Power cables
1
Power
supply
Option
number
Feature
code
SBB Geography Compatible
with
(6372)
2.8m
C13/6-15P
(6201)
1.5m C13/
C14
(6316) 2m
C13/C14
(6311)
2.8m C13/
C14

450W 43V7477 1990 43V7427 WW x3550
670W 32R2815 1964 32R2810 WW x3550
775W 41Y5002 1973 39R9506 WW x3800 S S S
835W 39Y8487 0942 39Y8326 WW x3400, x3500
835W 40K1905 - - US/Can x3650, x3655 1B
- 1968 40K0029 US/Can S
40K1906 - - non-US 1B
1300W - 1972 39R9505 US/Can x3850 S
1500W 40K7543 - - US/Can x3755 1B
- 1974 40K7397 US/Can S
40K7544 - - non-US 1B
950/
1450W
43W3582 - - WW BladeCenter S
- 4548 43W3614 US/Can
2000W 39M4675 - - WW BladeCenter
2

- 1966 39M4622 US/Can
2900W 31R3335 1962 32R2112 WW BladeCenter H

Table 2. Power supply options (continued)
Power cables
1
Power
supply
Option
number
Feature
code
SBB Geography Compatible
with
(6263)
4.3m C13/
C14
(6204)
2.8m C13/
C20
2xC13/
C14 Y-cable
(4578)
2.5m
C19/5-15P

450W 43V7477 1990 43V7427 WW x3550 1B
670W 32R2815 1964 32R2810 WW x3550 1B
775W 41Y5002 1973 39R9506 WW x3800 S S
835W 39Y8487 0942 39Y8326 WW x3400, x3500
835W 40K1905 - - US/Can x3650, x3655
- 1968 40K0029 US/Can
40K1906 - - non-US
1300W - 1972 39R9505 US/Can x3850
1500W 40K7543 - - US/Can x3755
- 1974 40K7397 US/Can
40K7544 - - non-US
950/
1450W
43W3582 - - WW BladeCenter S
- 4548 43W3614 US/Can S
2000W 39M4675 - - WW BladeCenter
2

- 1966 39M4622 US/Can
2900W 31R3335 1962 32R2112 WW BladeCenter H

Table 2. Power supply options (continued)
Power cables
1
Power
supply
Option
number
Feature
code
SBB Geography Compatible
with
(3733)
2.5m
C19/6-15P
(6253)
2.5m
C19/6-15P
(4558)
2.5m
C19/6-15P
(6252)
2.5m C19/
C20
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 581

450W 43V7477 1990 43V7427 WW x3550
670W 32R2815 1964 32R2810 WW x3550
775W 41Y5002 1973 39R9506 WW x3800
835W 39Y8487 0942 39Y8326 WW x3400, x3500
835W 40K1905 - - US/Can x3650, x3655
- 1968 40K0029 US/Can
40K1906 - - non-US
1300W - 1972 39R9505 US/Can x3850
1500W 40K7543 - - US/Can x3755
- 1974 40K7397 US/Can
40K7544 - - non-US
950/
1450W
43W3582 - - WW BladeCenter S 2B
- 4548 43W3614 US/Can S S
2000W 39M4675 - - WW BladeCenter
2
2B
- 1966 39M4622 US/Can S S
2900W 31R3335 1962 32R2112 WW BladeCenter H
Notes:
1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 39Y7931 - 14ft C13/NEMA 5-15P,
P/N 39Y7932 - 14ft C13/IEC 320-C14, P/N 39Y7938 - 2.8m C13/
IEC 320-C20. See the sales configurator tool for additional
power cable selections that may be available.
2. Refer to the 'BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines'
Appendix for important information that will help determine
when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.

Table 3. Power cables
Option
number
SBB Feature
code
Cable part
number
Description

Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Country-specific Line Cords (US / Canada)
- 39Y5650 6369 39M5080 1.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y5651 6313 39M5081 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y5652 6370 39M5082 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y8121 6351 39M5094 1.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y8122 6372 39M5095 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y8123 6373 39M5096 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y6555 6390 39M5116 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord
- 39Y6556 6391 39M5117 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord

Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Internal Rack Power Cables (Worldwide)
- 39Y5531 6201 39M5375 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
- 39Y5532 6316 39M5376 2m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
- 39Y5533 6311 39M5377 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
39Y7932 39Y7979 6263 39M5378 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
39Y7938 39Y5547 6204 39M5392 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
39Y7931 39Y5646 6207 39M5076 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P Rack Power Cable

BladeCenter with 16amp C20 Inlets
39Y7916 26R0244 6252 39M5389 2.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
- 43W8324 6538 39M5278 2.5m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
40K9772 39Y5565 6275 39M5279 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord

BladeCenter H with 37amp UTG Inlets
25R5785 32R2108 6226 39M5445 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 (WW) Power Cable
25R5783 32R2109 6270 39M5446 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 582

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix D. System Management overview

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview Addition information

IBM system management solutions allow you to run your
business-critical applications using innovative hardware technology
that prevents most outages and recovers rapidly from the few that
do occur. This technology makes System x simpler to service and easier
to manage.
This section shows the available range of standard and optional
system management processors and describes the features and configuration
process for each. This section further demonstrates how these service
processors can be interconnected to form a communication network
for alerting and monitoring a wide range of system functions and
hardware conditions.
Legend
ISMP Integrated System Management Processor
BMC Baseboard Management Controller
RSA II Remote Supervisor Adapter II
RSA II SL Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine
ASMIC Advanced System Management Interconnect
1
Notes:
1. An advanced system management interconnect network is for interconnectivity
of legacy service processors and/or RSA IIs with one RSA II serving as the gateway
to the customer LAN routing alerts and management functions. Service processors that
can support an ASM network are: Remote Supervisor Adapter II, Remote
Supervisor Adapter, Integrated Systems Management Processor, Advanced
Systems Management PCI Adapter and the Advanced Systems Management Processor.








Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 583

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix D. System Management overview

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview Addition information
Support by server | Functional comparison | Advanced examples

Table 1. Support by server
ISMP
1
BMC
1
RSAII
2
RSAII SL
3
ASMIC
Server
x206 - standard optional - optional
x206m
4
- standard optional - optional
x226 - - optional - optional
x236 - standard - optional -
x255 standard - optional - optional
x260 - standard optional - -
x306 - - optional - optional
x306m
4
- - optional - -
x336 - standard - optional -
x343
5
- - - - -
x346 - standard - optional -
x365 standard - standard - cable kit option
6
x366 - standard - optional -
x445
7
standard - standard
5
- standard
x455
8
standard - - - cable kit option
6
e326
4
- standard optional - -
e326m
4
- standard optional - -
x460 - standard - standard -
x460-MXE - standard - standard -
x3200 - standard - optional -
x3250 - standard - optional -
x3400 - standard - optional -
x3500 - standard - optional -
x3550 - standard - optional -
x3650 - standard - optional -
x3655 - standard - optional -
x3755 - standard - optional -
x3800 - standard - optional -
x3850 - standard - optional -
x3950 - standard - standard -
x3950E - standard - standard -
Notes:
1. This service processor is integrated into the systemboard.
2. This service processor is a PCI adapter.
3. This service processor is a pluggable module with a dedicated
connector.
4. The BMC is automatically disabled by the server hardware when
the RSA-II is installed.
5. x343 has its own integrated service processor which is not compatible
with other service processors.
6. ASM interconnect requires a breakout cable contained in cable
kit option 03K9309.
7. x445 uses the RSAII-EXA and not the RSAII.
8. x455 ships standard with the RSA adapter which is no longer
available as an option.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 584

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix D. System Management overview

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview Addition information
Support by server | Functional comparison | Advanced examples

Table 1. Functional comparison
ISMP BMC RSA II RSAII SL
Feature/function
Monitoring & alerting
In-band alerting yes
1
yes yes yes
Remote out-of-band alerting yes
2
yes yes yes
Out-of-band environmental monitoring yes
2
yes yes yes
System voltage monitoring yes yes yes yes
Battery voltage monitoring
3
no yes yes yes
System temperature monitoring yes yes yes yes
Fan speed monitoring yes yes yes yes
Fan speed control yes yes yes yes
Power good signal monitor yes yes yes yes
NMI detection
3
yes yes yes yes
SMI detection and generation yes yes
4
yes yes
Auto server-restart watchdog alert yes yes yes yes
Management
System reset control yes yes yes yes
Remote system power control yes
2
yes yes yes
Text console redirection no yes yes yes
5
Remind button detection yes yes
4
yes yes
System LED control (power, disk, alert) yes yes yes yes
Lightpath LED control yes yes yes yes
Other
RS-485 Interconnect network yes no yes no
Feature/Function
Remote access via LAN yes
6
yes yes yes
Serial-over-LAN yes
6
yes yes no
IPMI Serial-over-LAN no yes no
7
no
7
Notes:
1. Requires IBM Director Agent
2. Available via the ASM interconnect or from customer LAN with
RSAII installed.
3. This capability is not provided by the hardware in all servers.
4. Not available on e326.
5. This capability is not available on the x236, x336, x346,
x460, x460-MXE, x3950, x3950E, x366, x3850, x260, and x3800 servers.
6. Requires the addition of a RSAII to serve as a gateway to customer
LAN.
7. See the Text Console Redirection feature.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 585

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix D. System Management overview

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Overview Addition information
Support by server | Functional comparison | Advanced examples

The following sample configurations are for illustration
only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation.
Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative
for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
1. Sample ASM network
The ASM interconnect network is logically and distinctly separate
from the customer LAN. Thus, the ASM-nodes are not required
to be connected into the LAN. A system with the RSAII or the RSAII-EXA
installed will serve as the gateway to the customer LAN and the
Director server.
Legend
RSAII-host System which has the RSAII or RSAII-EXA adapter installed that will be serving as the gateway for the ASM
network to the customer LAN for management.
ASM-node ASM-node=all systems in the ASM network excluding the RSAII-host.
RSA Refers to RSAII or RSAII-EXA
Cabling rules:
1. Connect the ASM breakout cable to the RSA adapter in the RSAII-host.
2. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect one ASM port
of RSAII-host's ASM breakout cable to an ASM port of the first ASM-node.
3. Using standard ethernet cables(RJ45), connect remaining ASM
port of first ASM-node to an ASM port of the second ASM-node and
continue daisy-chaining all remaining ASM-nodes in the same manner.
The total ASM interconnect network may be no longer than 91.4m (300ft).
4. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect the ethernet
port of the RSAII-host's RSA adapter to the customer LAN for ASM
management of the ASM network from a remote management console.
5. An Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit may be
required. See the Support by Server Table for more information.
Figure 1. Sample ASM network
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 586

Click image to enlarge
Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support
a dedicated ASM network.
2. RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support
a dedicated ASM network. Management access is via the Customer
LAN using the appropriate ASM ethernet port.

Note: BMC access is shared with a designated system ethernet
port. The RSAII-SlimLine access is through a separate, dedicated
ethernet port.

Figure 2. Sample RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management

Click image to enlarge
3. Advanced System Management scenario
Figure 3. Advanced System Management scenario
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 587

Click image to enlarge

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 588
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 589
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 590
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 591

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix E. System x I/O option attributes

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

Option
number
Description Adapter
length
PCI support
1
Low-profile
capable
Hot-plug
2

Storage controllers
39M5894 DS4000 FC 4 Gbps PCI-X Single Port HBA Half 64-bit/133MHz
4
- -
39M5895 DS4000 FC 4 Gbps PCI-X Single Port HBA Half 64-bit/133MHz
4
- -
39R8805 ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID controller
7
Half 64-bit/66MHz X -
71P8594 Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI controller
8
Half 64-bit/133MHz
4
X -
Fibre Storage controllers and options
9
174290U FAStT900 Storage server (US line cord) - - - -
17421RU FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage server - - - -
172260U FAStT600 Storage server (US line cord, English pubs) - - - -
Networking
26R0881 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for
IBM
StFF - - X
32R1812 Brocade 4Gb 20-port SAN Switch Module for IBM StFF - - X
32R1813 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM StFF - - X
32R1783 Nortel 10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM StFF - - X
32R1859 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch Module
for IBM
StFF - - X
32R1860 Nortel Networks Layer L2/L3 Copper Gb Ethernet
Switch Module for IBM
StFF - - X
32R1861 Nortel Networks Layer L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM
StFF - - X
32R1888 Cisco Systems Fiber Intelligent Gb Ethernet Switch
Module for IBM
StFF - - X
32R1892 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethernet Switch Module
for IBM
StFF - - X
39Y9324 Server Connectivity Module for IBM StFF - - -
39Y9316 Optical Pass-thru Module for IBM StFF - - X
39Y9320 Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM StFF - - X
22P4501 Intel Pro/100S Desktop adapter
11
Half 32-bit/33MHz - -
22P6501 Pro/1000 T Desktop Adapter by Intel
12
Half 32-bit/33MHz - -
22P7801 NetXtreme 1000 SX Fibre ethernet adapter
14
Half 64-bit/133MHz
6
X X
31P6301 NetXtreme 1000 T ethernet adapter (copper)
12, 14
Half 64-bit/133MHz
6
X X
31P6401 NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port ethernet adapter (copper)
10
Half PCIe 1X - X
System Management
13
32R0835 IBM BladeCenter T Advanced Management Module - - - X
03K9309 Advanced System Management interconnect cable kit
14
- - - -
09N7585 Remote Supervisor Adapter
15
Half 32-bit - -
39Y9566 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine
16
- - - -
Communications
1519100 IXA Adapter
17
Full 64-bit - -
22P5888 PCI Parallel port adapter (low profile) Half 32-bit - -
Related I/O cables
32P8164 External SCSI interface kit
18
- - - -
10K3661 USB to Serial Adapter
19, 20
- - - -
Notes:
1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which
they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the
slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible
with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. Hot-plug feature only supported in systems with Active PCI
slots. For network operating system support, point your browser
to www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. ServeRAID-6i+ Controller is a PCI-X adapter supporting both
Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment,
allowing each HDD to perform at rated capacity. The adapter
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 592
installs into limited PCI slots and converts both channels of
the integrated SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the
LSI 1030 chipset. Both standard and the optional SCSI HDD backplanes
as well as internal tape drives and external SCSI devices cabled
directly to the onboard controller connectors. Supports up to
1,064MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAMM
write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1,
10, 5, 50 and 1E. The option includes brackets for installation
in both low-profile and standard PCI slots. Internal and external
tape drives are supported by ServeRAID-6i+ only when a second
channel on the integrated controller is available and the RAID
configuration designates the second channel as a conventional
SCSI bus. See system sections for supported tape drives.
4. This adapter is designed using PCI-X technology.
5. ServeRAID-6M adapters are PCI-X adapters powered
by a 600MHz Intel xScale processor, providing 256MB or 128MB of
ECC SDRAM battery-backed cache. The dual-channel Ultra320 controller
includes two internal 68-pin connectors and two external 0.8mm VHDCI
connectors, supporting up to 14 HDDs on each channel at data transfer
rates of up to 1,064MB/s. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 1EO, 5,
50 and 5EE with both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs.
6. ServeRAID-7k is available for select systems, installs into
a dedicated slot and does not consume a PCI slot. It works in
conjunction with the integrated SCSI controller providing the
following RAID levels: 0, 00, 1, 10, 1E, 1E0, 5 and 50 with
256MB of ECC DDR1 battery-backed cache.
7. ServeRAID-7t is a low-profile capable, four-port SATA controller
supporting RAID levels 0, 1, 5 and 10. All ports are internal.
ServeRAID-7t is a universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter powered by
Intel's 400MHz 80302 I/O processor and has 64MB of cache.
8. Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller (P/N 71P8594) provides
a single channel with one 68-pin internal connector, a four-drop
multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
Hardware is included in the option to support either low-profile
(2U) or full-size (3U) installations.
9. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional
configuration information.
10. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile
and full-size PCI slots.
11. For use of the Alert on LAN 2 features in the Desktop adapter,
the system must be enabled with IBM-compatible Alert on LAN 2
hardware and software components. Use of the Wake on LAN function
requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN
and provides auxiliary 3.3v power through the PCI bus.
12. Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible
system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary power through
the PCI bus.
13. Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote
Supervisors Adapters may be interconnected with an aggregate
connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft). This
interconnect network of 24 devices may also include a maximum
of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or advanced System
Management PCI Adapters. A customer-supplied Cat5 cable is
required for each interconnection.
14. When a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter or ASM PCI Adapter
is installed in a dedicated PCI slot with an external connector,
support for connection to other servers in an ASM interconnect
network requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect
Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). Where applicable, direct connection to the
RXE drawer management controller in an RXE-100 Remote Expansion
Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect Management
Cable Kit with 3.5m cable (8m optional cable is available). Support
is provided through a single LAN or modem connection.
15. Remote Supervisor Adapter (P/N 09N7585) includes an adapter
card, 20-pin ribbon cable, AC power adapter, power cable, power
cable for UPS attachment, single pigtail cable, two RS-485 terminators
and 1ft Cat5 cable.
16. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is similar to RSA II and
is available for select systems. It is not supported on an ASM
interconnect network. The RSA II SlimLine installs into a
dedicated slot on the system board and does not consume a PCI slot.
An external AC adapter is not required as this card uses standby
power from the system's power.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 593
17. Some System x servers support the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for
connection to iSeries models. Refer to system sections for PCI slot
restrictions.
18. Required to enable external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors on some systems.
19. When supported, this option can be used for certain external
device connections when only USB ports rather than serial or
parallel ports are present on a system chassis.
20. Available only in the US.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 594

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information

This Technical Update contains information that will help you determine
whether to upgrade the power modules in your IBM

BladeCenter
Type 8677 unit when installing IBM BladeCenter blade servers or options.
Note: These guidelines apply to an IBM

BladeCenter Type 8677 unit.

These guidelines do not apply to an IBM BladeCenter T Type 8720 or 8730 unit.
The latest version of the BladeCenter management module firmware includes
new features to assist you in managing the power load of the chassis. The new
features (Fuel Gauge and Power Management Policy) provide additional
indication on whether the power supply in your system configuration
supports full redundancy and extend the capability of the 2000 watt (W)
power supplies. If you have not already done so, to take advantage of
these new features, download and install the latest management
module firmware from http://www.ibm.com/support/.
Attention: Power modules must always be present and operating in power
bays 1 and 2. When any blade server or option is in blade bays 7
through 14, power modules must be present and operating in all four
power-module bays.
If a power module fails or an ac power failure occurs, BladeCenter
units configured for redundant power operation, as described in this
document, will operate in a nonredundant mode, and the blower modules
will run at full speed. You must replace the failing power module or
restore ac power as soon as possible to regain redundant power operation
and to reset the blower modules to their normal operating speed.
As of the date of this printing, four BladeCenter power-module options
are supported:
IBM BladeCenter 1200 W Power Supply Module (part number 48P7052)
IBM BladeCenter 1200 W to 1400 W Power Supply Upgrade Kit
(part number 90P0197)
IBM BladeCenter 1800 W Power Supply Module (part number 13N0570)
IBM BladeCenter 2000 W Power Supply Module (part number 26K4816)
Go to http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/ for
information about these options.
The most recent version of this document and all other BladeCenter
documentation is at http://www.ibm.com/support/.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 595

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information
Overview | Upgrade calc. | Distribution | Worksheets |
Example calc. |

Your BladeCenter unit is separated into two power domains.
Power domain A supports all the BladeCenter modules and bays 1 through
6; power domain A uses power modules 1 and 2.
Power domain B supports bays 7 through 14 and uses power modules
3 and 4. To support devices in power domain B, a power-supply option
(consisting of two power modules) must be installed.
BladeCenter unit frontview



BladeCenter unit rear view
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 596


Important:
1. The power modules must be installed in pairs in a domain and
must match each other in capacity (wattage, amperage, and so on).
2. A power domain operating above the capacity of a single power
module results in a nonredundant power condition.
3. In a pair of power modules, a power module that is not connected
to 200-240 volt ac power source results in a nonredundant power
condition.
4. To provide true redundant power, BladeCenter power modules 1
and 3 must be connected to a different 200 - 240 volt ac power source
than power modules 2 and 4.
5. An installed power module must be connected to an ac power source
and must not be used as a filler module.
The following tables list the power requirement for each IBM

BladeCenter
blade server or option that is available as of the date of this
printing. These power requirements assume that each blade server
is fully configured and are based on typical workloads. Use the
values in these tables and complete the upgrade calculation
(see Upgrade calculation) to determine which power modules are
needed to deliver full power redundancy for your configuration.
Table 1. HS20 blade server power values
BladeCenter HS20 blade server IBM power units for the corresponding number
of installed microprocessors
1 microprocessor 2 microprocessors
2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8678-21X) 0.9 1.1
2.4 GHz/400 MHz (8678-41X) 0.9 1.2
2.6 GHz/400 MHz (8678-51X) 1.0 1.2
2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8678-61X) 1.0 1.3
2.4 GHz/533 MHz (8832-9TX) 0.9 1.2
2.8 GHz/533 MHz (8832-21X, 8832-L1X, 8832-LTX) 1.0 1.5
3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-31X, 8832-M1X) 1.2 1.6
3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-N1X) Does not apply 1.9
3.2 GHz/533 MHz (8832-G1X, 8832-J1X, 8832-GTX) 1.2 1.65
2.8 GHz/800 MHz (8843-L1X and 8843-LTU) 1.05 1.55
2.8 to 3.8 GHz/800 MHz (all 8843 except as listed above) 1.4 2.3

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 597
Table 2. HS40 blade server power values
BladeCenter HS40 blade server (occupies 2
bays)
IBM power units and the corresponding number of installed microprocessors
(power unit value for each bay)
1 microprocessor 2 microprocessors 3 microprocessors 4 microprocessors
2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8839-21X) 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.30
2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8839-41X) 0.75 1.0 1.30 1.55

Important:
The HS40 blade server occupies two adjacent bays. When you complete
the Power worksheets, enter the power unit value from Table 2 twice,
once for each bay that the blade server occupies. If you install
an HS40 blade server in bays 6 and 7, the blade server will use
power from both power domain A and power domain B. In the power
worksheets, enter the power unit value twice, once for bay 6 of
power domain A and once for bay 7 of power domain B.
Table 3. JS20 blade server power values
BladeCenter JS20 blade server IBM power units for two
installed microprocessors
1.6 GHz/800 MHz (8842-21X) 1.5
2.2 GHz/1.1GHz (8842-41X) 1.6

Table 4. LS20 blade server power values
BladeCenter LS20 blade server IBM power units for the corresponding number
of installed microprocessors
1 microprocessor 2 microprocessors
2.0 to 2.6 GHz Single Core (8850-51X, 8850-71X, 8850-81X) 1.2 1.8
2.0 GHz Dual Core (8850-55x) 1.2 1.8

Table 5. BladeCenter expansion unit power values
BladeCenter Expansion unit
1
IBM power units
SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 2 0.4
Note:
1. The SCSI Storage Expansion Unit is not available for the LS20
blade server.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 598

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information
Overview | Upgrade calc. | Distribution | Worksheets |
Example calc. |

To determine the power-module capacity that is needed
to maintain full redundancy in each power domain, complete the following
steps.
If you have two 2000 W power modules installed in power domain
A and two 2000 W power modules installed in power domain B, you
do not need to complete this upgrade calculation. Your system meets
the requirements to maintain full power redundancy in both domains.
Attention: If you are replacing the existing power modules with
2000 W power modules, you must upgrade the management-module
firmware. If two management modules are installed in the BladeCenter
unit, both management modules must be upgraded to the same level of
firmware. Go to the IBM Support Web site at http://www.ibm.com/support/
and obtain the latest firmware.
1. In the power worksheets on page Power worksheets, list the blade
servers or other devices that are installed in the bays.
2. In the tables on page table 1, look up the number of IBM

power
units associated with each device and enter it in the applicable
power worksheet (see Example calculation).
3. Add all of the IBM power unit values for each domain and enter
the totals.
4. To maintain full power redundancy in power domain A, make sure
that the power modules in bays 1 and 2 are connected to different
200 - 240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the
following table:
table 1. Power domain A minimum power requirements
Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain A Minimum power module required
Less than 7.4 1200 W (labeled 7.5A)
Greater than or equal to 7.4 and less than 9.0 1400 W (labeled 9A)
Greater than or equal to 9.0 and less than 10.0 1800 W (labeled 12A)
Greater than or equal to 10.0 2000 W (labeled 13.5A)
Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain A is greater
than the capacity of the installed power modules, power domain A
has nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:
a. Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between
power domain A and power domain B in the BladeCenter unit will
sufficiently reduce the power requirements for the power domain
(use the power worksheets on page Power worksheets).
b. If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce
the power requirements, the power modules must be upgraded to maintain
redundancy. Install the 1200 W to 1400 W Power Supply Upgrade Kit
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 599
(part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install
the 1800 W Power Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain
1800 W, or install the 2000 W Power Supply Module option (part number
26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/ for
information about ordering these options.
5. To maintain full power redundancy in power domain B, make sure
that the power modules in bays 1 and 2 are connected to different
200 - 240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the
following table:
table 2. Power domain B minimum power requirements
Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain B Minimum power module required
Less than 9.9 1200 W (labeled 7.5A)
Greater than or equal to 9.9 and less than 11.5 1400 W (labeled 9A)
Greater than or equal to 11.5 and less than 13.4 1800 W (labeled 12A)
Greater than or equal to 13.4 2000 W (labeled 13.5A)
Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain B is greater
than the capacity of the installed power modules, power domain B has
nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:
a. Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between
power domain A and power domain B in the BladeCenter unit will sufficiently
reduce the power requirements for the power domain (use the power
worksheets on page Power worksheets).
b. If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce
the power requirements, the power modules must be upgraded to maintain
redundancy. Install the 1200 W to 1400 W Power Supply Upgrade Kit
(part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install
the 1800 W Power Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain
1800 W, or install the 2000 W Power Supply Module option (part number
26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/ for
information about ordering these options.
Statement 13


DANGER
Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock
hazard under certain conditions. To avoid these hazards, ensure that
your system electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit
protection requirements. Refer to the information that is provided
with your device for electrical specifications.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 600

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information
Overview | Upgrade calc. | Distribution | Worksheets |
Example calc. |

If your calculations indicate that you need to upgrade your power modules,
you will also need to reassess your power distribution unit (PDU)
configuration. Use the IBM

BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide to

determine the number and types of PDUs that you need. To obtain the
BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/.















Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 601

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information
Overview | Upgrade calc. | Distribution | Worksheets |
Example calc. |

Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)
Blade bay Description of installed device IBM

power units
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)
Blade bay Description of installed device IBM power units
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Total

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 602

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Appendix F. BladeCenter power
module upgrade guidelines

Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator
(eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be
integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided
in this document.

BladeCenter Addition information
Overview | Upgrade calc. | Distribution | Worksheets |
Example calc. |

Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)
Blade bay Description of installed device IBM power units
1 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- 31X 1. 6
2 SCSI St or age Expansi on Uni t 0. 4
3 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- 31X 1. 6
4 SCSI St or age Expansi on Uni t 0. 4
5 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- 31X 1. 6
6 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- 31X 1. 6
Total 7. 2
Result:
7.2 IBM power units < 7.4 IBM power units
Two 1200 W power modules will provide full power redundancy
for power domain A
Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)
Blade bay Description of installed device IBM power units
7 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- N1X 1. 9
8 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- N1X 1. 9
9 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- N1X 1. 9
10 3. 06 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- N1X 1. 9
11 3. 2 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- G1X 1. 65
12 2. 8 GHz/ 400 MHz HS40 bl ade ser ver wi t h 4 mi cr opr ocessor s - f i r st bay ( HS40
occupi es 2 bays) 8832- 41X
1. 55
13 2. 8 GHz/ 400 MHz HS40 bl ade ser ver wi t h 4 mi cr opr ocessor s - second bay ( HS40
occupi es 2 bays) 8839- 41X
1. 55
14 3. 2 GHz/ 533 MHz HS20 bl ade ser ver wi t h 2 mi cr opr ocessor s 8832- G1X 1. 65
Total 14. 0
Result:
14.0 IBM power units > 13.4 IBM power units
Two 2000 W power modules will provide full power redundancy
for power domain B
Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, each unoccupied blade
bay must contain a filler blade. To maintain proper module cooling,
each unoccupied I/O, management-module, or power-module bay must
contain a filler module. An installed power module must be powered
on and must not be used as a filler module.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 603

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback

Important notices


A withdrawal date indicates when an item is no longer available
from IBM. Business Partner inventory might be available.
IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to
discontinue marketing products without notice.
MHz and GHz measure only microprocessor internal clock speed, not
application performance. Many factors affect application performance.
When referring to storage capacity, MB means 1 000 000 bytes, GB
means 1 000 000 000 and TB means 1 000 000 000 000 bytes.
Accessible
capacity is less; up to 3 GB is used in the service partition. Actual
storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be
less than stated. Some numbers given for storage capacities give
capacity in native mode followed by capacity using data compression
technology.
Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they
are installed might reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest
adapter.
Tape drives that use data compression technology have storage
capacity that will vary depending upon whether the drive is operating
in native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual
storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be
less than the maximum possible.
Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities might require the
replacement of any standard hard disk drives and memory and the
population of all hard disk drive bays and memory slots with the
largest currently supported available drives and memory modules.
When referring to variable speed CDs and DVDs, actual playback speed
will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
The information contained in this document has not been submitted
to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this
information or the implementation of any of these techniques is
a customer responsibility and depends on the customer's
ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer's operational
environment. Although each item might have been reviewed by IBM
for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that
the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers
attempting
to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their
own risk.
For information about IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800-
772-2227 in the United States, 1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or contact
your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request.
For warranties including on-site service, a technician is sent after IBM
attempts to resolve the problem remotely.
Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not
endorse any company or its products.
IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM
products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided
by the third party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or
implied, regarding non-IBM products and services that are ServerProven,
including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for particular purpose. These products are offered and
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 604
warranted solely by third parties.
Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid
only in the United States. Outside the United States, call your
local IBM representative for assistance.
Applications included in IBM products might vary from retail versions
and might not include all documentation or functions. Not all products
are sold separately. Third-party software licenses might apply.
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM might not
offer the products, services or features discussed in this document
in other countries, and the information is subject to change without
notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information
on the products, services and features available in your area.
I BM Cor por at i on 2008. Al l r i ght s r eser ved.
3039 Cor nwal l i s Rd.
Resear ch Tr i angl e Par k, NC 27709
All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part
numbers and not service part numbers.
This publication could contain technical inaccuracies or typographical
errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein;
these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication.
IBM might make improvements or changes in the products and programs
described in this publication at any time. IBM reserves the right
to alter specifications and other product information without notice.
It is your responsibility to obtain the latest information.
Other part numbers in addition to those listed in this document
might be required to support a specific device or function.
Data on competitive products is obtained from publicly obtained
information and is subject to change without notice. Please contact
the manufacturer for the most recent information.
This IBM equipment is subject to applicable rules and regulations
of the United States Federal Communication Commission (FCC).
The following terms are trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United
States, other countries, or both: IBM, the IBM logo, Active PCI, Alert on
LAN, BladeCenter, Chipkill, the e-business logo, IntelliStation,
Netfinity, ServeRAID, ServerGuide, ServerProven, Wake on LAN, xSeries,
800-CALL-IBM. For a list of additional IBM trademarks,see
http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Lotus, Lotus Notes and Lotus SmartSuite are trademarks of Lotus
Development Corporation, IBM Corporation, or both.
INFINIBAND, InfiniBand Trade Association and the INFINIBAND
design marks are trademarks and/or service marks of the INFINIBAND
Trade Association.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States,
other countries, or both.
Celeron, Xeon, and Pentium are trademarks or of Intel
Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries,
or both. UNIX is trademark of The Open Group in the United States
and other countries. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems,
Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company,
product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of
others.
IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 605
through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM),
CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building
Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option might not entirely correspond
to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package
might be required to configure a specific system. Additional or
different configuration rules or limitations might apply to the
SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the
tables, diagrams or footnotes.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.
THEREFORE, THIS STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO
GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT IN
YOUR COUNTRY
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer
the products, services or features discussed in this document in other
countries, and the information may be subject to change without notice.
Consult your local IBM business contact for information on the product
or services available in your area.
All statements regarding IBM's future direction and intent are subject to
change or withdraw without notice, and represent goals and objectives
only. Prices subject to change without notice. Starting price may not
include a hard drive, operating system or other features. Contact your
IBM representative or Business Partner for the most current pricing in
your geography.

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 606

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback


What's new?

( July 29, 2008)


Welcome to the What's new? page of the Configuration and Options Guide. This is your source for
finding information on new released products as well as the latest updates on products currently
published in the Configuration and Options Guide.

General information
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators,
the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and
Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using
these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in
this document.

For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative.

Publishing dates are provided in this document at the bottom of the page as a version reference to
help verify that this is the most current information available. This date will be the same publishing
date for both versions of the Configuration and Options Guide, HTML Web pages and PDF document.

Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006 will contain references to feature
codes. Feature code is the nomenclature used to specify components of configurable System x
products used in US and Canada Web configurators. For more details about feature codes, contact
your IBM representative.

New products
( July 29, 2008)

What's changed
Updated on July 29, 2008
System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) tape options
System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) tape options
System x3350 (4192, 4193) power and accessories
System x3350 (4192, 4193) tape options
System x3400 (7973, 7974) I/O options
System x3500 (7977) I/O options
System x3550 (7978) I/O options
System x3650 (7979) hard disk drive and storage options
System x3650 (7979) I/O options
System x3650 T (7980) hard disk drive and storage options
System x3655 (7943) At-A-Glance
System x3655 (7943) processor options
System x3655 (7943) memory options
System x3655 (7943)hard disk drive and storage options
System x3655 (7943) I/O options
System x3655 (7943) power and accessories
System x3755 (8877) I/O options
System x3755 (8877) power and accessories
BladeCenter QS22 (0793) memory options
BladeCenter QS22 (0793) I/O options
System x operating system offerings
IBM and third party software applications
Storage systems

References
Withdrawn products
Submit errors or
feedback

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 607

COG home > What's new > Withdrawn products > Submit errors or feedback


Withdrawn products

( July 29, 2008)


As a convenience, IBM provides this data regarding
products no longer for sale. Some of the data contained
herein may be out of date or contain inaccuracies.
Updates to this data will not be provided.

Withdrawn products list
Products Machine type Date withdrawn
System x3455 (7984) 7984 July 8, 2008
System x3655 (7985) 7985 July 8, 2008
System x3250 (4364, 4365) 4364, 4365 July 1, 2008
System x3200 (4362, 4363) 4362, 4363 June 5, 2008
System x3800 (8866) 8866 May 30, 2008
System x3950 / x3950 E (8878, 8879) 8878, 8879 April 4, 2008
BladeCenter HS20 (8843) 8843 April 4, 2008
System x3850 (8864) 8864 February 29, 2008
IntelliStation video adapter selection guide - February 29, 2008
IntelliStation M Pro (9229) 9229 February 29, 2008
IntelliStation Z Pro (9228) 9228 February 29, 2008
System x3105 (4347) 4347 January 8, 2008
BladeCenter LS20 (8850) 8850 January 4, 2008
TotalStorage DS4300 disk systems DS4300 November 15, 2007
BladeCenter HS20 (7981) 7981 August 16, 2007
BladeCenter JS21 (8844) 8844 August 16, 2007
BladeCenter JS20 (8842) 8842 August 16, 2007
xSeries 306m 8849, 8491 August 16, 2007
IntelliStation A Pro 6217 6217 August 16, 2007
IntelliStation M Pro 6218 6218 July 31, 2007
System x3850 and xSeries 366 8863 June 29, 2007
xSeries 206m 8485, 8490 June 29, 2007
System x3950 xSeries 460 8872 June 29, 2007
System x3800 8865 June 29, 2007
IntelliStation Z Pro 6223 6223 May 5, 2007
TotalStorage DS300 disk system DS300 February 23, 2007
TotalStorage DS400 disk system DS400 February 23, 2007
TotalStorage DS4100 disk system DS4100 February 23, 2007
TotalStorage DS4500 disk system DS4500 February 23, 2007
TotalStorage DS4800 disk system DS4800 February 23, 2007
e326m 7969 January 19, 2007
xSeries 226 8648 January 19, 2007
xSeries 236 8841 January 19, 2007
xSeries 346 8840 January 19, 2007
xSeries 336 8837 December 1, 2006
xSeries 260 8865 December 1, 2006
xSeries 100 8486 December 1, 2006
EXP400 storage expansion EXP400 October 26, 2006
EXP100 storage expansion EXP100 October 26, 2006
EXP710 storage expansion EXP710 October 26, 2006
xSeries 343 8847 June 27, 2006
BladeCenter HS40 8839 May 30, 2006
IntelliStation M Pro 6225 6225 March 4, 2006
xSeries 306 1878,8489,8836 March 3, 2006
eServer 326 8848 January 27, 2006
xSeries 255 8685 December 27, 2005
xSeries 455 8855 December 27, 2005
BladeCenter Chassis 7967 7967 December 27, 2005

References
What's new
Submit errors or
feedback
Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 608
xSeries 445 8870 October 28, 2005

Copyright IBM Corp. 2003, 2008 - July 29, 2008 609